Home

1 - LumaPix

1. lal Most Visited Getting Started LL Pr Assembling Your Completed Book The project manager is usually the person who will control the final assembled book project we ll call it this the master project The master project will contain the panel pages and portrait database Only ONE project can contain the panel pages and the database two database projects cannot be merged Once the yearbook manager has access to all the component projects available open FILE gt Open the project that will serve as the master project Again this is the project that contains the panel pages and the database From the Pages hover the current contents of the book will be visible in miniature version 24 FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT az Saai ar i Se A f EK an ast bs ji i pef Page 5 ERIE Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 Page 6 Page 8 We Use the Insert Project option on the Pages hover to add the individual projects one ata time into the Master Project Page 9 Page 10 Pages A Lh pe After candid pages are added into the project Pages they can be moved up and down the project HINS and in between the panel pages by means of E the arrow keys Note Candid pages can be Li Ei moved in between panel pages but not vice A versa If a page needs to be deleted
2. LPCA_02413 jpg LPCA_02419 jpg D LPCA_02424 jpg LPCA_02445 jpg m Showing 25 results GRAPHIC RESOURCES amp TEMPLATES 137 The Headers folder contains titles for grades Gallery GES and other common page types eg Grade 5 i school spirit Sophomores etc z b gt A You can mix and match styles or pick one aN lt a OS 3 m consistent style to add to your panel pages just drop them at the top of the page LPCA_06088 pn LPCA_06089 pn LPCA_06090 pn tee p p a i a To see a preview of the headers in PDF Q G F Q Te i E os Es S format visit this webpage this web age LPCA_O6091 pm LPCA_06052 pm LPCA_06093 pr LPCA_06094 pn s9 a gt Q e B p 3 LPCA 06 p LPCA_06056 pn PCA_06 p PCA_06098 p 1 200 of 514 results 1 2 3 The Papers folder contains dozens of Gallery fe backgrounds in a rainbow of colors Choose 3 Circles and Bubbles m one paper style in one or more colors to unify Gosses ccc a LCA Om chown x your book s design or separate chapters with different textures LPCA_04753 jpg To see a preview of the papers in PDF format caosi visit this webpage More papers can be found under the Papers hover as well v gt 5 j n D LPCA_04761 jpg Showing 104 results Premium Purchasable Content If you have launched unpurchased graphic material on your canvas you will see purchasing info
3. 1 Search 3 Preview Crees 1 SEARCH Use this area to target one portrait or a group of people in the database Choosing SHOW ALL will make every image in the database appear SHOW ONLY allows to you target a selected individual or group For instance if you need to find all the Grade 3 students change the GRADE dropdown to 3 If you need to find a particular teacher click on LAST NAME and type their family name 2 BUCKETS Buckets are used to auto triage database images if there may be cause for concern that could result in a student not appearing in the yearbook Missing a first or last name or having no grade or teacher will cause the images to appear in pre labeled buckets 3 PREVIEW Preview displays the current selection of database images You can display the images in several ways Sort by FILE NAME FILE DATE or PHOTO DATE Name is selected by default YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES 147 View THUMBNAILS images amp file name TILES images file name amp size or DETAILS images amp all related data shown below Image FirstName LastName Grade Teacher Exclude 00161 jpg Photo Paul Buczko 5 Nye no 00211 jpg Photo Jackson Callan 6 Ricard no 00058 jpg Photo Charlene Camden 4 Bergeron no AnDi ie Add Student Revalidate School Relink Image and Make Into will be described in detail later in this section 4 PROPERTIES If an image is selected in the preview area th
4. 6reme nevron Blank Yearbook A great starting point FotoFusion will automatically ceste a layout from your photos 1 Choose Images Use the Folder drop box to find images on your computer Select one a group of images or all images They will appear to the left side in the smaller window AutoCollage EXA Select a set of pictures for your collage from the list below and click Add To List If you don t see any pictures in the list navigate to a directory containing digital image files Once you have selected several images click tab 2 Folder C Users LDarroch Pictures Weddings David Ziser full wedding k x r 2 t 4 0001 DZ_Flen 0009 DZ_Flen 0015 DZ_Flen 0025 DZ_Flen 0077 DZ_Flen 0117 DZ_Flen JPG JPG JPG JPG IPG JPG 0120 DZ_Fien 0139 DZ_Flen 0154 DZ_Flen 0199 DZ_Flen 0202 DZ_Flen 0211 DZ_Flen JPG JPG IPG JPG JPG JPG 2 Suke N 0217 DZ_Flen 0224 DZ_Flen 0255 DZ_Fien 0377 DZ_Flen 0421 DZ_Flen 0452 DZ_Flen JPG JPG JPG JPG JPG JPG 0465 DZ_Flen 0486 DZ_Flen 0492 DZ_Flen 0571 DZ_Fien 0611 DZ_Flen 0624 DZ_Flen 1PG 1PG NPA 1PG HPA f1PG Preview Add To List Add All J ca AUTOTOOLS 97 2 Creative Options Mu tipage Extreme and Yearbook license users can specify the number of pages or the number of images per page to create a multipage series of collag
5. Path OK Update Cancel Select mian to browse your computer for the folder containing the exe Windows or app Mac file for your chosen image editing software Once selected it will appear in the list of available editors in the User Preferences window Select it to make it your default editor User Preferences A TAIX v 5tore all changes to projects Temporary files folder C ProgramData LumaPix App Data Temp Folder for copied images C ProgramData LumaPix App Data PhoteCache Image Editing Copy Images when Editing Ahways Copy w 7 Copy Images to Source folder _ Specific folder C ProgramData LumaPix App Data PhotoCach E Default editor FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT 39 PAGE SIZE amp PROJECT TYPES Defining a Project Type Choose FILE gt New or New Project from the Start Tab to access a list of available project types and page sizes A collection of page sizes is called a form factor A form factor can contain more than one page size an album type project contains album sides double spreads and covers for instance From the New Project window choose Preset Size to get to a predefined project type or Custom Size to start a blank project according to your specs Note Some options may not be available to you due to restrictions from your book publisher or license type SHome W New Project Custom Size Preset S
6. See C C All content included with your FotoFusion license YearbookFusion users will be offered Yearbook theme sets and other school related materials Choose Bundled to see only the templates that a are free with your license Most Yearbook users LL will only see free content O Ld p Calendars Diplomas Recipe Cards Greeting Cards Magazine Covers Close The categories will bring to a preview of the available templates lt amp Home W New Project Y Templates amp Senior Portraits In this example the Senior Portrait layouts are displayed LumaPix Pro Portrait A 05 Pro Portrait A 10 Premier 008 Use the slider bar at the bottom of the page to see additional templates LumaPix If you wish to go back to the categories click on the buttons at the top of the page you ll be Pro Portat A 04 Pro Portat 1 mro Perit 9 en returned to the selected level of the hierarchy eg click on New Project to return to all new project options 2s a pa J Pro Portrait A 03 Pro Portrait Pack A Pro Portrait A 08 Premier 009 Drag for more resuis Notice that the previews contain information about the purchased status of the template You own this indicates that the content is part of your bundled collection of graphics or that you have already purchased it A credit value indicates that the template requires an additional purchase to unlock it Classic White Travel Book b
7. 1 Much higher maximum message size we limit mails through LumaPix com to reasonable sizes to protect the account from overuse 2 You own the mail pipeline from start to end To send email through your own ISP check the Send Using My Own ISP E Mail Settings box Click on DETECT MY SETTINGS to automatically connect and if you wish click on TEST THIS SETTING to send an email to yourself Watermarks Banners and Themes FotoFusion also allows to watermark your images or add a banner to them to brand your emails You can also choose different appearances for your email by changing the theme Watermarks and Banners can also added to your files created from Output to a File Watermarks protect your work from reproduction eg proofs and banners label your projects much like attaching a business card to your work Adding Watermarks Click on the Watermark Banners Theme tab to apply a watermark to your output Erveloge Image Quslty Watermark Banner Theme pop Settings Watermark File e _ Colles OUL ceina ENE WOW WOU Opacky 100 OU UUW Hamner 2 a G Fils zs M Borate LILI el Place Barrer LILI tade Collage Lik mipigo iome Text obs colle wal crested gpg Thenie Hare Standard we Watermarks give you a way to label your work such that the customer can decide if the pictures are right for them but not be tempted to save them locally 126 OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING 1 Use an image editi
8. A Cover can include a spine in the middle of the page where the title of the book can be added represented by the two grey lines The cover is shown opened flat The left side of the page is the back cover and the right side of the page is the front cover Covers can also have flaps intended to be used to make a dust cover that raps around a hard cover A note about choosing covers cover sizes are related to the thickness of the book The cover and spine needs to be wider to fit more pages or thicker paper Extreme Yearbook edition only Re sizing Pages amp Projects Page size and guidelines can be changed at any time providing that the page or project size has not been locked down by the album manufacturer eg Yearbook projects Multipage projects can even be resized all pages at once with a few simple clicks To set or 42 PAGE SIZE amp PROJECT TYPES resize your current page or project from the Create screen double click outside of the canvas area The Canvas Settings editor will open Page allows you to change the page type from the drop box and the page size width height Click on the ES between the width and height to flip the two values Abumside LY ps x 11 mae F GetFrom gt gt Ensure that Bini checkbox is on if you want FotoFusion to RER TE resize your composition to the new page size i ii A Resizable Orientation Turn the Resizable checkbox on to display the two blue Ree handl
9. Close Paper Type Printer _ Hinged Pape Printer boasteroven ip E aee hse yr emia Page See Letter C Overlay Image Into Printing Single Multiple Pages Multi page projects will display in column of thumbnails to left The thumbnails that will be printed will display a checkmark Turn the checkmark off to remove the item from the print job You can choose to print the All Pages or print like size layouts eg 10x10s then 20x10s within a single layout Clicking the All button will select every page in the list Current will select the page currently loaded on your Create screen Previewing Output To preview your printed output choose __ Preview This will result in an onscreen preview of your printed output While previewing several new buttons appear at the top of the page which allow you to print the current preview navigate to the next previous page show two pages at once if your license enables you to make a multi page project and zoom in out expand the preview to see more detail Changing and Configuring the Printer Clicking the button allows you to select a different printer as well as configure the print quality and other printer specific options Each printer driver is specific to the make and model of the printer so be very careful when selecting options as these will affect your FotoFusion output Be sure to check your printer setup to verify that your printer has the correct type of
10. Find image mismatches o Use File Name Minimum Image Size E 4 e matches 200 by 700 If there are images that are improperly matched the wrong twin image appears next to it then ensure that the checkmarks next to the improper matches are removed Last click on 4 Apply Matches z Use File Size Use Image Match Use File Name 2 kaeni ere E Ki All matched images will vanish from the preview pane Any remaining unmatched images will remain you can restart at 2 Browse for sources to try to locate the images in another folder Finding Lost Projects If you cannot locate a FotoFusion project file you can use Windows Explorer or Mac Finder to locate your file Search your computer for FotoFusion file extensions scrap If external drives are being used for storage the process will need to be repeated for each drive Generally all projects made on your computer will appear in the FotoFusion File gt Open window if you navigate to the correct folder Password Protection To enable password protection open your project and click on the FILE menu items then choose Project Management gt Password protect Type in a password and password reminder of your choice to turn this feature on then save the project FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT 15 BASIC FILE MANAGEMENT Every computer has an operating system installed on your computer be it W
11. la 78 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT Frames The Frames Hover nr On the main Create screen click pa renun onthe Frames hover to open a eeaeee ETEN collection of decorative borders A E a These are not simple matte cutouts but a combination of a crimes oa iimars 03 Lumar 08 lumaPa n graphic and a matte anda T shadow which can be dropped onto your images or as blanks Beveled Frame Beveled Frame Beveled Frame Beveled Frame 05 LumaPix 06 LumaPix pe LumaPx 08 LumaPix on the canvas to which an image can be added E g E afterwards E O The Frame border editor can be 255 lima lumapa used to control the width of the i u border for many of the frames as in the example below sr e r a Photo Kent Smith The Canvas Background is nothing more that a locked down image frame It will not display the blue selection handles only yellow ones If you select on an empty portion of the canvas or outside the canvas the same toolbox will appear as does when you select an image frame giving you access to the same options detailed above CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 79 By default the canvas will display as white You can resent a canvas to white or to black or transparent by right mouse selecting in the grey area outside your page choose Page gt Color to change to black white or transparent The Image Editor s Background Fill tab will
12. list to make it easy to send mails to those people again in the future you can simply click on the check box in the recipients list to have the email sent to them The PF button provides tools that attempt to import your contacts from the Microsoft Address Book into FotoFusion to avoid your having to retype known Email IDs To edit your list click on the Th gc gS button Your email list is saved as a text file in your MY COLLAGES folder C My Documents My Collages should you need to edit the list It can be opened with Windows Notepad for easy editing Editing the email message Enter a subject line and a message text This will appear on the subject line of your email and as the text body of your message Message Subject Look at this Message Wow I made this in FotoFusion Including Original Images Your email can contain just the collage or it can contain the collage and scaled down versions of all the original images that make up the collage The latter allows the recipient of 124 OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING your mail to click on images in the collage and see the original images on their own i 7 O p e p e pl pee cee hm e E ts BaP E himpr nanm si erid Core sie i iepr ad pri gj pe Pm J t Par paba y n F rapan ai aii e gaia To enable the inclusion of original images turn on the Include Scaled Down Original Images option e Include Scaled Down Original Im
13. A panel consists of image frames arranged in a regular grid labels and a header title text The Panel hover controls what information appears in the panel and the general look of the panel Panels in Simple Mode Simple panel population allows you to pick from a set of predefined options In order to enable this you will need to have done a few easy steps to your imported database on the Organize tab using the Make Into feature Make Into is described in detail in the previous Your PSPA section but briefly it allows you to assign roles and hierarchies to the people at your school which makes panel population easier and smarter Once everyone in your school has been assigned a role you can use the presets in the first drop box to pick the type of panel you want to make 162 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES Pane X Simpe l Advanced te Choose Complete Panel Set gt __ lt Pick one L Fick Ones i lt Pick Ones T The presets for Complete Panel Set include All everyone in the school will be listed first by rank admin staff then teachers _ lt Pick one then support staff then students in inane alphabetical order a All Class Comp osite options for poster EE Class Comp by Grade style class layouts Class Comp by Teacher Staff by department All persons tagged to be on StaffPages will appear grouped into their departments Administration School Comp T
14. INTRODUCTION 1 INTRODUCTION AET s EERI 3 ggg 09g Bimi 995 yng ABBSERASRD BAPAVEGeas Yuet Ss Veaysre WELCOME TO FOTOFUSION This manual provides an overview of the main features of FotoFusion The software itself includes other tutorial materials Tutorial videos are found in the bottom right corner of the Create screen from the La icon Review these videos to see how various tools and techniques are applied to projects InfoTips will appear when you hover over most controls in the software These helpful hints explain how to use the tool We hope you enjoy using FotoFusion amp LumaPix Inc www LumaPix com support lumapix com 1877LUMAPIX INSTALLATION amp ACTIVATION System Requirements PC e Pentium 4 or faster e Operating Systems Windows 8 Windows 7 Windows Vista Windows XP SP3 Mac v5 only e Intel CPU required 450 MHz or faster e X11 Required e Operating Systems Apple OSX 10 8 Mountain Lion 10 7 Lion 10 6 Snow Leopard 10 5 Leopard All e Display resolution Minimum 1024x768 e Free disk space 100MB free disk space required more recommended downloaded content from the online marketplace remote storage can consume a lot of space e A working e mail account for licensing information e Memory minimum Less than 100 page project 1 5GB RAM more than 100 page project 2GB RAM more than 200 page project 3GB RAM The more memory the better e Mouse three buttons recommended e
15. It adds a module to your software which allows you to create new chapters projects designate the chapters as being editable online to render multiple chapters including those with databases without merging project separately via the Pages hover All projects used in the book manager must be stored on remote storage To create a book go to File gt New Project and select BOOK Book Stand Alone Project which will open the New Book window Sten Soom New Book Create New Book B 9 Crawford Elementary Title Page Limit jo Untitled Book Form Factor School Source X Manufacturer Product Custom Printed End Sheets a a a ee av Type a title for your book then click on Create New Book to start the Chapters window will appear At this point you can create new blank chapters or add chapters projects already saved to your Remote Storage folder Click on New Chapters to add new sections to your book 30 FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT New Chapters Done Create 4 Chapters Close Title Pages Online Cover page 1 Inside cover 1 Message from the Principal Staff candids You can optionally specify the number of pages within the chapter at this point it will create the equivalent number of blank pages in the project You can add or remove pages later when editing Flagging the project as online will make the project editable in an web browse
16. Manual Lock crop so panel frames and labels can be selected individually Because manual mode breaks the panel apart it will no longer automatically update or reflow if data is changed in the organizer As such a password is required to go Drour School Name 0 into manual mode to protect users from wrecking their layout Lock freezes the panel from further reflows or changes Crop unlocks the image frame allowing you to reposition a portrait image within the frame Apply settings to this set of Groups T P Tt m iii ii 9 Pee Show All Show Only Group by No Grouping Sort bys Apply settings limits the scope Alouche No Break for changes Antoniotti No Break Bergeron No Break to all panels in the project If you Darroch No Break change an attribute eg the frame a eee Germain No Break border width and color all frames Igbal No Break in all panels will have these Nue i Mo Beet attributes applied to them to the current set of groups If you change an attribute eg the frame border width and color only the frames in the current panel will have these new attributes If you have made separate panels for staff and students for instance you can make changes only the student sets to one particular group If the panel has been grouped eg by grade by teacher you can pick Single group to apply new attributes to For instance you can change the fra
17. No image can be upsized from its native resolution meaning the size at which it was recorded since no application can create any more information than is already present in an image at the time it is taken or scanned So for instance if you take a photo on a cell phone camera with only 2 megapixels you won t be able to use that image on a large poster without noticing lots of dots Also zooming in on a small element within a larger image eg a single person in a classroom portrait will produce similarly bad results There simply isn t enough information in the image to make it clear when resized TEXT FRAMES Adding Text Text can be added directly to the canvas as a title or a paragraph of text or attached to an image frame such as a caption or a label Yearbook users panel text options will be covered in the Yearbook panel section of this guide To add a text frame to your canvas you can a Click on any empty area on or outside the canvas A toolbox will appear select the Text option or b Hold the T key on your keyboard while dragging a marquee Shape roughly the same size as your finished text CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 81 A text frame will appear on your canvas Doubl Click to Change To add text attached to an image frame select one or more images then click on the T option on the tool box A text frame will appear on top of the image When you move the image frame the
18. i peal i Custom Make Into option Within the Manage attributes window you can create your own custom Make into feature Make into adds multiple preset values to your portrait image database The default Make into features assigns departments priorities titles and other features to school portrait databases so you can quickly turn groups of selected portraits into Students Faculty Admin and Support Staff Church If you would like to add or change Make Into options select an attribute set in this example School and click on the Make Into options J no no no rie no Wes no rie no no a rf r Up _ Make Into options which will open the Make Into Options window YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES Make Into Options School Make Into Tite Undefined Teacher Student Administration Support Staff Add Make Into Custom Attributes Attribute Make Into Value Volume Name Grade Last Name First Name Home Room House Period Teacher Track Department Title Salutation Done To edit a current title select it from the list on the right The populated attribute properties will be displayed on the right To edit a value or add new information to it select it on the left and click Edit Value Make Into Options Schaal Make Into Tite Undefined Teacher Student Add Make Intn Remove Make Into C
19. l Output l Click on the ag omot al tab and select TO A FILE from the list of options File Edit View Inset Selection Tools Help K Create Organize a Share as Output LH Community Location to export this image to Resolution and Quality File Name Vacation in Aruba z gt gt Dots Per Inch 300 Size 2550 by 3300 Fle Type P6 Y Fienaming scheme Defaut _y Quality 100 9 e Folder C temp gt gt Best quality Very large size Render Canvas Only 7 Watermark Collage E Show Crop Marks F Sharpen reduced images Pass through profiles unchanged and tag with selected profile 7 WA Add Banner Overlay Image Info me C Windows System32 spool drivers color AdobeRGB 1998 icc issi Actual Size Zoom to Fit Preview Render l Local Viewer v Entire Canvas 7 Selected Page 7 Don t split covers 7 108 OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING File name type in any name you would like to give the file Click on the button to select a previously used file to over write or on the gt gt button to choose among predefined text tags eg exif data Extreme Yearbook only File type see below for options File naming scheme FotoFusion offers a number of predefined options to name your files Options include page numbering project and file names and album manufacturer s settings Crop options drop box Select from Render Canvas
20. 23411 e Map of clickable regions in HTML output now takes bleed into account correctly 23412 e Progress bar messages during HTML rendering now more informative 23413 e Occasional crash fixed 23316 e Rare threading issue with overwritten properties fixed 23371 Released February 17 2010 Version 4 6 build 63740 e The Preview option into the Export tab didn t work 4737 e The dropper didn t work after clicking the export preview button 4741 e Out of Memory error when Uploading to publisher 23181 Dragging a left page to first page caused it to become left 23210 e Dragging a page into blank space caused a new page to be created with an odd error message 23206 e Dropping from CDROM USB Drive didn t copy locally 23208 e Upload request references an inaccessible file 23203 e Revert to normal frame does not refresh properly 23140 e Panel with turned off group caused a freeze 23196 e Crash leads to completely empty RS project 23054 e Thumbnails don t update when photos dropped to canvas are never viewed at least once 23234 e Handle error 404 file not found on remote server more gracefully 23214 e Add Occlusion on off option per Group 23127 e Small groups with Features have odd occlusion 23128 Breathing pages in and out breaks all subsequent page designs 23217 e Crash when moving a collage page down in between panel pages 23180 e Combo edit boxes in attributes don t scroll restricting input to lt 20 characters 23216
21. 28223 e Waiting for items appears in rendered output under certain circumstances Fixed 28308 released April 13 2011 Version 4 7 build 73728 Warning about low res content when rendering right after loading from RS Fixed 28240 e Have unsaved project Start loading a new one Cancel do you want to save Choose save as Result potential corruption Fixed 28224 released March 31 2011 Version 4 7 build 73647 We found and fixed a fairly important bug related to memory usage several seemingly unrelated problems should now be resolved at the same time This release fixes the following bugs e Double clicking on local project while completing save to Remote Storage produces empty frames in local project Fixed 28163 e Saving a local project on top of an existing local project produces empty canvas and locked project Fixed 28169 28170 e Occasional issue with panels disappearing due to missing groups Fixed 28175 e Panel labels sometimes show up as bold Fixed 28181 e Removing all members from a group produces errors on reload Fixed 28174 e Freeze when opening project with missing images Fixed 28180 e Save As over existing projects disabled to avoid user error reported by many schools 28183 Central memory issue responsible for project corruption failed renders in high volume workstations 28194 released March 28 2011 Version 4 7 build 73528 FotoFusion can be executed from USB drives on systems with Ad
22. Free will cause the frames width value to override the number columns and rows ie the columns and rows Il 9 uis will change as the width of the frames changes no limits Fit will Features 0 cause the panel to snap exactly to the selected number of columns Frame Aspect E Psr and rows regardless of the specified frame width or page size ie use this exact number of columns and rows Max will not allow the panel to grow beyond the specified number of columns and rows ie no more than x columns or rows Intercolumn and interrow spacing can tighten or loosen the panel s spacing Features when set to 1 will increase the size of the first frame in the panel group to 2x2 Frame Aspect changes the shape of the frame length to height ratio Fit Frame to image will snap the frame to the ratio of the _ Fit Frame to Image photo Knockouts Knockouts When Automatic knockout is turned on images dropped W Automatic on top of the panel will cause the panel to get out of the way The ae ee ee eee panel frames will flow around the new images See the example above in Simple mode Remove Manual Knockouts will cause all panel frames that have been turned off shown as pale red to be restored Your panel if populated will reflow to fill the restored frames lai Layout controls the relative position of the image frames in your Frames Gutter panel pee nes Gutter m Frames aligns the panel to the gutter
23. It provides you with a web address and QR Code which can be easily shared with friends family and clients his no fee service will exist for 30 days on the server and will include LumaPix branding on the final slide This feature may not be available with YearbookFusion if disabled by your yearbook publisher After uploading your project is assigned a web address which can be accessed on any computer or tablet iPhone iPad Android Blackberry PC Mac etc You can publish the link to Facebook or Twitter or send it by email as you wish Publishing to Web Album To publish a web album first launch your project in FotoFusion File gt Open Next click on the OUTPUT tab and choose TO WEB ALBUM To Web Album Click Publish Current Project Now to upload your project to the LumaPix server 118 OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING eo Publish Current Project Now Previously Shared The project will upload usually within a few seconds net Mey 21st 2013 Rendering page 10 11 of 11 Preparing for high definition image download Waiting for multi core image scaling to complete Stop HUXHQB Once uploaded the Web Album manager screen will appear Head shots http Ipx me HUXHQB F Copy to Clipboard View in Browser j E E 8 Delete r May 2120123 Sharing and managing your Web Albums The five letter code ney 2Page and QR Code at the top of the Web Album m
24. T 1 E re e i a LL t T r ir l Tey maza Tef FEAE E m rap re pe r j J m raw I mar GEE r cow H Bl ee eee h ki EEE T OF E Ei H Lip roe feng Puma op A Umg Pusi Grog Framm or Bere Ea oa bie Sunn Feni 1 PRO PROJECT TUTORIAL 183 Click the AUTOPOPULATE button to fill the empty frames Auto Io e fe Cal Gm Sta a c 5 a y r Your images will automatically drop into the frames on the canvas Edit the composition as required Multi select frames to change the border color and width the frame inset or add a new matte Multi select text frames to change the color font and size of the text Add a background color or tile to the canvas or use a textured paper Add text on canvas to create a title for the composition IS f lt ir P 1 s ts a EAT j el all ua i Bey This work flow represents the very basic operation for designing a composites Once these steps are understood you can become more creative in your presentation and style For example here are a few basic interpretations of the collage just made kew ce eim t En ae i lt ie au ie ie LF fea a of i i j _bk 4 Fat i in e m eat Bec al biel if lt i te I T a 1 tie is k 2 k Ca d i iam i lt I At Ka A amt l wa awe a
25. Yearbook Yearbook Yearbook Yearbook Yearbook Yearbook Yearbook e l O01 O01 O01 O01 O01 O01 O01 O01 O01 O01 O01 O01 an OO001 jpg ao t jpg OOOO jpg oait jpg OOS jpg OOOO jpg OOOO jpg OOS jpg 0000s jpg 00010 jpg 00011 jpg 0001 2 jpg i ie a Basye Brown Collins Corrlon Coyarubia Garcia Hutchingor Johnson Lane Brown Mitchell Mitchell Over el Mm tlie El Manage Custom Fields Your school organization name will appear automatically if your software is activated Yearbook Publishers must choose from a list of all their activated schools be careful to select the correct school Most of the time no further action will be required to import your data If you see properly formatted columns and rows of data click IMPORT YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES 145 If your data does not appear as expected in the table of data or if you are merging or replacing an existing database you can change the following options Delimiter Tab O Comma Other Delimiter refers to the way the index txt file is set up Some index txt files will use tabs to separate the data fields others will use commas or a special character If your data appears correct in the table as in the example above do not change the currently selected delimiter If there is no information showing or it is not organized into columns change the delimiter from tab to comma Th
26. become disconnected from the original files Files with red resolution warnings should be replaced to ensure that the project will print with sufficient quality as per your publisher s recommended values You do not need to configure anything to send the files to your printing company other than to have an active high speed internet connection available Under the File menu or from the Output tab choose the UPLOAD TO PUBLISHER option One or more choices may be available depending on your publisher s preferences Output d Upload To Publisher e Upload as Flattened Images faster Upload Complete Project Upload file Printer Setup Print Previews If you see only one option then your publisher has chosen this method as the exclusive upload method If you have two options ask your publisher which method they prefer Flattened files will take less time to upload but the publisher will not be able to make any corrections to the project Upload as Flattened Images renders your project to a flattened file and sends the resulting package to your publisher directly Upload Complete Project sends your publisher an archive which can be reopened and edited by the publisher Upload File allows you to send a single image or project to your publisher eg a logo Do not send scrap files to your publisher they will not be able to open them as there are no associated images tied OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING 131 t
27. eMac specific External drives are detected upon insertion instead of requiring a restart The file open dialog shows the Mac desktop documents and user folders PSD Thumbnails are now rendered correctly e Bug Fixes Many crashes were found amp fixed The font list no longer jumps to the top during scrolling Preflight only interrupts rendering for errors not warnings plus dozens of other fixes too tedious to list Cases resolved 31218 34754 34893 34936 35033 35034 35055 35061 35072 2563 29757 30959 31180 31550 32243 32337 32619 32893 32966 32996 33199 33366 33549 33886 34228 34345 34447 34479 34536 34561 34575 34576 34611 34632 34651 34655 34660 34738 34751 34766 34776 34821 34843 34845 34869 34873 34875 34876 34881 34892 34894 34903 34904 34911 34919 34920 34921 34923 34924 34934 34936 34937 34943 34945 34947 34951 34959 34960 34961 34962 34963 34969 34973 34978 34980 34982 34985 34987 34990 34991 35008 35010 35014 35016 35021 35023 35027 35032 35035 35039 35050 UPDATE HISTORY 187 released Mar 4 2013 Version 5 3 build 90176 YearbookFusion and FotoFusion V5 e Append PSPA amp RS Projects Cases resolved 28820 29644 34102 34177 34295 34313 34354 34389 34390 34436 34438 34470 34477 34490 34492 34494 34514 34516 34522 34538 34553 34568 34607 34615 34643 34689 34690 34731 34742 34748 34764 34778 34789 34808 34809 34823 34824 34825 34832 34835 34837 34838 34847 34849 34850 34866 34872 released
28. fixed e 29361 Occasional crash when appending Remote Storage projects fixed e 29382 Occasional crash when opening a kit fixed e 29307 29322 Crash while archiving a project fixed Fixes to update mechanism e 29225 No message shown when checking for a new version fixed e 29280 Access is denied while installing update fixed e 29353 User is now told when update download completes if they manually checked for updates e 29372 Update failure if new version is published while the app is running fixed e 29375 Collage exe error on uninstall in windows fixed e 29592 Permissions error when taking new build on Mac fixed e 29408 Panel button not added to UI when activating as YearbookFusion user fixed Text e 29530 Occasional crash when changing multi font text fill or outline color fixed e 29537 Blur effect on Text is not restored after a crash fixed e 29585 Swapping images doesn t refresh all tags in child text fixed e 25719 command not working for text fixed e 27284 Cursor cannot be positioned between two consecutive tags fixed e 27285 Font used for tags lost after save reload fixed e 27417 Highlight tags checkbox doesn t stay checked fixed e 27477 27873 28155 Customer specific text issues fixed e 29631 29636 Changing text Fill color occasionally changes outline color fixed e 27547 28312 Text incorrectly sized when old templates loaded fixed e 27981 False positive w
29. font is selected that displays the non Western characters the text shaping options specified by language region type will shift the spacing of glyphs characters appropriately Most users will not need to touch this option as it is only exposed when the chosen font and language contain non Western characters A selected few fonts will have ligature controls to create new The Tags tab enables your text frame to display information about the image within the frame Select one or more images on your canvas then add a text frame attached to the image frame click T on the image toolbox Select the text frame s open the Text editor and go to the Tags tab By default all tags features will be off CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 89 Ne BSS Highlight Tags Tags gt pial nt E janj H HER i DoubleClick to Change a Ds 4 HAR T Ee re E a i Sabra Click on the Tags button to access the available data associated with the image For instance choose Tags gt File gt Image gt File Name to add the name of the image to the text frame You can any number of tags and highlight them transparent color block if you wish _ Highlight Tags a lt File name gt If needed customize the text frame as you would normally and move it to a new position relative to the 90 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT image frame Calibri Calibri Font Size 13 L
30. full of ghosts aliens or even worse M image aa aa 0 Bright 0 Contrast 4 Gamma 1 Blur 0 B amp W 0 Sepia 0 R 1 G 1 B 4 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES 175 PRO PROJECT TUTORIAL All pros know time is money Wouldn t you rather be shooting an extra job than spending hours in front of a computer making layouts FotoFusion can help you streamline your studio s work flow but still provide your customers with beautiful output options FotoFusion lets you decide how much time and customization you want to put into your projects Multi page albums can be created with great efficiency using FotoFusion Extreme license holders can choose to create full albums from scratch or partially automate the design process or use templates The editing process is also rendered more efficient using FotoFusion allowing you to make multiple sizes and quick on demand changes to your work with minimal effort Learn how to use the Page hover to work quickly within your project Other routine jobs such as creating contact sheets or sending proofs to clients can be facilitated through the use of FotoFusion Group layouts such as class composites can be done with greater ease In general FotoFusion provides a unique set of tools to help you work more efficiently on your pro projects Album Presets Find page size presets including covers double page spreads and single pages for leading album manufactures in the Canvas Settings editor Two quic
31. on the canvas you are really moving the frame The frame pulls the picture or text along with it like an object nested inside a box Douole Cliex to h Our studanis Cnansja A populated image and text frame on a canvas blank canvas The images displayed on your canvas are not full resolution image embedded on screen You cannot directly edit alter or destroy the images on your FotoFusion canvas exception the red eye removal tool The images you see on your FotoFusion canvas are low resolution thumbnail copies of your images which are linked back to the original file Because FotoFusion is working with mini copies of your photos it allows your computer to use hundreds even thousands of images in your project If the full version of the image was used then your computer s memory wouldn t be able to handle more than a dozen images in one project When FotoFusion creates a final version of your project rendering it to file uploading to your yearbook publisher printing it it returns to the original file to collect all the missing information from your images to make a high quality output page by page IMPORTANT TIP Because the software works in this manner it is important not to do the following during the process of creating your book you will get missing images warning because FotoFusion will not be able to link back to the original images e Do NOT rename your image files after you ve added them into a project
32. option 9713 16365 e Diplomas category now available 18610 Yearbook Features available only in YearbookFusion license Organizer now offers Add Student button to import additional images into student database 15569 17725 18732 17904 18727 e Teachers can be brought to top of yearbook panel by pre pending space to their last name 17189 17201 17246 17455 e Publishers see list of their associated schools can choose among them when importing PSPA database 16338 Default form factors determined by publisher association 16893 e Publisher specific form factors displayed for their clients only 16107 e Publisher specific preset searches clip art papers frames now available 16961 e Yearbook Toolbar streamlined down to single button 17885 e Panel text can be protected from changes or unlocked for manual changes 16755 e Panel size position can be protected from changes or unlocked for manual resizing rotation repositioning 17574 e Students can now be excluded from panels e g witness protection programs 16224 e Images with empty data fields at import time are now collected into named buckets for correction 15827 e Custom attribute sets can now be created at import time in Organizer and when populating panels 17587 17586 17587 17642 e Custom text qualifiers now supported in PSPA import 17639 e Append option at import now prevents duplicate file names in database simplifying conflict free reimport 18660 e School and c
33. that your studio equipment requires it If you are simply printing on a desktop printer or sending your projects to a photo finisher you should not include a Bleed Bleed guidelines are added via the Canvas Settings editor see below or are pre programmed into the manufacturer s preset sizes 44 PAGE SIZE amp PROJECT TYPES Grid Settings 4 gt x _ Snap to Grid m Display Grid Lines Grid Color Grid Spacing i Grid guidelines are optional on Canvas only settings that can be applied to help you lay out your pages Right mouse select outside the canvas choose VIEW then choose Grid Settings to set your preferences Snap to grid will cause the frames to be magnetically attracted to the grid lines Display Grid Lines will make them visible on canvas note grid lines will not appear on rendered or printed projects Change the color of the gridlines grey is default with the color swatch If you have a light colored background choose a dark colored line or vice versa The Horizontal and Vertical spacing displayed in inches can also be altered to your requirements Custom Presets FotoFusion provides a list of manufacturer s presets and generic commonly used sizes If you have custom page sizes you use frequently you can create your own presets Custom presets are made through the Manage Form Factors feature To access the editor either click on the Manage button on the Canvas settings window or
34. 186 updates to FotoFusion 186 192 updates to Version4 192 upload to publisher 130 upload to website 120 upload to your printing company 130 uploading to alab 107 uploading to an album maker 107 used images list 179 user preferences 36 users 184 _ Version 5 history 192 videos 2 vignettes 54 vignetting 54 vivid light image effects 54 W watermarks 122 web album 117 web publishing 120 wedding album templates 16 what has changed 186 whatisa PSPAcd 142 where are my projects 15 Where to save files 15 Windows 15 Windows 7 1 Windows 8 1 Windows Vista 1 Windows XP_ 1 work flow 175 workflow 16 www FotoScraps com 184 www lumapix com forum 184 _Y yearbook 181 yearbook book manager 29 yearbook clipart 132 yearbook committee organization 18 yearbook design 18 yearbook design tip 18 yearbook licensing 141 yearbook pages 141 yearbook project management 45 yearbook workflow 141 YearbookFusion 18 YearbookFusion users 181 yearvbook management 18 yellow 54 yellow exclamation 54 yellow handles 54 2013 LumaPix Inc 208 LumaPix FotoFusion Version 5 Help yellow triangle 54 a zoom 54 2013 LumaPix Inc
35. 29384 29413 29793 Help videos not playing fixed e 29929 Frames dropped onto images are not applied fixed e 29828 Command clicking on frames moves them slightly fixed e 29771 Color picker not working on mac fixed e 29819 Delete key occasionally does not delete the selected item fixed e 29865 Hit testing region on text is misaligned with visible text fixed e 29858 del key not removing image from dropper fixed e 29797 Home Zone not closing after choosing a template fixed e 29415 unhelpful contextual menu on videos turned back off again e 29860 Bad refresh when new pages added fixed e 29389 29688 RepID lt rep gt mechanism now associating rep IDs with installer on Mac DMG released September 6 2011 Version 5 Mac Beta build 77370 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac This is a minor stabilization release This build fixes a bug in the installation process one that prevented update mechanism from working Resolved Bugs 29666 29877 Command Q or Quit from menu does not quit FotoFusion Mac only fixed e 29786 FotoFusion freezes on exit Mac only fixed e 29774 Looping update Mac only fixed 29801 Activating certain Mac build as v5 Extreme produces error fixed other internal testing issues resolved released August 29 2011 Version 5 Mac Beta build 76942 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac Resolved Bugs e 29654 Publish a tool that cleans the WINE bottle to streamline support e 29434 Mac crash on hovering or hitting buttons to open smart fr
36. 31977 31979 31980 31981 31986 31995 31997 3199 32000 32003 32005 32009 32012 32019 32020 32022 32024 32027 32030 32033 32034 32035 32036 32039 32041 32042 32047 32048 32051 32053 32054 32057 32058 32059 32063 32066 32069 32071 32072 32075 32078 32081 32089 32090 32097 32103 32110 released Mar 19 2012 Version 5 0 build 81902 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac Bugs addressed A minor problem with mattes persistence and rendering was addressed Cases resolved 31926 31927 31925 31903 released Mar 05 2012 Version 5 0 build 81886 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac New Features e Output tab UI rebuilt e UI Graphics generally revamped e Delete exposed in the toolbox e Mac friendly keyboard shortcuts for Insert Page ctrl E and Fit Image ctrl I added Bug fixes e A problem with panel pages being reflowed in specific circumstances was fixed e Several crashes particularly related to panel pages and when working with poor network connectivity have been fixed e Freezes in a few circumstances on the Mac have been addressed Case resolved 31733 31711 31783 31784 31838 31840 3182 31850 31895 31685 31678 31718 31851 31672 31692 31691 31694 31679 31675 31697 31703 31714 31695 31726 31724 31742 31713 31715 31730 31735 31734 31754 3175 31752 31747 31775 31780 31728 31721 31722 31719 31750 31745 31665 31666 31673 31674 31682 31709 31683 31800 31725 31670 31772 31664 31770 31788 31768 31681 31837 31829 31825 31859 31854 31865 31849 31843 3184 31839 31832 31830 31828 318
37. 7 j N Wade Hooper Knockout Frame Modify Panel Layout Modify Frame Properties Modify Shadow Properties Modify Image Properties Exclude this person from the panel Locate this person in the organizer The image will vanish from the panel but still be part of the database should you need to add the portrait back Replacing a Portrait Image Occasionally a portrait in the database may need to be replaced or relinked For instance the student may have had a retake photo done and you would like to replace the original photo Select the existing portrait in the School tab Click on button over the preview area Browse for the replacement image on your hard drive select it and choose OK The original portrait will vanish replaced by the new image MANAGING DATABASE FIELDS The vast majority of school users will not need to add any custom fields to the portrait database The default selection will allow you to add info such as titles eg Assistant to the Principal Nutritionist special programs under Tracks eg HomeSchool SpecialEd affiliation to clubs under Groups etc If you need to add a special sets of data you can do so through the Manage Attributes feature Manage attributes is available in two locations e at time of import 7 o 154 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES S Import PSPA CD Schoo Ps E Mala Delimiter Duplicates Ignore header line 5 Tab p T ARE NE AA Replace School in
38. 8 remote storage 8 18 removing pages 45 render segments 111 rendering a book in book manager 29 rendering to a flat file 107 reordering pages 45 replacing aportraitimage 142 resize 54 resize proportionally 54 resize to fit 80 resize your images 54 resizing 54 resizing pages 45 resolution warning 54 restore 8 restoring 8 retakes 142 RGB 54 right side 45 ripped frames 54 roles 142 rolling a project back 8 rotate 54 rotate layout 45 rotating pages 45 2013 LumaPix Inc 206 LumaPix FotoFusion Version 5 Help a safe zone 2 saturation image effects 54 save 8 saveas 8 save as template 8 save page as template 45 saving projects 15 saving to a file 107 saving to remote storage 18 saving to the cloud 18 school tab 142 scrapbook 132 screen image effects 54 search 101 search tab 101 142 searching for graphics 132 segmenting a page 111 selected page publish 120 send to your printing company 130 sending a book to a yearbook publisher 29 sending proofs 179 sending to a photo finisher 107 sending to a photo lab 107 sepiatone 54 setting the text s content 80 shadow amount 91 shadow angle 91 shadow blur 91 shadow color 91 shadow editor 91 shadow glow 91 shadow inside 54 91 shadow offset 91 shadow options 54 shadows 91 shapes 54 Share 105 share by url 117 share on cell phone 117 share on facebook 117 share ontablet 117 share on twitter 117 sharing images
39. Arial it looks unfinished You can use other font and text styles to punctuate the book eg quotations slogans word art but keep the bulk of the text consistent Your book will be unified and the images will be the focus not the decorations You might even design a palette page copy this page into your project to have the colors textures and fonts at hand 26 FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT panel backgrounds main text Century section titles fall harvest tia color swatches Tip 3 Avoid the Clutter The 1 problem with most yearbooks is using too many images per page Your yearbook is not the repository of every photo taken that year Be selective You may think that you need to include as many photos as possible so everyone in the school gets their photo into the book Unfortunately if you overcrowd your pages with dozens of tiny images then essentially no one is visible in any of the photos Don t auto collage two dozen or more images on a page pick the best 6 10 and feature one or two prominently framing them nicely A yearbook should tell the story of your school year so select a few good images to tell that story Select well composed shots that show faces and people participating in activities Don t use non descript shots of group activities or photos with random people s backs facing the camera Far away shots of sporting events or performances won t let you see what is going on tell your photograp
40. Ca 184 PRO PROJECT TUTORIAL THE COMMUNITY TAB WL Communi The Communiy tab is your gateway to exchanging ideas with other FotoFusion users FotoFusion is all about sharing with others sending collages of travel shots to workmates proof sheets to the newlyweds or postcards of your kids to the grandparents lt I IE Address http ffa fotoscraps comigallery index phprredir gallery amp from clent amp userid ume Community Tab gives you quick access to The FotoScraps Gallery to view what other FotoFusion users have been creating Upload where you can send your work to the FotoScraps Gallery The Forum where you can chat and ask questions to expert users The FAQ which brings you to the LumaPix Support website News where LumaPix lets you know about developments for FotoFusion Other providing links to preferred sites There is also an active Yahoo discussion group centered on the use of FotoFusion for scrapbooking Drop in If you have problems using FotoFusion feel free to visit www lumapix com support to view the Frequently Asked Question database and to leave a support ticket KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS 185 KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS J PC Shortcut Mac Shortcut _ PPrint ar Sde O Add a new printer page segment Ctrl shift p Draw printer page segment S left mouse button down and drag S left mouse button down and drag Close currently selected e
41. Database Qo _ Integrate with Existing Database j Other _ Append to Existing Database Text Qualifier Separator Attribute Set School RA A Volume Name Image Folder Image File Name Grade Last Name Yearbook Yearbook Yearbook Yearbook Yearbook Yearbook Yearbook Yearbook Yearbook Yearbook 00001 ipg 4 Bongiovani 00002 jpg 4 Bonjour 7 00003 jpg Collins 00004 jpg Corazon 00005 jpg Clover 00006 jpg Davis 00007 jpg Dennman 00008 jpg Fergusson 00003 jpg Franks 00010 jpg Glenden Yearbook 00011 jpg Glenn Yearbook 00012 jpaq Hovers La 4 g nt Manage Custom Fields Cancel reat ip aes Yee EAT op nee Wp et ae ot gad pea OS T Ee ee ee E a Manage Attri weg Attribute Set In both cases the Manage Attributes window will appear Manage Attributes Ea Select Attribute Set School New Attribute Set Lead Attribute Set Church Attribute Properties Attibute Type Multiline Delete Edit Empty Allowed Default panel label text At the top of the window you can select an existing attribute set or create a new set click on New Attribute Set YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES 155 An attribute set is a collection of properties fields that can receive data For instance the School attribute set will contain properties for First and Last Name Grade Homeroom and Teacher Manage Attributes Select Attribute Set Attribute Pr
42. Feb 13 2013 Version 5 3 build 90115 YearbookFusion only e Rounded Corners for YBF e Append Cases resolved 34533 34725 34766 34767 34771 34777 34779 34784 34786 34790 34801 34804 34805 34810 34817 34818 34827 34828 34834 released Feb 10 2013 Version 5 3 build 90000 FotoFusion V5 only eVersion 4 backwards compatibility issues e inset fix Cases resolved 34728 34730 34733 34745 34747 34750 34752 34756 34757 34758 347593 4760 34761 34762 released Feb 6 2013 Version 5 3 build 89891 FotoFusion V5 only eRounded Corners for FF Cases resolved 681 2713 26531 29845 31253 33794 34133 34247 34262 34292 34367 34372 34401 34427 34439 34440 34441 34443 34444 34459 34471 34476 34489 34497 34499 34504 34505 34513 34521 34525 34526 34528 34530 34535 34539 34546 34556 34562 34565 34567 34588 34591 34594 34603 34609 34610 34613 34616 34619 34622 34624 34626 34633 34635 34636 34640 34645 34650 34656 34676 34678 34691 34692 34693 34695 34697 34700 34711 34712 released Feb 1 2013 Version 5 2 build 88552 YearbookFusion and FotoFusion V5 e Chapters don t load after name selected Changes Lost Saves after Undo Cases resolved 34430 34446 34449 34450 34460 34473 34474 34475 released Dec 7 2012 Version 5 2 build 88405 YearbookFusion and FotoFusion V5 e Scannable QR codes for Web Albums Now when you output a web album we add QR codes in two places The output tab shows you a QR code for recently published albums The last page of published web albums
43. Form Factors restored e Support for images on external media cleaned up now predictably asks if you want to copy or reference images e 188 UPDATE HISTORY Series of issues with clipped text resolved e Drives are now displayed sorted by drive letter instead of by drive name e Series of issues with autorotated images edited outside of FotoFusion fixed Yearbook Publishers_e Missing fonts not reported when rendering project fixed e Control over watermark size and position now exposed in RepAdmin e Images in school organize tab now labeled with names instead of GUIDs e Panel manual mode can now be optionally password protected in RepAdmin e Panels support occlusion modes Square Through Full Line etc e Form Factors e The following form factors were updated ACI Finao Cases resolved 32347 31492 32571 31530 32595 31739 31147 29997 32623 32622 31987 21114 32657 32577 32749 19672 32519 32610 31972 32596 21344 30361 29223 32579 32665 32713 19250 32407 32216 32528 32220 32581 7988 32686 32597 32709 32710 32716 32616 32638 32345 32688 32580 28319 27980 32591 32608 32544 32540 32507 32730 32467 32652 32732 32733 32651 31514 31539 32687 32689 32691 32707 32708 32731 32729 31485 30371 31686 32487 32617 32736 32737 32739 32483 32590 32734 32743 32748 32746 31969 32751 32755 32756 32757 32758 32759 32761 32762 32760 32768 released July 30 2012 Version 5 1 build 84132 Y
44. Foto PN m OT E eal eat Organize v New folder a O A E Desktop H S Arrange by Folder gt Libraries Documents a Music a eT PAO aay SMES T LIERE r A EE viessage trom the Frincipal i Pictures Fotolia _769 Fotolia 724 E My Pictures 5971_L jpg 9435_Ljpg di Antique di Family Portraits i Jb Fashion Models Fotolia 241 Fotolia 895 J My Exported Collages 8852_L jpg 24 _Ljpg di personal2 Filename Fotolia_7249435_L jpg Your image s will appear above the project ready to add to the project Choose FILL BOOK to add images to empty frames on the template or drag one image into an empty frame Double click on text frames to open the simplified text editor Any fonts included in the template will be available from the font dropdown FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT 35 DR CARLOS KINGSTON Font Size 0 38 Resize to Fit s l ak J es 2 E m BEFAR Center ad Shadow E a a type your text he type your text here type your text here type your text here type your text here type your text here Image and text frames can be resized via the handles or removed and reordered from the editing and navigation tools To reorder frames on canvas use the toolbar on the left side of the screen Click X to delete unwanted frames Move to Top Move Above Move Under Move to Bottom Sym Remove Frame 36 FILE amp PROJE
45. FotoFusion after AutoCollage wizard doesn t prompt for save o Editors do not open off screen o Forward back refresh stop buttons in community tab once again consistent with other browsers Version 3 3 The following new features are available in FotoFusion PRINT v3 3 Support for multiple pages oAn entire multi page album can now be created as a single project o Autocollage can now create a multi page album automatically o Batch Processing of all pages in a multi page album to JPEG files is now supported Custom EXIF tags o Custom EXIF tags can be used for complex frame label The following new features are available in FotoFusion PRO and PRINT v3 3 Midpoint Guide o Panoramic canvases include a center guide line for avoiding album seams The following new features are available in all versions of FotoFusion v3 3 AutoPopulate o An entire template can now be filled with images in a single click Rotation Snapping o Holding down the alt key while rotating now snaps to increments of 45 degrees Image Flipping o Images can be now be flipped left right and top bottom Settings Area o You can now choose to work in floating toolboxes or a new docked Settings Area Try It First o The various versions of FotoFusion STANDARD PRO and PRINT can now be tested prior to buying Centralized Help o A single starting point for help now provides a one stop help desk Version 3 2 Version 3 2 added a few minor features Reconnecting Images o If you move the source im
46. France SHADOWS Image and text frames cast drop shadows Shadows can be adjusted directly in the Toolbox or in the Shadow editor Adjusting the Shadow through the Toolboxes The Shadows control in both the text and image toolboxes can be dragged to edit the shadow e Drag left right Shadow Offset e Drag up down Shadow Blur 92 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT Adjusting the Shadow through the Shadow Editor Click the shadow control on the Toolbox to open the Editor for more detailed control Angle 45 Amoi _ Shadow Inside k TE bffsetincreas d 4 k a Hy ie ie j Pa eel a a no Shadovwar Image by Kent Smith Offset The shadow offset determines how far from the frame the shadow is displayed If you increase the value the shadow will appear farther away from the image Blur Changing the blur makes the shadow harder or softer Angle The angle determines the apparent position of the light source producing the shadow of the frame Amount The Amount determines the opacity of the shadow effect Shadow Inside If the shadow is inside the border does not cast a Shadow but the image itself does To see this effect make the border very wide and 50 transparent When shadow inside is checked you will see that the image itself is casting a shadow but that the large translucent border does not In this example the photo is casting a small shadow which gives the im
47. If you are not confident about your design abilities find inspiration in news magazines and scrapbooking web sites Find a page layout you like and copy the general arrangement of text and images on your page Don t try to reproduce the page element for element just the general placement on the page Tip 4 Make It Personal Use your school colors for inspiration If your school has a color theme use it on your main pages outside and inside covers messages from the principal general news and the panel section etc Or be inspired by the design of your school for instance if the school is painted in a particular color scheme carry it to the book Check out the varsity papers in the Gallery LumaPix clip art to see if your colors are available Use background photos of your school and surroundings Take photos of the floors murals lockers sporting equipment art displays school grounds etc and use these as background images for your pages Zoom in on the textures or use blur b amp w or sepia settings to soften the images Use quotes and slogans as graphic elements Text can be used to decorate your book too Does a teacher have a particular slogan or expression they are famous for using Does your school have a cheer or a song Ask students and teachers for one word or one line sentence to sum up their year and pepper these through the book Scan the headlines Did your school or any of the staff or students get mentioned in th
48. Info is a tool available on the Create screen and on the output tabs Information about the images on your canvas can be displayed as a small text box under the images on your canvas This tool is very useful for creating catalogues or assisting communication during the proofing process for album work To turn on Overlay Image Info on the Create screen right mouse select outside of the Canvas then choose PROJECT gt gt Overlay image info or go to the Tools menu item and choose PROJECT gt gt Overlay image info Overlay Image Info Settings i Show on Canvas oname o gt gt gt Opacity e Ten 100 gt Background 50 Alignment Center v inal Fit on One Line Bottom F Turn the checkmark on to display the feature on canvas By default the image name will display but you can click on the button to choose other information from the image such as the frame number resolution or other details You can further customize the look of the Overlay changing the transparency level of the text and 180 PRO PROJECT TUTORIAL surrounding background and where the information appears on your image Vine Pe 359 _BASC4801icropped image by Stephen Eastwood Used Image List available to Extreme amp Yearbook users generates a text file list of the file names and locations of every image used in a project To generate a list click on FILE on the menu then select PROJECT MANAGEMENT gt gt Exp
49. Lm k r The Header is the title bar that appears over each section of your panel The header text will only be visible if you choose to group your panels after they are populated Grouping will tell the header to use a particular field in the database such as the teacher s name or grade Type Group Contd Alignment Edge T Cont Text Contd Size 05 0 1 Type Headers are always pulled from the Group that is organizing the panel You can choose to use the Group name alone only at the start of the panel group If you choose Group Cont d panels that run over the next page will start with a header and your choice of continuation text type your choice in the Con t Text box If you don t want an autogenerated header you can turn it off completely Change Size to increase the size of the header itself and change the interline spacing to create more room between the header and the previous section The general Layout Appearance and Shadow options for Headers are identical to the Label options See above for more details Use the area under Font to change or add information to the header eg add the tag for Teacher or Grade Click on TAG then choose User defined presets gt School and select a database field to include li 2 DE AS UserCustom DB AS UserCustom attribut es school teachername o r i t This example shows the tag for the teacher name If we add TETI fe aad some custo
50. Memory leaks fixed 17276 18764 e Crash on single core machines fixed 18886 e Loaded templates are unlocked during trial use 18854 e Essentials license no longer able to create unrenderable projects by appending kit templates 14953 e Run As now respects evaluation not paid license limits 14213 e Images with auto rotate EXIF flag no longer slow FotoFusion down 2417 e Users with passwords containing non alphanumeric characters can now reactivate normally 17277 e Thumbnails containing high res png images no longer display artifacts 17373 Various language translation issues resolved 17041 17525 17864 18051 18046 e Email support option now requires valid email address 17769 UI e Refresh issues with large thumbnail previews in Marketplace resolved 16709 e Toolbox no longer gets stuck in invisible state 17169 e Start Zone no longer gets stuck in blurred out mode 16932 17008 e Shopping cart button now showing unpurchased content notification only when necessary 17195 17240 e dotScrap items launched on canvas no longer creating ghost frames in the Tree view 16888 17160 Yearbook Features e Panels sometimes hang off safe area 17666 e Publisher s build now stores list of known schools enabling offline work 18136 18222 e Importing new PSPA data now clears previous imports 17108 17274 17352 17353 17355 17630 e Restoring yearbook archive now replaces current database 17076 17079 17096 e Modifications to 196 UPD
51. New form factors added to manufacturer s list AsukaBook Albums Unlimited Art Leather Blurb Color Portraits Entourage Georgia Printers Graphistudio US Le Cartonnage Picto Books Roshan Group Strawbridge Studios The Icon Experience Van Gogh School Portraits 18830 18893 19099 19952 19910 19864 19766 19790 20064 Bug Fixes e Output to file using same name as existing file now prompts with warning 18591 19621 e Output to file now correctly respects rendering preferences specified by manufacturer in Form Factor 19880 19879 e Bleed value for cover sheet gutters now correctly respected when rendering front back separately 19538 e Support for custom exif tags restored 19346 e Matte Cutter is applied to all duplicate images 20133 e Images do not autoupdate after red eye amp matte application 20136 20170 e Problem with bold italic attributes corrected 19954 e Deleting two instances of a frame text now problem free 20067 e Multiple images sent to external editor does not prompt to make a copy for each image 8222 e Large form factors lists no longer delay startup 19094 e Manufacturer s list sorts by product type in File gt New 18976 19098 Released July 15 2009 Version 4 5 build 57600 Bug Fixes e Upload to Publisher FTP error YearbookFusion only 19579 e Thumbnail resolution of image rendered instead of high resolution 19616 Released May 28 2009 Version 4 5 build 57466 Bug Fixes Editing Matte
52. Only crops to exact border edge of your canvas area Render Canvas Bleed crops to bleed edge Extreme version only or Render Canvas Bleed Overhang includes items outside your canvas including orphaned frames floating completely off your workspace Show Crop Marks Checked on the rendered files will include crop marks on your project best used if a bleed zone has been included on your project Sharpen reduced images It is recommended to leave this option on to ensure the best quality for your images Watermark Collage Learn more about creating your own custom watermark to protect your images from unauthorized reproduction Add Banner Learn more about creating your own custom banner to better advertise your work Overlay Image Info If you are sending a proof to a customer turn on this option to show the file name for all images in the project More details on Overlay image info can be found in the Proofing documents section of this manual Resolution and Quality The resolution or DPI dots per inch of your exported collage can be set to fit your requirements Setting the DPI will adjust the image resolution and setting the image resolution will adjust the DPI since both values are related to the canvas size Enhanced users are limited to 3900x5700 pixels The quality slider will allow you to adjust the amount of compression used to save the image More compression produces smaller files at a lower quality l
53. Photos You can sort the images by date to quickly find images all FotoFusion project files scrap and ONLY this type of file are kept in the FotoFusion My Collages My Projects folder You will know exactly where all your projects are by following this practice all exported rendered projects eg rendered to jpg or other file types are kept in My Pictures My Exported Collages This will avoid confusion with the FotoFusion scrap project files so you don t accidentally try to send a scrap file to a friend or a printing service or B Use Project based folders Create folders for each specific event or project For instance create a folder named Smith Jones Wedding Into this folder place all the source images jpgs the FotoFusion project files scrap and the exported project pages Ideally these should not have the same name as the FotoFusion scrap file to avoid confusion If you want to back up your images and projects then make a copy of the folder where the files are 16 FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT stored onto an external memory device ALBUM MANAGEMENT Extreme users FotoFusion can shave off hours and hours of work hours to produce top quality pro albums There are three ways you can use FotoFusion to create a multi page album 1 Design by template use the Marketplace templates or your own custom set of templates to quickly populate an album 2 The Autocollage Album create a sorted multi page album in sec
54. Principal Our Champions Halloween Halo race Holiday concert Inside cover a See you next year x 4 a Senior play amp Staff candids v amp Thanksgiving a Volunteer Appreciation Wady hat day international Day Message from the Our Champions l See you next 4 amp Welcome Back To add a project select it from the preview pane or the list then click DONE Hold Ctrl to add multiple projects Curent Book Chapters Yearbook 2014 C New Load Settings Output Book v Yearbook 2014 New Chapters Add Existing Chapters w sR E eed a a el a el ield Day Wacky hat day Volunteer Appreciatir Halo race International Day Graduation Our Champions See you next year Cafeteria The selected project s are now added to the book To move the project to a new position click and drag it to a new location In the image above notice how the chapter Halo race is selected and a small toolbox as appeared Click on to open the project in FotoFusion to edit it Click on to clone make a copy of the project Click on F to delete the project from the book manager Note this doesn t delete the project just removes it from the manager You can also flag the status of each chapter by clicking on the color bar below the preview 270R ANR NOT STARTED IN PROGRESS Halo race Halo race Halo race Halo race Halo race Once you have set up a book you can continue to work on the c
55. SEARCH amp TAG 103 Each bucket is associated to a one of the number keys on your keyboard Select one or more items in the Organize preview and then type a number on your keyboard 1 9 The contents will be transferred to the associated bucket The buckets can be renamed right mouse select them individually and will report the number of items they hold Baseball 3 imag i Create Toggle back to the tab to return to the Canvas and then open the Buckets hover to view and use the content within it Buckets TE Notice the drop down option to switch from Bucket 1 to any of EE STE ode e Eiee Dropped the other nine available Buckets kmni 17 a Images can be dragged on to the canvas Notice the REMOVE DROPPED checkbox when checked on the images will be removed from the Bucket when they are used Manage the contents of the bucket as needed from the icons at the top of the bucket remove one or more items drop them on the canvas pick them back up or rotate them P i l i ai Foto a peg Feke DA Lipa Fda LTA Lipi Faia EE lipi Assigning Keywords amp Categories Content displayed on the Organizer can be tagged with keywords and categories This feature can be used to make your personal graphics collection searchable in FotoFusion For instance if you have a collection of background papers that you would like to make appear in the Papers hover templates you would like to find quic
56. allow you to add an overlay of color and the Tile tab will allow you to select from a selection of preset textures An image can be used to fill the canvas frame of course Choose an image from the Image hover and drop it outside of the canvas It will snap to the background frame An image on your canvas can be converted to the canvas background by right mouse selecting the image and choosing IMAGE gt Set as Canvas Background Or use a paper texture from the Papers hover or for YearbookFusion users from the Gallery hover under LumaPix Art in the same manner You can create many different looks by changing the canvas background With paper and border With background fill With a tile DPI Resolution Wa rnings FotoFusion contains a warning system for using images on your canvas with too low a resolution Using a low resolution image eg cell phone camera or zooming in too close on an image can produce either a mild or severe warning This is an example of warnings on the canvas red below acceptable and yellow potential 80 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT problems Resolution warnings will also appear when you attempt to output images below the predefined thresholds of acceptable dpi Some publishers will set a default value to warn and to block the use of images that do not meet their predefined limits so if you are using a special build from a book publisher you will have these limits preset for you
57. also allows you to create custom themes for your emails and for the pages you publish to your web site If you wish to design your own themes it is recommended that you examine the pre existing themes included with FotoFusion located in C Program Files LumaPix FotoFusion V4 Themes to get an idea of their construction then attempt to customize your own The following instructions are written with the assumption that you are viewing the structure and design of the sample themes located under the Themes folder of your FotoFusion installation Each template must be located in a unique folder located under the Themes folder Every template must include the following files email htm index htm page htm photo htm Note Any images used in the theme design must be located in a sub folder named images 128 OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING email htm The email htm is a special file which contains the entire design needed to send an email The various portions of the email which need to be repeated are wrapped in special tags There are also various tokens which are required to tell FotoFusion how to render your design A complete list of these tokens is available below Please refer to the sample html files to see how these tokens are best used in your designs The header section tags indicate which part of the html ts to be used at the beginning of the email lt START HEADER SECTION gt lt END HEADER SECTION gt The
58. also choose the Insert menu item Printing Segment to add the adjustable frame over your canvas Adjust the printer page segment to cover the region precisely Once the areas have been defined you can copy the segments to another printer or export friendly page in the following manner If required add a new page to the project at the dimensions required On this new page right mouse down on the canvas and select ADD gt New Render Segment from the top of the drop down list Alternatively use the Insert menu s Reference Region gt Destination option A drop down list of available segments will appear One segment can be added multiple times on a page to create a sheet of duplicate items to print Individual segments on a page can be rearrange to create a more efficient use of paper ie rotate segment to fit them better on a page If you edit the original layout the changes will be reflected on this printable exportable page Other suggested uses business card multi up on one page bifold greeting card to avoid designing upside down creating a printer efficient pattern for a larger composition of smaller elements OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING 117 TO WEB ALBUM p zle http Ipx me GJCTFR LumaPix Book Viewer h K 03 FotoFusion al lows to you u pload your project to File Edit View Favorites Tools Help the LumaPix server as an online slide show with custom transition styles
59. an evenly space grid In this example we ve split a frame into eight parts You can also several split operations one after the other to get an interesting arrangement of different CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 73 size frames Splitting using the Toolbox 1 Select the frame or frames 2 Move the cursor over the split control on the image toolbox 3 Press down and hold the left mouse button 4 Without releasing the button drag the mouse to the right and down As you do this lines will appear on the fre You can press the esc key to abort the split operation if necessary 74 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT J Splitting using the Split Editor Select at least one frame then either press the T key or Click don t drag the Split button in the image toolbox or select Split Frame from the Tools Frame menu The following dialog will appear Split Frame Number of Splits Mosaic Image Select a number of horizontal and vertical splits then click Okay or press Enter You can uncheck the MOSAIC box to create a grid with the image appearing only in the first box Merging Frames Multi select all frames you wish to merge either draw a marquee over adjacent frames or hold the Control key on they keyboard while selecting the frames individually Right mouse down on one of the selected frames Choose POSITION gt Merge from the resulting pop up menu or click Alt
60. as you like Option 1 Use templates In the Start Tab gt New projects gt Templates search the Contact Sheets SES 6 Basic Templates Senior Portraits Sport Cards Business Cards Scrapbooking B u Calendars Diplomas Recipe Cards Greeting Cards Magazine Covers OR on the Create Screen type contact in the Search hover Follow the instructions provided with the template to output your contact sheets Option 2 Create your own template from scratch Create a new blank canvas to your choice of size Add a large blank frame to your canvas PRO PROJECT TUTORIAL 177 Add a background image or color if you wish Add a title text on canvas Use the splitter to slice the large frame into smaller equal sized frames one hart Fluharsy Waddins Select all frames then right mouse down on any one frame Select POSITION gt Size gt Automatically resize frame to fit image The border will disappear automatically Use the Inset option in the Frame border editor to re space the frames to provide room for labels Select all frames then add text to image Click on the toolbox T key to add a text field then replace the sample text with a Drop Photo text tag of your choice This will allow you Here to insert information about the image such as file name date etc Choose your font align the text change the color remove the shadow etc Reposition the text next to the frames as de
61. changing languages twice fixed e Affected update channels Cases resolved 32200 32193 32194 released Mar 28 2012 Version 5 0 build 82432 FotoFusion and YearbookFusion New Features e Better support for proxy servers on Mac e Printing on Mac has been improved e Improved update mechanism for Mac version Bug Fixes e Web Album now works better for trial users e Sort orders in Yearbook panels caused by accents and hyphens fixed Cases resolved 31992 28661 32120 32184 32128 31528 29427 30945 31358 31361 released Mar 27 2012 Version 5 0 build 82386 YearbookFusion and FotoFusion Features e Yearbook videos quickstart featured in home zone Bug Fixes e Crash on startup fixed e Keyboard shortcuts fixed insert frame send image backward forward e Tooltips not appearing in photo lists fixed Cases resolved 32173 27745 32161 31826 32151 32171 released Mar 26 2012 Version 5 0 build 82333 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac This was a bug fix release No features were added in this build Cases resolved 31710 32123 32112 32132 31352 32152 31710 32123 32079 31352 32152 32126 32124 32121 31361 31358 32112 32132 released Mar 23 2012 Version 5 0 build 82176 Official v5 Release for MAC amp PC This represents three years of R amp D poured into the YearbookFusion product now made available to all FotoFusion users More power more speed and some awesome new Sharing technology We re very proud of V5 and hope you take advantage of our upgrade offer Here
62. cutter works on png files 11312 e PNG mattes set to the correct channel 19400 e Matte cutter respects crop and position of image 18981 19414 e Matte channel preference respected after reopening project 19401 Convert text to matte repaired 17034 e Red eye removal tool works on png files 12756 e Smart frames resize correctly 13197 18173 e gif transparency respected 13828 Autojumble no longer inflates images 16286 e Symbol fonts will render after project is saved 18068 e Background image copied when auto duplicated 14003 16274 e Mattes fonts and tiles list will now respond to keystrokes to find item by name 18923 e Multi selected small frames display handles correctly 19166 e Image editor will restore brightness to factory defaults 19447 Installation Licensing Marketplace Installer will only run if administrator account is in use activation will hold for all users 13145 e Uninstalling FotoFusion does not cause issues with previously downloaded Marketplace content 14485 e One font warning for all fonts in a projects 16011 e Projects moved between machines will display missing font message 16609 Font license warning message will never show again if disabled on a project 19365 e Missing font warning appears when older archived project reopens 19440 e Download content from store will bring entire contents down 18838 File amp Project Management e Projects opened on network will save reopen on
63. e 28873 Bad canvas refresh fixed e 30356 Panels not selectable after crash restore fixed released Oct 18 2011 Version 5 0 build 78252 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac Mac specific e 29613 30219 Confusing Y drive no longer exposed to user e 30078 Help files now working correctly on Mac e 27101 Re enable External Editor fixed e 24441 Re enable Red eye removal fixed e 25497 Re enable Matte cutter fixed e 25736 5503 16078 Support remote storage for External Editor Red Eye Removal and Matte cutter fixed e 6473 11103 21025 7249 Option added to red eye tool modify original create corrected copy e 28132 20162 25376 25498 25375 25038 6822 21812 21615 21617 Minor errors in Red Eye Matte Cutter External Editor revealed when re enabling them e 24463 Editing in external tool doesn t mark RS projects as modified fixed e 28128 28129 Options to Always prompt Always copy not working for RS files edited in external tool fixed e 25377 RS images become blocky after local editing fixed e 30233 Icon for Edit in External tool added to toolbox alongside RedEye amp MatteCutter e 30235 30236 Page amp project thumbnails not updated after Editing in External tool fixed Fixes for Crashes e 30117 30227 30297 30323 Freeze when opening 2011 RS project in v5 fixed e 30277 Hidden dialog makes FotoFusion produce ding when clicked on fixed e 28613 Crash when rendering fixed e 30287 Freeze while searching
64. e Crash after deleting Panel Pages grouped together 23258 e Resizing panel frames causes panel image to move pages leaves embellishments behind 23230 e Download updates in the background while users work avoid having to wait 23250 e Moving a group to the first page causes chapters to break 23249 e Add Make into combo to allow quick setting of image type in organizer 22972 e Changing a custom attribute makes panels seem to disappear 23090 e Colored outlines for chapters in pages hover are more clear 23028 Crash when reflowing Panels with new chapters 23279 e Archive Restore caused issues when restoring from an older project 23305 Released February 08 2010 Version 4 6 build 63501 Bugs fixed e School list boxes in panel population editor are empty 22740 e Save project reload panels shift and thus occlude and reflow 23048 e Inserting a new page repeatably crashes YBF 23051 e Apparent deadlock when loading from remote storage 23062 e White panel frames in project pulled from RS 23084 e Reword alarming message about unlocking projects 23091 No data in populate drop downs after loading YB project 23098 e Activation dialog appears to open offscreen 14995 e FF gets confused goes ding when you click on it 18879 e After activation hidden window freezes the software 21955 e Custom page FF gets resized without warning 22535 e Apply to all pages crash 22655 e Auto flip turned on by default breaks year
65. email capacity Chinese Windows operating system compatibility Cases resolved 35814 35819 35823 35721 3589 28748 35824 35841 35845 35844 35570 release June 6 2013 Version 5 4 build 92555 FotoFusion v5 only eMissing Images error on adding DS Content Case resolved 35808 released May 23 2013 Version 5 4 build 92533 FotoFusion v5 only eBlending modes added for Extreme Cases resolved 11926 31040 32329 33759 34482 34484 34493 34938 35327 35441 35468 35481 35551 35564 35630 35632 35633 35634 35642 35669 35702 35718 35722 35730 35731 35733 35740 35741 35744 35748 35753 35755 35757 35759 35761 35773 35790 35791 35794 35797 35802 released May 22 2013 Version 5 4 build 92075 YearbookFusion only eAssemble book added to book manager e new book manager ui e PDF render with flattened text lingo fixes for translation cropping issues with dotScrap content render to psd disk error resolved Cases resolved 14015 19368 24079 24204 24627 2762129666 29672 29861 29987 30332 31517 31552 31578 32017 32455 32457 32589 32674 32675 33121 33124 33251 33252 33254 33282 33410 33426 33436 33456 33474 33477 33487 33489 33503 33506 33507 33508 33535 33634 33637 33638 33640 33641 33644 33645 33654 33672 33715 33716 33718 33720 33730 33732 33749 33751 33752 33753 3378533822 33842 33900 33901 33976 34033 34064 34069 34191 34199 34237 34283 34319 34326 34341 34342 3435034358 34359 34362 34363 34383 34387 34448 34461 34462 34464 34465 34466 34468 34507 34578 34618 34663 3
66. fixed e 29581 Project saved in older build will not open in newer builds fixed e 28230 Updating fails with notice about failed system requirements test fixed e 30379 Panels with knocked out images reflow differently after crash amp restore fixed e 30358 Empty pages created after crash amp restore fixed e 30354 Row column count changes after crash amp restore fixed e 30346 New Student appearing in panel until priority set fixed e 30220 Installation occasionally fails on a mac fixed e 30559 Form factors offered after reactivation don t reflect new publisher association fixed e 30824 Generic form factors offered instead of correct publisher association fixed e 30834 Locks on Remote Storage Projects not removed even after closing project fixed e 29596 Warning about clipped text fixed e 30828 Image page file use optimized 30650 Videos keep playing even if Home Zone is opened e 4249 Some images can be dragged off the web others cannot fixed e 27025 Candos do not set needs to be saved state for project fixed e 30896 Fonts saved to a Remote Storage project do not load in build 79262 fixed Freezes crashes 30899 Swapping windows user accounts without quitting FotoFusion produces instability fixed e 29666 Command Q Quit from menu does not quit fixed e 30865 Crash when changing frame properties fixed e 30581 Freeze when playing videos on Mac fixed released Nov 21 2011 Version 5 0 build 79116 YearbookFusion and v
67. fixed e 30178 Crash after restoring unsaved project fixed Undo Several issues with the Undo mechanism have been fixed in this build e 20056 Undoing the deletion of a page produces overlapping panels fixed e 30155 Undo duplicates or deletes project fixed e 15121 Undoing autojumble leaves one element behind fixed e 16600 Undo doesn t preserve relative order of frames fixed e 18398 Undo doesn t work on grouped copy paste fixed e 20061 Undo of paste operation produces scrambled result fixed e 4545 Undo of matte operation doesn t work fixed e 27654 Undo loop after creating new project fixed e 30114 Undo removes canvas image after loading from remote storage fixed e 30108 Undo produces missing images fixed e 27695 Undo of template appending cannot be redone fixed General Bug Fixes The following bugs were fixed e 27668 Restored archives appear empty fixed e 29968 Font files renamed from TTF to DAT fixed e 30070 JPEG images corrupted during upload to Remote Storage Fixed e 4626 Used in canvas checkbox not updating correctly fixed e 30067 V5 YearbookFusion trial shows no templates available fixed e 30116 Numeric input into text box ignored fixed e 30105 Permissions errors when uploading project after crash fixed e 30115 Text drawn clipped wrong aspect ratio fixed e 30170 Panel frames empty when looping from PC to Mac to PC fixed e 30172 Image frames empty when looping from PC to Mac to PC fixed e 30134 Missing images when l
68. for PSPA files fixed e 29790 Freeze when browsing Mac folder containing PSD amp PDF files fixed e 30204 Freeze after resaving images modified outside the application fixed e 30171 Freeze in crash restore fixed e 29131 Freeze after trying to rename pages fixed Automation 29404 Automation now supports rendering by ObjectID 30248 Rendering under automation blocked by popup dialogs fixed Project storage 30226 Project corruption fixed e 18177 Dotscrap content loads blurry fixed e 30217 Download current page from RS first to improve visual performance e 30016 Error saving to RS fixed e 30283 Missing fonts after passing project through RS fixed e 30282 Missing text after passing project through RS fixed e 30280 Recent edits not reflected in project loaded from RS fixed e 30291 Can t save to RS after pasting copy of text frame fixed 30339 Project names displayed as serial numbers in RS fixed e 30317 Missing images after crash restore fixed e 30296 Page properties do not render not surviving crash restore fixed Bug Fixes e 30286 Cannot close gallery tab fixed e 30242 Tapping F5 key causes missing image notices on current page fixed e 30292 UI blocks if fonts missing from project downloaded from RS fixed e 30333 FF not restarting automatically after activation fixed e 27924 Text clipped after reloading from RS even if set to resize to fit fixed e 30182 Page numbering showing on Cover after crash restore fixed e 30266 Extre
69. for more info Workflow Note Yearbook panel pages must be built in the master yearbook project one database import PER BOOK unless you have a book manager license Panel pages are created in three steps 1 Importing a pspa cd to associate portraits with database within your project 2 Adding an empty panel grid to your page and customizing it to suit your design tastes and needs 3 Populating the panel with images according to your grouping and sorting needs Panels can only be made on Album Side type pages not covers or double spreads If you need to change the page type click on the Pages hover then right mouse select your page and ensure you have album side selected Panels flow from one page to the next A large group may flow across two or more pages In this example notice how a color bar runs across five panel pages these were created a single query 142 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES FotoFusion was asked to create a panel showing all Grade 4 students Pages AE g Ch a me s kil ia aea By ae a ei Cover Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 Page 5 Page 6 7 Cover You can make panels in small sections show only one class one grade or make one large panel with all members of your school grouped into sections by their grade or teacher show all student pages and sort them Panel pages can be changed in most respects at any point of the design process You can e cha
70. for this is that embellishments will not resize outside of their original proportions so they will not be cut off inside the frame TO pan an image meaning to move the image within the frame move the cursor over o the pan handle in the center of the image Press and hold the left mouse button then drag the mouse around until the picture is positioned as you like it When you are satisfied with the new position for the image release the left mouse button CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 51 To rotate a frame first select it then move 2 rotate handle for that the cursor over the frame Press and hold the left mouse button Drag the mouse The frame will rotate as you move the mouse When you are satisfied release the left mouse button You can press the esc key to abort the drag if necessary You can rotate the frame 90 degrees by right mouse selecting it then choosing Image gt Rotate Hold the ALT key down while rotating the frame it will snap to 45 degree increments TO spin the image WITHIN the frame to correct for a crooked camera angle or for an effect hold the Ctrl key on the keyboard while moving your mouse on the rotate handle of the selected frame s Ac uiniseltci cieh U Rotated To crop zoom in out drag on the little yellow interior handles of the frame Note these handles do not appear in element type frames such as clip art where you would
71. frame right O Z o o ooo e e O 45 degree rotation increments Altframe rotation hande O ee ooo O Slower rotation O O ooo Shiftframe rotation hande O O O O 000 eee ooo O Y amp Override snapping Shift Ctrl frame resizing handles ooo g Sparse Autocollage selectedframes s s s s s dC Streit O O TaS SS Group selected frames eee QQ O Un group frames O o o ooo O o O O Select first fame _ oZ oOo Homee ig Selectlastframe En o daS o O Select previous frame _ O Z oO ooo o oO Shifttabe oo o o Shifttab o O Bring the selected frame up one in the stack of frames Align group of selected images to bottom of page Cte Align group of selected images to left edge of page Cth Align group of selected images to center of page Cth Align group of selected images to right edge of page Cth e O Align group of selectedimagestotopofpage Ss th Align selectedtoeachother gt bottom SS A e O Alignselectedtoeachother gt left A e O _Align selected to each other gt center SL Ae Align selected to each other gt right A e O Align selected to each other gt top Ai 186 KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS UPDATE HISTORY Version 5 4 build 95840 FotoFusion V5 and YearbookFusion MAC Freeze Hangs e RS amp DS in HZ e Reconnect Persistence PNG Rendering Cases resolved 36646 No Fonts saved for Project 36446 36655 36674 36648 36533 36641 351
72. gets you up and running fast New Tools e An all new matte cutting tool added Enhanced Extreme only e Frame alignment distribution and size matching tools per your requests Vastly more powerful text editing Inter character tracking and Inter line spacing now supported e Adjustable underlining and strikeout available e Support for Opentype and Postscript fonts is standard e Discretionary and Historical Ligature support Extreme only Continuing Refinement of Existing tools e Tools brought closer than ever Autocollage AutoPopulate on Images Hover greatly expanded toolbox e Rule of Thirds assist during cropping e Rotation control added to AutoJumble e Canvas size attributes can be applied across all project pages in one click Help and Expanded Language Support e Bite sized video tutorials at your fingertips e German French Spanish Korean and Japanese versions now available Redesigned Data Management e Saved projects now have no dependencies on the central database renaming copying and deleting projects now handled as regular Windows files e Create All in one archives including source images e A list of all images used in a project can be exported to a text file Delivering Content To You e The promise of the dotScrap library is being fulfilled with more top notch content including contact sheets albums and basic templates e Content is easier to find and use than ever before Business Development e FotoFusion Lite is now available for bundlin
73. hare SY OF WY YT oa 4 A PHO SOAS nn M PE Maal AE GET aal TEE GRAA aal AA PIGAS aal OE COREEEEE wnal MOROS CPOE fe Mee ADE fie For Help select Heig from the Help menw toee senna Pages i 472 0time F To view your images checkmark the directory or directories of your choice from the Source tab You can view the contents of more than one directory simultaneously by placing a checkmark Fie Syetom next to the directories The images will Died My Pictures a appear in the Preview area 3 ers A Lumarix Sample Ph Use Sort and View options to customize i Aa arn the appearance of the Preview area FE Feba Sort View CK PiBobies Name Thumbnail Note Check marking an upper level directory will not display the images contained within the subdirectories contained within it a cs Poj ey A To select all subdirectories within a root directory hold the Control key on your keyboard while clicking on the check box Repeat to uncheck all Hold Ctrl A on your keyboard while clicking a root directory to select all subfolders AND select all images within 102 ORGANIZE SORT SEARCH amp TAG the subfolders You can use the Search tab to find pre catalogued content including graphics on the LumaPix server Use the TYPE box to look for a particular type of graphic content for instance Embellishments Decorations or Templates In this example search for the keywo
74. has been reduced e 30000 Issues with projects saved for crash restore fixed e 29990 Corrupted project saved to Remote Storage fixed Usability Enhancements 29869 Better status in progress bar when loading template 29715 Remember last used folders for PSPA import and image save Mac specific e 29761 Multiple internal drives not listed under devices in file browser fixed e 30010 Delay in showing images in Locate Missing Images UI fixed e 29806 Dragging a font into the canvas sets the default font for new text frames fixed e 29866 The Image Hover now shows the desktop by default not user documents my pictures e 29864 Hard to pan canvas pan handle appears and disappears Lion only fixed e 29317 Using rotates text by 45 degrees when caps lock is on using external keyboard fixed e 29829 Frames move when clicked on Lion only fixed e 29503 Devices not listing correctly in the Images Hover folder tree list fixed e 29942 Menu items not working OSX 10 5 8 amp 10 6 8 only fixed released Sept 15 2011 Version 5 Mac Beta build 77558 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac Resolved Bugs e 29617 Restoring a PC archive on a Mac produces error messages fixed e 29885 Saving to Remote Storage disabled on Mac YearbookFusion build until RS2012 ships on Sept 15th e 29808 Images missing on Mac after loading from Remote storage fixed e 29842 Text not editable if all text selected fixed e 29792 Two clicks required to open image or frame editor fixed e
75. hover This is a fast way to fill a template with images such as a contact sheet or an album template Sorting options are also available To use autopopulate you need to have a project open with empty frames the usin Hubosiy Wailing iia 5 j pe iiic a f ME zep Foie Hein Lm ELL OW ESCL it The Virina Phihovey Wadihinu i 99 AutoDuplicate Extreme Yearbook only allows you to use a template multiple times with a series of images Create or launch a template with empty frames on your canvas On the Pages hover right mouse select the template to turn on autoduplicate Next go to the Images hover and select one or more images and click z on the autopopulate icon E on the Images hover itself Any empty frames in the template will be filled with images and a new copy of the template will generate for additional images until all the images are consumed by the template AUTOTOOLS Album Side Album Two Page Spread Sheet Cover Sheet Sheet 8 x10 lt custom gt Exclude from output Exclude from page sequence Page Settings Save Page as Template Auto Duplicate Page Delete Page Rename Page Move Page To Go To Page Ctrl Shift N Begin on Page Flip Layout Sheet 4 Sheet 6 Sheet 8 Sheet 10 Sheet 12 Sheet 14 AutoDistribute produces an even grid of all the images on your canvas Add your images to the canvas via Autocollage or by dropping them
76. image BIN content if you want YearbookFusion users Panel pages LF f cannot be duplicated Chm On the 3885 hover right mouse select any of the individual page thumbnails to access options particular PAGE SIZE amp PROJECT TYPES 47 to that page Penne Change the page type and for album sides their direction Album Two Page Spread left side or right side The currently selected page will be Sheet checkmarked and if applicable the side type right or left will be checkmarked Cover Sheet A list of custom page sizes used in the current project will Ww Sheet x10 lt custom gt appear if applicable Exclude from output Exclude the current page from the finished project eg an instruction sheet or from page numbering Cover sheets are Se ee automatically excluded from page numbering Page Settings Page settings opens the Canvas settings editor where you can change size and guidelines Save Page As Template will create a single page template with or without image content your choice for reuse in other Save Page as Template Auto Duplicate Page projects AutoDuplicate Page transforms an unpopulated template Delete Page into a self replicating template when combined with the Autopopulate tool Learn more in the Autotools section of this Rename Page manual Move Page To Delete page does just that the page is removed from the project Go To Page Ctrl Shift M Rename Page will chan
77. index section tags indicate where the Index portion of the email should be and must contain the start end index thumbnail tags which will be duplicated over and over for each page thumbnail lt START INDEX SECTION gt lt START INDEX THUMBNAIL gt lt END INDEX THUMBNAIL gt lt END INDEX SECTION gt The page section tags indicate which part of email htm should be used for the pages The html code contained between these tags will be duplicated over and over for every page in the project lt START PAGE SECTION gt lt END PAGE SECTION gt The photo section tags indicate which part of email htm should be used for your project s images The html code contained between these tags will be duplicated over and over for every photo in the project lt START PHOTO SECTION gt lt END PHOTO SECTION gt The footer section tags indicate which part of the html is to be used at the end of the email lt START FOOTER SECTION gt lt END FOOTER SECTION gt index htm This page is used strictly for web publishing and is independent of emailing It requires specific tags and tokens in order to render correctly Please reference the sample index htm to see this file s recommended structure The start end index thumbnail tags will be duplicated over and over for each page thumbnail lt START INDEX THUMBNAIL gt lt END INDEX THUMBNAIL gt page htm This is used strictly for
78. is back e The next prev arrows can be disabled user preferences but really this release was about nailing bugs so that school users would have a smooth yearbook season Click here to see what s new for schools We ll be releasing more features for Enhanced amp Extreme users as soon as the school year is solidly underway Cases resolved 36560 36551 36556 released Sep 19 2013 Version 5 4 build 95372 YearbookFusion only Official YBF 2014 Release Cases resolved 34436 36451 36195 34144 33709 36368 33459 36416 36234 30387 33192 36384 33159 33160 33427 33285 33432 33451 33462 33481 33511 33206 33211 33528 33342 33356 33268 33271 33777 33783 33787 33564 33358 33374 33386 33390 33396 33591 33609 33611 33204 33209 33970 33906 33598 33686 33383 33411 33890 33978 33971 33687 33795 33263 33944 36381 36373 36376 36372 36377 36362 36378 36375 36380 36379 33264 36364 36358 35857 36382 36385 36390 36359 36284 36371 36357 36411 36309 33875 27331 35811 35106 35514 36414 35840 36404 36326 36302 36374 36363 36422 36401 30839 31789 36393 35950 35178 36438 36412 35509 35703 36297 33768 36431 36336 36328 36400 36334 36387 36392 36184 33931 36420 35337 34769 35402 33280 36439 29311 36425 34286 35907 36353 36179 35548 32285 35125 35445 35437 29107 34697 34699 29266 34186 31597 36397 36408 36407 36434 30188 34396 34408 35359 36006 34665 36106 34518 36450 36435 36443 36464 36237 36465 36476 36477 36478 34496 36470 36484 36475 36466 36395 36166 36499 36430 36504 36452 3
79. menu item to access licensing information The Tool BOX appears whenever you click on text and image frames including the canvas background Toolboxes are interactive Click on the top icon and drag your mouse to change frame properties border width and image brightness contrast Click down on any icon to access editors which will display a full range of controls Hover over individual icons to see an info tip explaining what editor will be launched If you do not wish to use the tool box click on 5095 to see all editors associated with the currently selected item Editors assign attributes to your frames Clicking on parts of the toolbox will open the associated 6 GETTING STARTED editor allowing you to change the properties associate to the selected item s DEI Advanced Gabriola Gabrols Font Size 79 Resize to Fit Image gt x ponme cece ne sy Edge RPA Opacity 1 Angle Frame 4 gt 1 1 7 lea E 1 Blur Border Width 0 05 Alignment D Sepia R 235 G 25568 255 Center il iB Opacity ass Shadow 4 gt x Drop Photo Here when empty __ tnvert Draw Border Highlight Offset 0 06 Blur 0 25 5 _ Inset Width 0 06 Angle 45 Amount 255 Square Corner 0 2 Shadow Inside ive FitImage Shadow Inside Show Shadow Editors have default settings For instance image frames by default have a thin white border around them To ch
80. need to correct _ example pediet 40 Layer Z RGB E elx Note rendering to PSD will create very large format files If you are rendering a multipage project do not render to external editor this will automatically open the projects in Photoshop which may cause problems with your computer s available memory allocation PDF files can be opened in Adobe Acrobat Reader and related products PDF files can be generated as a flattened file type smaller file or as a layered file type Multipage projects will render to a single multipage pdf TO PRINTER To print your project on your local printer click on FILE gt gt Print or select OUTPUT gt gt To a Printer Please note that FotoFusion will print multiple pages for Extreme license user and for Enhanced users working with multipage templates from the dotScrap marketplace Some YearbookFusion users may be able to print perhaps with a watermark or reduced quality as per your yearbook publishing company s preferences This is the main Printing Options window displaying a multipage project Click on the button to view all available printing options if you do not see the options to the right side of the window 112 OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING Printing Options Scaling Resize only necessary How to Print Center on printed pagels Match onentation of printed page Cropping belong gt Frewiew Color Profile Print How C Use printer color profile
81. not want part of the decoration to be clipped off by zooming in on part of the image Once on your canvas frames can be duplicated Ctrl D copied Ctrl C pasted Ctrl V cut Ctrl X and deleted Delete key Frames can be moved on the canvas by selecting one or more frames then dragging them to a new position A selected frame will also move if you tap on the arrow keys on your keyboard For even finer movement control hold the Shift key on your keyboard while you move the frame s with your arrow key 52 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT Frames can be multi selected to let you make changes to several frames at once You can e draw a marquee lasso a group of frames on your page e click on one frame then choose Ctrl A to select all like type frames e hold the Ctrl key and select individual frames to add into the selection Whenever you move or resize a frame it will try to align itself with the edges of nearby frames this helps you produce neatly arranged collections of images This magnetic effect 3 is felt anywhere a vertical or horizontal edge of a frame is shared with other frames When multiple images share an edge then FotoFusion allows you to affect both images at the same time by manipulating that shared edge a Snap a small draggable control is placed on ruler at the position of the shared edge The frames on the canvas are stacked in the order they were dropped like a cards laying on top of each other on a
82. occasionally downloaded twice and applied the second time fixed e 27587 A single frame can be grouped fixed e 31262 Grouping disabled when less than 3 images are selected fixed e 31212 Change order cando is ignored fixed e 31164 XML upload manifest shows pages appearing in cover PDFs fixed e 31091 FullScale projects load as modified by default fixed released Dec 23 2011 Version 5 0 build 79763 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac New Updated Form Factors 30748 Blurb 30749 Zookbinders 30774 Hi tech Pro Labs Mac e 30969 Progress bar added to startup to show progress when building font list e 30841 Freeze when editing legacy text fixed e 30985 Font preview breaks when a non readable font is encountered fixed e 30972 Exiting is very slow when a large number of fonts are installed fixed e 30999 Big performance increase align to 16 bit word boundaries e 30953 30980 Mac installer shows FotoFusion icon in strange place fixed e 30276 Remove frame highlighting on rollover for performance fixed e 30958 FotoFusion will not launch after clean install fixed e 31057 Frequent crashing on mac when clicking on canvas fixed e 31019 FotoFusion menu not visible after Crash fixed Project storage bugs e 30937 Data loss after save to Remote Storage fixed e 28231 Error when saving Remote Storage project locally fixed e 30926 Memory leaks fixed e 30978 Database not saved correctly after very large PSPA import fixed e 30760 Project not pas
83. other machines on network as expected no caching 14609 19274 e Issues related to photo caching on network projects resolved 19172 e Various issues with reconnecting images stored on a network resolved 18930 18931 18932 18933 18936 e Missing images reported correctly 19321 e Archives includes fonts 14894 16425 e Images edited in external editor will make image copy in same folder as original and canvas is refreshed as expected 18963 18972 19152 19423 e Previously saved projects will no longer unpack when reloaded 19086 19002 e Changing shadow options will prompt save at close 19226 Output Output folder is remembered between sessions really resolved this time 17386 Rotated group of images will render to psd correctly 19021 e Split cover pages render with front cover back cover in file name 19022 e Preview rendering of a file does not require valid folder path to be specified 19279 e jpg files cannot be rendered without file name specified 19461 General e No crashes on single core machines 18886 Print preview displays panel pages correctly 19227 e File gt New will display only 10 page thumbnails per page 19490 e Hover layouts persist between tab switching 14649 Hover behaviour corrected when pinned or docked 19325 Color management settings appear as button on toolbar 19159 e Color management settings persist between sessions 12645 e Page thumbnails refresh as expected 19107 e F
84. please visit http site lumapix com business solutions yearbookfusion yearbook software to learn more about YearbookFusion Representatives from schools or other organizations who require software and a printing company can write to yearbooksales a lumapix com we can suggest one or more printing company who serve your area Please be sure to let us know where you are located THE PORTRAIT DATABASE Panel pages require a database to link the portrait images to information about the people portrayed in the images This information can be used to group and sort the images The portrait database is often referred to as the index file or the PSPA database PSPA is the acronym YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES 143 for Professional School Photographers Association who set the standard for the way a yearbook data file is created The database file is usually generated by the photography studio using special software designed for this very purpose using a bar code system when the photo is taken Your yearbook publisher usually has provided your school with a PSPA cd containing portrait images and a data file describing those images Your yearbook company may pre import the data and images into a project and provide you with an archive file a scrappackage or upload it to your remote storage folder directly if available The database file allows you organize the portrait images in your yearbook into panels and display labels and other
85. s a summary of what s new compared to v4 5 e Web Album output Create a project click a button and it s visible to iPhone iPad Android Blackberry PC Mac users Flip from page to page with a variety of user selectable transitions Publish links to the project to Facebook Twitter and email Instantly share your work with friends customers and prospects No fee Projects live 30 days and include LumaPix branding e Completely Rewritten Text Engine In canvas WYSIWYG editing Per character attributes bold italic font skew inter character spacing rotation etc Text effects blur emboss inner shade etc Text in shapes diamond circle etc e Support for text direction Hebrew Arabic Chinese etc PDF export now supports layers and vector text e User Interface Improvements Completely rebuilt Home Zone Completely rebuilt Output tab All dependencies on Flash videos gallery uploads removed UI visuals generally tuned e Editing Improvements Layout Mirroring Text Search find text anywhere in the project Rebuilt canvas contextual menus Delete exposed in the toolbox Page hover shows thumbnails in reading order regardless of window shape Improved visual feedback identifying pages set to Exclude from Render Exclude from Numbering e Stability and Speed Improvements Two years of polishing performance and stability from YearbookFusion now available in FotoFusion Multi core rendering now supported Undo now takes l
86. tab then select the Source tab to navigate to the folder s where your images are stored Place a checkmark next to one or more folders Thumbnail versions of the images inside the selected folders will appear in the preview area You can use the Sort options and View options over the preview area to change their presentation order and style Fie Eda Wore Inin Selectien Tesk Help TE imt D Grasa E Dreis H commnty ern i My eer HL My Projects E My Termpate My Pictures Antique ih Family Portraits f E J Fashion Hodei nid ECEE Hiki REMOTE Gog MANTI p ALA ANO Gpp SEE MEDEL og AMG AMAM ips d Hy Exported Cokeges Je personal Je School IELE Seances aie Sports d Trel d Weddings a UMS jpg aP AM ipo HAV DAES oc DH PAA oc SR SETS po SS AAA os ETE Le oc dad BPa jpa m more mmoles Hiie Kayd T TE o Phy seg ig risal Mii a ee i DA T fial M a a SD Fis se fone EREE De saa WE 2H SE fe BE j Tia Foe Hate piat Hia Froese Hap abr Towa inma ages 172 0 toe P Note Checkmarking an upper level directory will not display the images contained within the subdirectories contained within it To select all subdirectories within a root directory hold the Control key on your keyboard while clicking on the check box Repeat to uncheck all If you would like to increase the size of the preview thumbnail views then click inside the preview area and while holding the Ctrl key o
87. tabletop If two frames overlap one will appear in front of the other You can change the stacking order First select one of more frames the right mouse down on the selection Choose to Bring forward Send backwards or Bring to front Send to back from the list of options You can also use keyboard shortcuts to change the order Ctrl U Bring Forward 1 layer at a time Ctrl Shift U Bring To Front Alt U Send Backwards and Alt Shift U Send to Back Other options to change the order of the frames can be found on the Arrange toolbox item see below or by clicking on the Tree button to see the entire hierarchy of your project There are two types of frames image frame and a embellishment type frame They behave sightly differently in relation to the above mentioned features An image frame displays eight corner handles allowing you to resize the image panning zooming and repositioning it within the frame Standard image types such as jpg tiff etc will by default drop onto the canvas in this mode Another way of describing this is that the frame s aspect ratio length to width ratio is unlocked An embellishment type frame display only four handles and resize proportionately Png and other formats commonly used for clipart with transparency will drop onto the canvas in this mode FotoFusion assumes that you don t want to crop out part of the clipart so doesn t display the corner handles to reshape th
88. the Edge Thickness to a higher value Abc123 Abc 23 Thicker edge in contrasting color 1 23 Thicker edge in contrasting color with opacity lowered Alignment allows you to position your text relative to the frame horizontally left right centered justified and vertically top middle bottom You can also increase or decrease the space between the letters of your text and between the rows of your text click on the R buttons to restore these values back to the default Click the E button to restore to the default CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT Text aligned left Text aligned center Text aligned right Text justified 1 Text justified 2 No intercharacter spacing With intercharactear spacing No interline spacing With interline spacing increased With nterline decreased 85 The Effects tab provides further options The Fill and Edge Effects add reflections transparency and shadow type effects to your text Pick an effect then play with the amount value to choose the intensity of the effect Fill refers to the interior of the text and includes an option to blur the text Edge refers to the outline and includes an option to create a dashed outline No special effect Edge No special effect Amount 0 Desh D Matte _ Enable C Invert Soften sag OCNoo Spirit default Arial text School Spiri
89. the binded side of the page the edge the centre the right or left side or distributed equally along Top 0 15 Bottom 0 35 the width of the panel The Last Row allows you to choose the alignment when the panel does not fill all columns It can be oriented to the gutter or edge the left or right side or centered across the panel Gutter 0 15 Edge 0 15 Last are the panel margin widths Changing this will cause the panel to occupy more or less space on the page as a whole Note margin changes apply to ALL panels not a selected panel Customizing the Labels To change the way the panel labels will appear click on the Panel text portion of the icon at the top of the Panel editor ABCOEF Label Settings allow you to specify where the text will appear on the edge or gutter of the page on the right or left side of the page or under each image frame Having the Snug box check on will make the label closer to the panel images YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES 171 Style select where the labels will appear on the panel Beside the SiE Labe E Te T panel beside the panel snug will Alignment Edge place the names in a column down mr See the side of the entire panel Beside Ea 1511 Height 0 148 the image will show the lab next to the image itself Under the image will caption each image See above for illustrations Space 0 1 Alignment if the labels are beside the panel you can choose which side of the panel
90. the project It can then be saved locally then inserted into the master project through the Pages hover Insert Project option If your publisher has provided your school with Remote Storage you will have the option to save projects and images to a LumaPix server All users with a high speed internet connection regardless of physical location can save their projects to this shared server storage space Remote storage will allow you to make and delete folders and rename and delete projects Choose File gt Save or Save As If you see the following dialogue you have access the Remote Storage server FotoFusion Save Project Please select save location The project you are sawing can be sawed either on a local or network drive or it can be saved on your publisher s storage Please select the proper location Locally Your project will be saved on a local drive or on the local network Remote Storage Save on network location provided by your publisher Cancel Return to your work Choose the Remote Storage option You will be prompted to create a nickname this is used to identify the person who made the project and who currently has it opened If a project is marked with a lock then another person is editing it Note Two users cannot work on the same project at the same time The lock can be overridden by right mouse selecting the page thumbnail in the case that a user has kept the project open on their
91. the scope for changes a to all Labels Edge panels in the project If you change an attribute eg the frame aos border width and color all frames in all panels will have these rames Width attributes applied to them b to this set of groups If you change an ag as 0 026 _ attribute eg the frame border width and color only the frames in the current panel will have these new attributes If you have made Desire o5 W separate panels for staff and students for instance you can make na 0143 E changes only the student sets c to only one group If the panel has Labels Follow Frame Size been grouped eg by grade by teacher you can pick ONE group to apply new attributes to For instance you can change the frame een a border color for only the members of the graduating class Page Break Between Groups f _ Auto Knockout Columns and rows Change the number of frames per page If you increase the number of columns and rows you will get a greater quantity of smaller sized frames on your page Layout defines MTs the labels will be placed relative to their image LABELS BESIDE PANEL 164 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES LABELS BESIDE PANEL SNUG LABELS BESIDE Alignment defines labels and frames will be relative to the page Edge refers to the outward facing side of the page and gutter to the inside bound edge The labels will flip sides on adjacent pages Left and right will make the labels cons
92. then select it and zT Page 11 Page 12 Page 13 Page 14 oni Sz zh S Page 15 Page 16 a Page 17 p use the deletion button EE Pages can also be duplicated copied Pages EDE When all the pieces of the yearbook project have been assembled into the master project the yearbook manager can review the project then submit it to the yearbook publishing company as per their instructions Designing Tips Creating a yearbook can be a fun creative and collaborative process Here are a few tips to help you make a memorable book that will be the talk of the school Tip 1 Plan Plan Plan Then Design The first secret to creating a successful yearbook is to map the project out before you put a single image to canvas The bulk of your time will be spent collecting images and determining the flow of your book into pages and sections Once this work is done the page design process will be a breeze Very important Start planning early in the year not a couple of weeks before the project is due Don t stress yourself out Dividing the book into bite sized pieces will make it less daunting To begin consult the school calendar from the previous and current year to determine what the big events in your school will be Look for recurring events performances fundraisers fairs dances sporting events club activities etc Do any staff members need special pages such as a note
93. to HTML to integrate with your gallery as a more interesting table of contents Printing out a collage of your recent work To bring an image from a web page into FotoFusion simply drag it from your web browser into FotoFusion Done Multi page publishing Extreme users can publish multiple pages simultaneously When a multi page project is open the Publisher window will include add two options MJ Include Index If this is option is selected a thumbnail preview of your work will be included in the generate files T ny All Pages can be selected to publish the entire project If you only want to publish one page at a time switch this to Selected Page 122 OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING HTML Custom Themes You can define your own HTML themes for both Email and Web output The Share tab section of this manual contains complete details TO EMAIL FotoFusion streamlines the process of sharing your images with others by email via the tab Use the Share tab to send postcard collages or very low quality proof documents to clients Basic configuration The first time you send an email click on the ISP SETTINGS tab You will need to your reply to email address and your name so the email recipient will see who the email is from and can reply to your message We suggest using the LumaPix server to send your emails versus your own ISP as it is guaranteed to work Ereeeiope image Quality Wenu kinne Theme 2 Sething
94. to this person Make into Undefined gt Administration Student ae Staff 150 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES Custom Attributes Now we have more complete information Grade Staff h o Stephen Germain is still a staff member belonging to Mr Germain s class Teacher Mr Germain under the Teacher field Home Room But we also know he is in the Department of Faculty with a Title of Teacher and has a Priority ranking of 3 FirstName Stephen The Priority ranking will place this person s image in front of any one with a lower priority Last Name Germain Middle Name Volume Yearbook The Priority ranking will put him in front of his students in the student Period pages and in front of support staff but behind administration on a staff page Track Department Faculty He can appear on both StaffPages and StudentPages as he is assigned to Title Teacher both Groups Priority 3 Every member of your school teachers students administration and aie support staff should all be classified with the Make into feature You can tweak information manually such as changing titles for individuals or Sei their relative ranking entPages For example you can manually assign the Principal a Priority of 1 to make Noles them appear at the top of any panel in which they appear and give them a title of Principal Salutation Exdude no Tip It is a very good idea to assign teachers to t
95. when running Enhanced Tutorial is working again Released May 17 2007 Version 4 0 Build 39446 Features Project archive and restore Distressed text mattes can be applied to text Multi page projects can be sent by email Multi page projects can be published to the web Multi monitor support hovers react correctly outside primary display Canvas presets can specify default processing DPI Welcome page completely revamped Reference segment rendering now much faster Free Localization translation pipeline for people that want to translate FotoFusion Selected Fixed Bugs Various crashes have been resolved DRM errors after going offline now fixed Photo Database Error on startup should appear infrequently if ever Frame handle hit testing fixed Unresponsive Zoom Slider fixed ctrl was not copying shadow setting correctly pages hover now appears as expected in export tab for multi page project AutoPopulate now sorting correctly on first page Background now renders correctly on large output Learning Guide is working again Alt tab list now shows FF during rendering Menus restructured for clarity Released May 2 2007 Version 4 0 Build 38041 Addressed many issues including Mosaic Split is not working properly Undo for mattes doesn t work Matte function corrupt results in error when uninstalling V4 Dupe a frame after matte to border gives a frame with matte Feedback Ctrl changes lost after save relo
96. will request that double spread are separated into two separate sides Entire canvas is the default setting double spreads will be rendered as one page Double Separate will split double pages into two separate pages files If you have specified Printer Page Segments in the project you can render your files to follow the predefined segments Selected Page versus All Pages versus Assemble Book FotoFusion Extreme amp YearbookFusion licenses supports multi page rendering Selected Page will render only the current page on the Create screen All Pages will your entire album at the same time either as separate files eg Sanchez Wedding 001 jpg Sanchez Wedding 002 jpg or as a single multipage pdf Assemble book disregards your current project and launches the File gt Open window You can select multiple projects for sequential rendering This option is usually only useful for YearbookFusion users who have accidentally made projects with multiple database If you have also chosen to render Double Page Separate or Respect Page Segments you will notice that the Preview and Render Buttons will prompt you to choose which part of the project you would like to render Click on the thumbnail of the section you would like to export If you have chosen Respect Page Segments you must use the Selected Page option Cover options FotoFusion Extreme and YearbookFusion licenses support the use of cover pages as a page type When rendering you can ch
97. your image gradually to transparency Turn the gradient on by checkmarking the Enable box then choose one of six gradient CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 69 types linear circular 2 edge linear rectangular 4 edge linear and diamond _ Enable Linear Invert Sottness Mid Point 0 Angle 0 ri R 2 edge linear rectangular Cy Invert The gradient direction is reversed H Softness The edges of the gradient are softened or sharpened 4 edge linear diamond Midpoint Increases or Image by David Ziser decreases the highlight zone of the image Angle Rotates the gradient Center X Y When the Rectangular Circular and Diamond gradients are selection you can define the location of the highlight by altering the two center point axes with these controls Gradients can be applied to frames containing images textures or to empty tinted frames for a variety of creative effects It can be used to soften images or apply texture or colour effects Images by Kent Smith 70 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT The Matte tab of the Frame Border Editor contains controls for the cut out shape of the frame ia Enable Ellipse emt Alpha Plus RGB Y Soften D C Invert W Image by Stephen Eastwood The default matte for a new image frame is a straight edged rectangular shape The drop box under the matte selection area alpha plus rgb average rgb alp
98. 012 Version 5 2 build 87059 YearbookFusion only Missing fonts various crashes scenarios fixed Cases resolved 7188 9201 13181 26330 26509 27099 27420 27521 27522 27768 27770 27771 27772 27773 27776 27777 27897 27901 27902 27903 27905 27908 27916 27918 27929 28098 28160 28270 28640 28729 28948 29402 29968 29990 30112 30122 30306 30324 30339 30377 30383 30384 30385 30564 30565 30566 30567 30699 30731 30732 30759 30760 30816 31039 31104 31237 31272 31321 31466 31467 31471 31477 31519 31687 31741 31812 31861 31870 31877 31953 32167 32235 32271 32368 32400 32404 32438 32441 32460 32522 32538 32545 32547 32554 32559 32563 32564 32565 32567 32575 32578 32587 32588 32593 32620 32653 32654 32655 32666 32667 32673 32678 32692 32699 32702 32703 32735 32745 32747 32764 32765 32767 32772 32797 32811 32830 32831 32846 32882 32898 32899 32900 32906 32921 32925 32936 32945 32953 32958 32967 32992 33008 33014 33020 33030 33050 33052 33054 33058 33062 33072 33086 33097 33099 33118 33122 33133 33143 33172 33182 33197 33202 33210 33240 33242 33256 33258 33262 33278 33295 33300 33308 33309 33323 33324 33334 33335 33338 33351 33359 33360 33371 33372 33379 33381 33385 33394 33397 33402 33403 33405 33406 33407 33408 33409 33415 33418 33428 33431 33439 33441 33444 33449 33468 33469 33470 33471 33480 33483 33493 33499 33500 33501 33515 33516 33518 33524 33525 33529 33530 33533 33534 33536 33537 33538 33539 33541 33552 33553 33554 33555 33557 33559 33560 33561 33563 33566 33567 33573 33
99. 09 30526 36659 35858 32718 36693 36694 36654 36696 36227 36563 36569 36564 36570 36491 34971 36534 36703 36707 36537 36553 35439 35422 30708 34874 36618 34793 36676 36670 36605 Released Oct 07 2013 Version 5 4 build 95686 FotoFusion V5 and YearbookFusion Fix to UI Hovers on clean install Cases resolved 36648 released Oct 01 2013 Version 5 4 build 95606 FotoFusion V5 YearbookFusion and Publisher Specific release PNG Mattes e MAC Freeze e PSPA Column Heading Template Loading Cases resolved 33492 31417 36594 36639 36651 released Sep 27 2013 Version 5 4 build 95552 FotoFusion V5 YearbookFusion and Publisher Specific release CR Loop e Missing Fonts e Buckets Persistence Gallery Apply Cases resolved 34137 34377 35910 35727 36582 34442 36521 36584 36593 36191 34877 36496 36542 36226 35866 32585 36428 35734 36429 36342 36602 36611 36597 36629 29853 36637 36638 released Sept 25 2013 Version 5 4 build 95392 YearbookFusion and FotoFusion V5 This will be the baseline build of YearbookFusion for the 2013 14 school year For non yearbook users this is simply another update with more bug fixes and a few new features What s new This release is mostly about stabilization of the software in preparation for the school year We had time to do a few things for Enhanced amp Extreme users e Mac users will notice a big improvement this build is 30 faster than the last Mac release and much more stable e The German translation
100. 15 10 vp etc Sports football baseball ne Lae allery gt Sports Apr 4 10 po track cheer other Lunch Cafeteria Jesse JD Lincoln Net Ybk Candids candids gen school life Aor 4 10 Fundraisers book fair ae ee es Net Ybk Candids candids gen Aor 4 10 bake sale 4 2 Performances fall prod allery gt Dropbox gt From Kat Apr 4 10 winter glee jazz band Halloween ae e a Net Ybk Candids candids gen and Feb 15 10 allery gt Halloween O 2 allery gt Dropbox gt Prom ay 1 10 Ad pages PG Pam _______ D Lincoln Net Ybk Candids ads and logos ay 1 10 Saving amp Sharing Projects To save a project in FotoFusion simply click on FILE on the menu point to the folder where you want to save the file then choose SAVE or choose Ctrl S If you need to make a copy of a revised page but want to keep the original project then choose SAVE AS choose your folder and give the file a new name Do NOT use SAVE AS to update a file it will only allow you to make a copy leading to a cluttered drive with multiple versions of a single project Note if you have a Book manager license consult the next section to learn how you can edit projects online Projects can be shared in several ways e If your team is working in a computer lab you may find that working off a shared network drive works best All users will save their projects and images to a shared directory It is important that every computer accessing a comm
101. 16373 e Organizer now immediately reflects changes made to folders and files 3140 11594 17212 17922 e Menu system reformatted for improved usability 16851 17803 18752 17303 e Inline text based search controls added to search hover 18191 e Pages hover contextual menu now includes move to page option 18221 e Page Up Down in multipage project controlled by Ctril mousewheel 17913 e Grid visibility and grid snapping exposed as separate controls 17302 General e Set of available text tags greatly expanded and organized into hierarchical menu in text editor output options 13151 15678 17383 e User Preferences dialog now available providing e Toggle for Organizer s advanced search 18183 e Control over size of dropped images 16979 e Mousewheel direction option for zoom in out 17912 e Overlay image info includes filename and filename file extension options 17994 e Copied objects now available in dropper after new project created 17372 Respect center line added to Autocollage options 17838 e Thin contrast line around frame border can now be toggled 13206 18137 Welcome screen tutorial shows now shows all videos on first run 18545 Marketplace e Bundled content downloads faster 17341 e Already downloaded content now available in Marketplace even when offline 17440 e Clicking on content links on web pages e g LumaPix com now launches FotoFusion and loads content 17915 e Search hover now supports From Any Publisher
102. 24 31807 31806 31798 31797 31779 31792 31795 31740 31762 31847 31822 31743 31702 31699 31888 31823 31860 31880 31736 31717 31869 31867 31892 31889 31813 31896 31899 31900 31720 31871 31911 31887 31881 31729 31885 31913 released Mar 04 2012 Version 5 0 build 81167 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac Features e At launch time detect if another logged on user has FotoFusion running at launch time e Panels Fixes to bugs causing empty frames after crash restore or PSPA database appending e Mac Several fixes for crashes and freezing e Loading projects with PDF content or dropping PDF files on the canvas works better now e General Fix for false positive virus detection by Sophos Cases resolved 21167 24618 31564 31592 31648 31480 27781 31534 31628 31625 31637 31631 31644 31632 31629 31580 31618 31656 31657 31658 31660 31604 31582 31586 31607 31616 31617 31652 31659 31588 31646 31656 released Feb 05 2012 Version 5 0 build 81093 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac Features 28154 Form factors added for White House Custom Color e 22508 Page hover shows thumbnails in reading order regardless of window shape e 31322 Option added to text tag editor show not available or leave blank e 31576 Remote support integrated into FotoFusion UI Bug fixes e We concentrated on problems with projects in Remote Storage that do not load correctly on user machines or projects on local machines that cannot be saved to remote storage We also worked on v4 lt gt v5 compatibility in pre
103. 25219 25222 25236 25238 25249 25252 25260 25264 25267 25270 25273 25280 25285 25288 25290 25299 25300 25305 25306 25311 25342 25343 25345 25348 25349 25350 25353 25369 25371 25400 25407 25410 25440 25442 25444 25447 25452 25455 25457 25462 25464 25477 25481 25483 25487 25492 25501 25519 25522 25527 25537 25545 25552 25562 25565 25572 25573 25581 25582 25583 25584 25590 25601 25610 25627 25628 25635 25649 25651 25652 25657 25667 25675 25685 25688 25689 25701 25704 25705 25707 25709 25717 25721 25722 25734 25735 25737 25741 25747 25753 25756 25760 25770 25775 25779 25830 25833 25834 25840 25842 25844 25866 25870 25889 25890 25895 25904 25914 25917 25925 25927 25928 25934 25935 25937 25938 25948 25949 25951 25957 25962 25971 25978 25986 25988 25997 26005 26006 26007 26010 26015 26039 26041 26046 26052 26072 26077 26082 26097 26109 26126 26140 26145 26159 26170 26172 26175 26182 26183 26194 26197 26198 26199 26202 26206 26208 26213 26217 26219 26223 26225 26227 26228 26230 26239 26241 26242 26247 26248 26258 26259 26260 26267 26269 26272 26273 26285 26313 26326 26327 26333 26335 26336 26337 26345 26347 26349 26355 26358 26361 26365 26366 26376 26377 26380 26381 26385 26389 26391 26394 26398 26400 26404 26405 26413 26415 26417 26421 26422 26423 26424 26430 26442 26445 26446 26448 26452 26455 26473 26485 26492 26493 26496 26497 26500 26504 26506 26508 26517 26521 26525 26531 26541 26543 26552 26554 26557 26559 26560 26569 26580 26583 26588 26590 26592 26596 26611 26614 26
104. 26621 26616 26822 e Data loss issues with remote storage fixed 26907 26887 26765 26784 e Memory leaks fixed 26995 26160 26841 e Adding multiple new images to photo database no longer introducing problems 27035 26890 e Header amp Labels font no longer reverting back to default after local save load 26938 e False positive detection by AVG fixed 26786 e Occasional loss of images after appending panel projects fixed 26780 Project reversion to pre saved state fixed 26893 e Clip art copied into gallery 26494 e Occasional process remaining after exit now removed 27034 e Handles no longer disappearing on rollover 27045 e Occasional failure while rendering double pages to PDF fixed 27019 e User s email watermarking preference no longer affecting upload to publisher 26226 e Page numbering no longer being turned off after save reload 26954 e Change to form factor after save reload now fixed 25278 e Child text correctly responding to clicks again 26897 e Clip Art now drawn correctly when changing pages quickly 26750 e Tiles no longer appearing under mattes list in border editor 25916 Released November 22 2010 Version 4 7 build 70478 Minor QFE Crashes on NULL amp Double Clicking FF icon on top left while exiting application Released November 15 2010 Version 4 7 build 70380 This build addresses two minor issue e A Crash on NULL when compresses session logs were being uploaded e Refresh issue on headers when l
105. 2796 32798 32800 32816 32861 32169 32829 28358 30478 17259 3629 32643 31119 29944 32854 32552 26024 32786 32785 31918 32840 32904 32901 32909 32888 32650 32834 32792 32879 32881 32434 32892 32931 32935 32852 32363 32827 32476 32370 32477 32883 32865 32833 32853 32576 32938 32951 32944 32943 32946 32896 32949 32884 32648 32930 32959 32870 32914 32355 32832 32607 32984 32987 32995 32942 33005 32941 32998 32948 32975 32871 33010 33011 33017 33015 32976 33013 32928 32988 32989 32993 33002 32991 32997 32992 33007 33032 33040 33041 32947 33024 33027 33039 33031 33006 33019 33042 32794 33043 33049 33046 33044 33053 33047 33037 32793 33025 33022 33051 released Aug 29 12 Version 5 2 build 85432 FotoFusion users only FotoFusion v5 2 is all about compatibility With this release FotoFusion has been modified to be ready for use on MacOS 10 8 Mountain Lion and Windows 8 New Features We have introduced a Start tab which holds what used to be the Home Zone e Easy to hit controls for Next Prev page are now overlaid on the canvas speeding up page navigation e Contextual right click menus now feature recently used controls to accelerate access to frequently used tools e Optimizations reduced memory use and optimization of uploads to remote storage e Improved support for French Portuguese German Bug Fixes e Enhanced users access to custom
106. 32364 32376 32378 32381 28281 32366 32195 31766 32191 32192 32136 32332 31802 32393 32388 32396 32398 32401 released May 03 2012 Version 5 0 build 83000 FotoFusion and YearbookFusion Features This build adds a password to get in to panel manual mode to avoid panel reflow issues and adds the ability to create a PSPA Style index from an existing database Bug Fixes Resolves issues with restoring archives adding mattes to panel frames and other instability issues Cases resolved 31844 31890 32068 32099 32111 32118 32178 32221 32251 32325 32146 32181 32157 32179 32209 32237 32076 31904 31922 203 32328 32350 32351 31314 31893 32315 32354 released Apr 20 2012 Version 5 0 build 82816 FotoFusion and YearbookFusion This build resolves issues with Yearbook panel sorting archiving when projects are missing images and mattes Cases resolved 32226 32267 32277 32280 32290 32043 32189 31905 32305 32304 32291 32303 32301 released Apr 12 2012 Version 5 0 build 82622 FotoFusion and YearbookFusion This build resolves issues with Yearbook panel sorting refresh issues in the Organizer and other issues Cases resolved 32125 32176 32127 32183 32197 32236 32175 32061 32250 32088 32172 32114 32215 32242 32253 32148 28705 32258 32254 32268 released Apr 04 2012 Version 5 0 build 82455 FotoFusion and YearbookFusion Bug Fixes e Yearbook Panels now handling blank priorities correctly e Ability to set mattes for yearbook panel frames has been restored e Crash after
107. 33137 33200 33171 33138 33189 33166 33169 33173 33175 32541 33146 33150 33152 32978 32979 33301 33306 28427 33101 33224 33241 33203 33229 33287 33226 33220 33330 33167 33349 33239 33352 33326 33307 33317 33325 33198 33294 33195 33149 33177 33265 33277 32834 33237 33238 33274 33304 33266 32961 32878 33232 33286 33321 33355 33305 33373 33425 32560 33100 32962 33400 33417 33154 33467 33141 32876 33113 33156 33228 32933 33365 33421 33367 33434 33460 33472 33473 3341233370 33502 33067 33071 32629 33249 33275 33316 32562 33231 33257 33270 33290 33354 33461 33465 33478 33245 33357 33221 33314 33329 33331 33350 33392 33413 33438 33442 33450 33454 33455 33479 33482 released Sep 16 2012 Version 5 2 build 86197 FotoFusion users only e Update counter default output options Cases resolved 33023 33064 33080 33081 33084 33083 31356 33088 33090 32245 33092 released Aug 31 12 Version 5 2 build 86150 FotoFusion users only e Mac 10 8 and Window 8 compatibility eStart tab added Cases resolved 32809 32754 32787 31760 32676 30452 25940 32557 32158 31513 32824 32825 32298 32828 32780 31630 31773 32802 32634 32690 32790 32855 32553 31942 32274 32694 32658 32246 32695 32738 30849 32062 32160 32799 30005 32783 32826 32817 32818 32814 27474 32839 31956 32782 30970 32821 32706 32147 32822 32815 28165 32894 32895 31676 32837 1166 2493 5688 8297 13486 14803 32847 30237 29791 30183 31325 32795 3
108. 35682 36066 36111 36087 36078 36174 36218 35944 36267 36236 36230 36238 36263 35121 36262 36269 36264 33722 36165 36159 36113 36257 36254 35684 34976 36244 36161 36258 36255 36245 36272 36271 35795 36280 30355 34605 34770 34933 35370 35472 35081 35269 35329 36275 36279 36291 35739 34136 36187 36287 35911 36256 36281 34566 34970 35262 35175 35150 35726 36276 35658 35664 34984 35620 36216 34400 29113 35629 36153 36300 098754236304 36306 36307 30401 30402 35575 36308 36298 36160 36316 36312 36109 36231 36324 36318 36329 36341 36320 36340 36317 36327 36338 36344 36346 36348 36350 36347 35787 35786 Released Sep 05 2013 Version 5 4 build 93661 93685 FotoFusion V5 only e Restored Save as template with images stripped e Issue with buckets resolved e Compatibility issue with V4 templates resolved Cases resolved 35635 35921 35925 35926 35932 35933 35940 35945 released July 8 9 2013 Version 5 4 build 93352 FotoFusion only eFrame border render issue resolved Case resolved 35900 released June 25 2013 Version 5 4 build 93191 YearbookFusion only eProject thumbnail generation when archived Cases resolved 35879 35880 35884 35890 24079 35774 35845 35841 released June 19 2013 Version 5 4 build 93023 FotoFusion v5 only eCrash running connection diagnostic when offline Invalid JPGs validate Cases resolved 35774 24079 released June 12 2013 Version 5 4 build 92895 FotoFusion v5 only eBlending mode presets added for Enhanced users Increased
109. 4 33907 33911 33923 33927 33934 33937 33939 33947 33953 33960 33968 33974 33979 33986 33995 33999 34000 34001 34002 34008 34015 34016 34017 34018 34019 34020 34021 34022 34023 34030 34031 34034 34035 34036 34038 34039 34040 34041 34042 34043 34046 34056 34057 34058 34060 34061 34067 34069 34070 34071 34072 34073 34074 34075 34079 34082 34085 34088 34089 34091 34095 34100 34104 34105 34107 34108 34109 34114 34119 34120 34125 34126 34130 34132 34135 34142 34143 34146 34147 34166 released Nov 12 2012 Version 5 2 build 87430 YearbookFusion FotoFusion V5 and FullScale Form Factor updates for selected companies Strengthened the automatic project backup feature Bug Fixes Several stability and minor rendering issues fixed Several issues with clipped text fixed Rendering all pages to PDF on the Mac working correctly again Cases resolved 7052 27552 28336 28861 30808 31429 31560 31653 31759 31833 31834 31842 32023 32129 32556 32670 33615 33866 33891 33892 33893 33895 33896 33897 33917 33922 33924 33925 33929 33930 33943 33945 33946 33950 33957 33965 33966 33969 33972 33980 33981 33992 33994 33998 34003 34005 34006 released Oct 22 2012 Version 5 2 build 87204 YearbookFusion FotoFusion V5 Clipped Text OT gt RT On Load Cases resolved 17704 26067 31650 32505 33048 33218 33291 33292 33466 33510 33556 33565 33572 33579 33621 33627 33707 33802 33806 33818 33819 33820 33838 33848 33849 33855 33860 33861 33862 33865 33867 33868 33870 33873 released Oct 12 2
110. 4 33952 34032 34037 34047 34074 34090 34093 34095 34098 34099 34106 34155 34158 34163 34164 34167 34170 34173 34174 34179 34181 34182 34185 34189 34190 34192 34193 34194 34195 34197 34198 34200 34203 34205 34206 34209 34211 34212 34214 34215 34216 34217 34220 34221 34223 34224 34225 34232 34233 34234 34235 34240 34243 34248 34251 34253 34254 34255 34256 34257 34258 34259 34260 34266 34267 34268 34269 34272 34274 34275 34276 34277 34278 34279 34281 34282 34284 34288 34289 34302 34303 34304 34307 34310 34311 34312 3431634321 34323 34325 34332 34335 34336 34337 34340 34344 34346 34349 34351 34352 34356 34357 34360 34361 34364 34368 34371 34374 34375 34392 34393 34394 34395 34398 34399 34406 34407 34414 34421 34422 344263 4433 34434 34435 released Dec 3 2012 Version 5 2 build 87878 YearbookFusion FotoFusion V5 and FullScale eMAC Exit Hang WineLoaders eArcRest MAC Path e PC crash on exit e CR SaveAs persistence Cases resolved 29185 30517 30572 31680 31909 32932 32973 32999 33001 33003 33028 33060 33061 33075 33089 33094 33095 33096 33129 33147 3316233178 33181 33183 33205 33212 33216 33217 33236 33243 33255 33284 33303 33345 33346 33347 33361 33376 33380 33384 33388 33399 33464 33476 33526 33540 33610 33612 33619 33635 33649 33651 33659 33677 33684 33693 33699 33701 33703 33704 33708 33711 33724 33731 33735 33739 33769 33771 33772 33776 33782 33790 33793 33796 33804 33810 33821 33837 33845 33851 33853 33859 33872 33874 33876 33878 33881 33883 33885 3390
111. 4042 e Candid pages can now be dragged freely through panel set 24135 e Occasional PDF rendering error large clip art shadows fixed 24137 Occasional Crash on start up fixed 24152 e PDF exporter support for large projects 19762 e Fonts not on system get replaced with Arial loading Remote Storage project 20832 e Unable to justify Hebrew Arabic text 23225 e In case of a failed download project appears broken 23791 e Missing scraps warning in restored projects 23798 e Empty Missing Image prompt on Tools gt Locate Images after restore 23828 Missing images list reports images on wrong folders 23872 e Panel label text not visible rendered when output to PDF and Printer 23889 Occasionally Remote Storage locks on projects reported inaccurately 23904 e Non Premium content for publishers watermarked output 24066 e Occasional PDF render produces missing panel images and names 24082 e Stability when loading Remote Storage 194 UPDATE HISTORY projects 24087 e Persistence in panels columns 24139 e Improved project consistency when loading from Remote Storage 24150 e Text attributes Bold NonBold not responding 24155 e Occasional error prompt saving restored archive locally 24169 e Label text with huge size appeared to be missing 24171 e Improved group and chapter organization 24178 e Missing font reports incorrect path 24188 e Communication errors when connection timeout 24199 e Re archiving a project af
112. 4681 34683 34684 34709 34722 34803 34915 34932 34944 34965 34974 34975 34977 34979 35002 35003 35006 35069 35077 35082 35087 35095 35133 35134 35135 35158 35160 35166 35177 35190 35223 35225 35228 35231 35242 35244 35274 35278 35280 35281 35282 35312 35368 35371 35378 35383 35398 35401 35403 35404 35413 35418 35426 35431 35444 35447 35452 35453 35454 35462 35464 35465 35466 3547435476 35478 35479 35484 35486 35488 35491 35493 3549435496 35498 35500 35501 35502 35503 35510 35515 35525 35528 35531 35532 35543 35546 35549 35552 35553 35560 35563 35568 35569 35572 35577 35587 35594 35598 35601 35602 35603 35604 35607 35612 35613 35615 35619 35623 35639 35640 35646 35657 35659 35665 35670 35686 3569135692 35701 released May 3 2013 Version 5 4 build 91500 YearbookFusion only eCrash on load flipping pages Cases resolved 35382 35408 35411 35414 35416 35417 35419 35423 35424 35425 35427 35428 35382 35408 35411 35414 35416 35417 35419 released Apr 9 2013 Version 5 4 build 91455 YearbookFusion only Slow RS loads e various crash fixes CR issues networking instability e database custom attributes persistence Cases resolved 22385 29672 32917 34180 34329 34647 34724 35096 35258 35301 35340 35343 35345 35350 35358 35363 35364 35366 35367 35381 35382 35385 35386 35387 35388 35392 6071 16391 28325 29028 29691 29760 29765 29766 29767 29847 29995 30026 30035 30720 30815 30947 32140 32462 32685 32808 32838 34004 34068 34092 34127 34252 34467 34480 34673 34706 3
113. 4708 34714 34783 34822 34941 34942 34964 35040 35045 35046 35058 35059 35070 35071 35076 35083 350853509535108 35120 35123 35124 35126 35132 35136 35139 35144 35148 35153 35155 35164 35167 35168 35170 35171 35172 35185 35189 35191 35198 35209 35212 35214 35220 35221 35222 35227 35229 35234 35241 35242 35243 35244 35246 35247 35248 35249 35251 35254 35257 35263 35267 35270 35272 35276 35283 35287 35288 35289 35298 35299 35302 35303 35313 35315 35316 35319 35321 35324 35328 35330 35336 35339 35341 35342 35346 35356 35357 35362 35372 35373 released Apr 8 2013 Version 5 3 build 90863 YearbookFusion and FotoFusion V5 e Freeze on load or archive restore fix for remote storage projects with dotScrap frame Cases resolved 32065 32612 33199 33319 33512 33694 34575 35065 35073 35085 35101 35107 35111 35127 35128 35138 35145 released Mar 14 2013 Version 5 3 build 90717 YearbookFusion and FotoFusion e V5 Fixes to panel corruption after crash restore Cases resolved 4124 32929 33339 34950 35036 35048 35074 35080 35092 35100 35103 released Mar 8 2013 Version 5 3 build 90636 YearbookFusion and FotoFusion V5 e Cleanup of External Editing feature When you right click on an image and choose image gt external edit gt edit in external tool We remember your preference to copy the image first or work directly on that image By default the duplicated amp edited image is saved beside the original Where you save the image to is now a user preference
114. 48 sharing yearbook pages 18 sharing yearbook projects 18 sharpening 54 shopping cart 2 shortcuts 185 show all 142 show only 142 show the filename 179 simple mode 160 smart frames 54 Snaps 54 Snow Leopard 1 soft light image effects 54 soft edge frame 54 soften 54 softness 54 software updates 186 sorttab 142 sorting 142 160 sorting classes 160 sorting the panel 160 sources tab 101 Spacing between frames 54 special effects for text 80 spell check 80 spin 54 spine 107 split cover 107 split soine 107 splitter 54 stacking 54 staff 142 staff page 160 start 2 Starttab 2 start zone 2 starting 2 students 142 submitting your project 130 subtract image effects 54 superscript 80 system requirements 1 Te tabs 2 tagging portraits 142 tags 80 teacher atthe front 142 160 templates 8 16 132 2013 LumaPix Inc Index 207 text 54 80 text color 80 text direction 80 text editor 80 text effects 80 text fill 80 text holds image 80 text on canvas 80 textonimage 80 text opacity 80 text outline 80 text shaping 80 texttags 80 text tools 80 text with a matte 80 texture blend 54 textured text 80 textures 954 132 themes 122 tif 107 tiles 54 tilted 54 tile 160 tiles 80 160 toolbar 2 toolbox 54 transferring files 8 transferring your work 107 turning off a group 160 tutorial videos 2 type 101 wil unlocking projects 8 unsharp mask 54 update history
115. 5 Mac Features 29586 Ability to autopopulate by database fields added Bug fixes e 29591 Javascript error in Home Zone if form factor list is empty fixed e 30726 Mattes combo box refreshes repeatedly when editing text properties fixed e 30783 Text properties not completely updated when images swapped fixed Freezes crashes 30701 While manipulating text box fixed e 30797 When copy pasting text frames fixed e 14995 When activating dialog box opens off screen fixed released Nov 10 2011 Version 5 0 build 79069 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac Features 30627 Trial installations of YearbookFusion can now create but not save yearbook projects e 30229 Exclude from rendering Pages now indicated in page hover Bug Fixes e 29777 Gallery displays window showing True or Flse fixed e 30645 Yearbook label in videos hover is in wrong place fixed e 29090 Javascript activation error fixed e 30011 Add Images button in gallery not working fixed e 29911 Home Zone news link not configured correctly fixed e 30469 Forum link should point to forum at LumaPix com fixed e 29876 automatic refresh of gallery should happen only when gallery is in use fixed e 14137 Homezone uses command routing fixed 30398 v4 text not updating interactively when edited fixed e 30777 Spurious image modified popup messages after loading fixed e 27129 Picking up amp redropping images into frames with child text holding text tags produces corrupted text f
116. 574 33575 33576 33577 33578 33580 33583 33584 33585 33586 33587 33588 33589 33590 33593 33601 33602 33603 33604 33605 33606 33613 33614 33616 33618 33620 33622 33633 33642 33646 33647 33648 33650 33653 33655 33657 33658 33660 33661 33662 33663 33671 33673 33675 33676 33678 33679 33689 33692 33695 33696 33710 33713 33717 33721 33723 33725 33726 33727 33740 33741 33742 33743 33744 33745 33761 33762 33765 33766 33780 33781 33784 33786 33788 33814 33815 33816 released Oct 8 2012 Version 5 2 build 86567 YearbookFusion only The 2013 edition of YearbookFusion has been released to all yearbook customers What s New e Book Management amp Remote Editing option Online editing of candid pages by users who do not have YearbookFusion installed Organization of books as collections of chapters facilitating collaboration between multiple users e Spell Check Red underlining on words that are not in the dictionary Right clicking on underlined words offers suggestions for correct versions e Much improved Mac stability amp performance e Remote Database option coming soon Cases resolved 32960 32897 33069 31115 33235 32905 32968 32530 33157 30560 30059 30144 31242 31566 30087 30049 31499 31634 30345 31696 31915 32349 31150 29978 30125 31113 31369 33012 31350 32715 31079 31460 3125 31716 32570 32479 31983 33098 33114 33107 31283 33116 33106 33104 33120 33145 31470 31669 30949 32260 31848 32603 32275 33105 33136 31991 33153 31943 31462 32264 32331 33130 33163 33168
117. 6 build 64312 Bug Fixed e Save As causes text to vanish under student frames 23644 e The school DB is lost after save close re open 23618 e Cant see Local Projects under File gt Open when Offline 23626 e No labels for the PDF exports 23630 Need to detect missing text under panel frames and re flow if found 23639 e Process 503 errors in download manager 23627 e Import PSPA when FF is Offline Nothing in ORGANIZE Tab 23643 e Empty panel projects recently saved on RS 23649 e Cannot open a local project after save on RS 23646 Released March 3 2010 Version 4 6 build 64164 Bug Fixed e Projects load with un linked images 23571 e Project opens as blank canvas after crash 23573 Released February 25 2010 Version 4 6 build 64120 YearbookFusion only Bugs fixed e Occasional loss of student database after save load fixed 23528 23521 e Occasional crash when opening project fixed 23535 23506 e Occasional Communications Error during load fixed 23549 e Occasional loss of database information from PDF render fixed 23524 e Pasted elements now aligned with copied elements 4322 e PDF rendering of opentype now supported correctly 23514 e Featuring a teacher no longer leaves an occasional blank frame in panel 23537 e Can now set last panel row to edge when featuring a teacher 23538 e Text now correctly populating manually configured tags with database information 23473 Released February 23 2010 Version 4 6 build 63972 Fea
118. 617 26619 26625 26632 26635 26636 26637 26644 26650 26652 26673 26674 26676 26705 26708 26716 26719 26722 26727 26728 26735 26739 26748 26753 26759 26768 26782 26783 26787 26789 26791 26800 26812 26816 26826 26830 26837 26839 26844 26860 26864 26870 26882 26883 26891 26897 26899 26906 26908 26911 26912 26915 26917 26918 26919 26921 26922 26923 26925 26927 26933 26936 26937 26939 26940 26942 26945 26955 26959 26960 26962 26966 26967 26968 26969 26970 26971 26976 26981 26985 26986 26988 26989 27002 27005 27007 27010 27011 27012 27016 27023 27032 27036 27038 27041 27044 27047 27048 27049 27050 27052 27056 27057 27059 27062 27065 27066 27067 27069 27072 27073 27074 27080 27085 27087 27092 27093 27094 27095 27097 27100 27102 27104 27105 27107 27109 27113 27114 27115 27116 27117 27119 27120 27122 27124 27125 27126 27127 27129 27130 27131 27133 27137 27138 27140 27141 27142 27143 27144 27152 27158 27159 27163 27166 27167 27168 27170 27174 27177 27180 27181 27184 27189 27191 27192 27193 27194 27195 27204 27209 27212 27213 27217 27218 27219 27220 27222 27223 27225 27226 27227 27230 27232 27233 UPDATE HISTORY 193 27246 27252 27253 27254 27255 27258 27259 27260 27261 27262 27264 27265 27266 27267 27272 27276 27280 27281 27283 27286 27288 27289 27291 27293 27294 27297 27302 27304 27308 27310 27313 27317 27318 27320 27325 27326 27330 27341 27344 27352 27354 27355 27358 27362 27364 27365 27366 27368 27374 27376 27379 27380 27381 27382 27383 27384 27385 27386 27387 27388 2
119. 6453 36510 36514 36518 36522 36440 36530 36529 36528 36538 3653 36541 36259 36535 released Sep 17 2013 Version 5 4 build 95079 FotoFusion V5 and Publisher Specific release Issues amp features related to a particular publisher s build Append Stability Book Manager enhancements Cases resolved 30905 34891 34899 35268 35265 35785 35930 36294 36288 33021 36261 36335 36323 36333 35093 35108 36268 35394 35627 35434 35750 35766 35751 33076 35826 35896 35883 35871 32307 21336 35867 34972 33913 35593 35716 35338 32309 34425 35118 35830 34878 34879 34883 34052 34045 34048 34051 33846 34391 34432 33680 33312 30013 33760 35958 34013 34083 33938 33933 33926 33899 33734 33798 35993 35471 36000 33967 33961 35984 33770 33990 34009 35915 34077 35584 33830 18007 33912 33494 35729 33914 33779 28392 33989 34334 33909 36024 35876 35974 34080 35978 33918 33746 33807 35877 35878 13116 31744 33778 26568 31855 35913 35508 33803 35908 27941 36022 24122 35834 35995 35610 35122 35490 35533 35567 36096 36064 35902 34831 36110 36119 36122 36124 34500 35885 35458 35839 35650 35060 36069 36074 35695 35595 35592 35489 36076 36085 36075 36084 33685 36120 35649 35555 35285 36073 35143 35213 36117 36080 35162 35131 36067 36136 36135 36138 36182 36185 36181 35967 36180 35968 36056 36057 35977 35554 35547 35918 36061 34512 35833 35326 35165 35432 35712 35812 32873 36219 36186 36225 36217 35934 35513 35380 35631 36116 36223 36224 31227 36134 35997 36177 34854 35112 35279 33539 35435 35655
120. 7390 27391 27392 27393 27395 27396 27397 27399 27401 27402 27403 27404 27405 27406 27412 27414 27420 27422 27424 27458 27460 27465 27466 27468 27470 27473 27478 27480 27487 27494 27495 27496 27497 27500 27501 27506 27507 27508 27509 27514 27516 27517 27519 27523 27531 27533 27545 27548 27549 27550 27551 27555 27560 27561 27563 27568 27571 27573 27580 27581 27582 27583 27584 27585 27590 27592 27593 27594 27595 27597 27599 27600 27601 27602 27603 27604 27605 27606 27611 27614 27619 27622 27623 27626 27627 27628 27629 27631 27634 27635 27638 27640 27641 27645 27648 27649 27651 27655 27656 27660 27661 27663 27671 27683 27690 27693 27694 27696 27698 27712 27715 27717 27720 27723 27724 27725 27728 27729 27738 27739 27740 27743 27748 27750 27751 27755 27757 27760 27761 27763 27769 27775 27778 27779 27782 27788 27793 27796 27799 27808 27812 27835 27856 27861 27862 27867 27869 27870 27874 27875 27877 27878 27879 released Feb 18 2011 Version 4 7 build 70837 Crash when opening project using Windows Explorer resolved 27104 e Crash when navigating pages while images are down scaling resolved 27105 released Dec 1 2010 Version 4 7 build 70670 This release fixes many crashes and occasional data loss issues with other minor issues e Crashes fixed 26789 27030 26910 26926 27043 27004 26914 26949 26930 26615 26515 26779 26564 26565 e PSPA database no longer displays missing not available after save reload from Remote Storage 26920 26905
121. ATE HISTORY student database now correctly reflected when project opened by different users 16954 e Project save is now forced prior to upload to publisher 16411 e Reconnected missing images for panel images remain reconnected when project is reloaded 17950 18009 e Database modifications made in Trial mode persist after activation 17963 e Changes to student information mark the current project as dirty 17180 e No longer possible to create duplicate column headings when importing PSPA files 15250 e Turning off header at PSPA import now correctly affects number of records imported 15747 e Grades now sorted as numbers not strings grade 9 comes before grade 10 17376 17439 17466 e Default size of text under panel frames improved 17675 17646 e Application of two page spread to yearbook panel now handled more gracefully 17967 17968 17969 e Projects with no PSPA database can now be uploaded to Publisher as expected 18047 18049 e Legibility of text in Panel Wizard improved 16738 17542 Released April 3 2009 Version 4 4 build 54352 Bug fixes e Insufficient memory error messages resolved 17218 e Uninstallation issues resolved 17356 17020 e Installer checks if FotoFusion is running 17357 e Overlay info checkbox issue conflict resolved 17281 e Left Right Page type functions as expected 17359 e No crash when project opened with images on disconnected network drive 17360 e Dropping a matte or tile onto the canvas does not apply
122. Add New Property Remove Property Make Into options Close Save Attribute Set Click on gt to Save the current layout or to save your selection as a Custom set Default Panel label text Within the Manage attributes window you can change or add the default label text to appear on your panels The existing School Attribute set a default of First Name and Last Name is set to automatically appear on panel pages as the label You may wish to change or add a tag to automatically appear New attribute sets will have no default label text so you can specify what tags to use Default panel label text DB AS UserCustom attributes sc DB 45 UserCustom attributes school lastnane attribute set property firstriame Tags hog To delete an existing tag click into the white box at the end of the tag you want to remove and hit backspace To add a new tag click on Tags gt gt then choose User Custom Tags gt gt then your attribute set You will see a list of available properties to include 158 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES Default panel label tesct 206245 UserCustom attributes school firstname ken b Deraimeni 20B 45 UserCustom attributes school lastname g P Page Title Chapter Priority _ _ lt lt lt Project Groups Save Attribute Set a Ey User Motes Salutation Special aaeain Exclude A
123. CT MANAGEMENT Zoom in out of the project save changes undo redo edits and add new frames from the toolbox on the left side of the screen Change Lanquage foom in Zoom Out Heset oom Save Undo lze cz Redo Add Frame Add text E When the project is complete click Seve and aose Tt will unlock the project on remote storage Back in the installed copy of YearbookFusion in the Book Manager you ll see the thumbnail update Your chapter is now available for additional editing in FotoFusion or you can mark it as complete 5 Message from tt IMAGE EDITING WITH OTHER APPLICATIONS Editing a rendered project file All users can export flattened files directly to an image editing software such as Photoshop The Output to a File tab allows you to render your composition to an external editor This will allow you to make global changes to an entire composition or work on spot editing Note FotoFusion Extreme allows you to render your files into a layered psd format which you can open in Photoshop All elements on your FotoFusion collage will be rendered to separate layers in the psd allow for individual image color correction Editing images while working in FotoFusion When you drop an image onto the canvas FotoFusion does not open the image up in full resolution It creates a low resolution copy of the original Because of this FotoFusion allows you to add dozens and dozens of images at one time to y
124. Image frame or the T key for a text frame on your canvas while dragging your mouse on the canvas A blue rectangle will appear Release your mouse button and a new empty Image or Text frame will appear Image frames will be ready to accept an image from the Images hover bucket Papers hover and take on new attributes border options mattes gradients color wash etc Text frames are ready for editing content and style When you select an image on your canvas you will notice two things 1 Blue handles and possibly yellow handles will appear around the edge of the frame These handles will allow you to change the size shape position and zoom of your image 2 A toolbox will appear next to the image The toolbox gives you access to a number of options that can be applied to your frame and image 50 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT Resizing amp Repositioning with resize q TOP Handles To resize a frame or multiple frame oe frames at the same time select the frame s then move your cursor over a resize handle Press the left mouse button and drag the mouse resize 4 crop frame Corner handles will allow you to resize both length and width handles in the mid points of the frame will resize either the width or the length of the frame Note image frames eg jpg photos will display 8 handles Scrap element frames eg png embellishment graphics will only display 4 handles The reason
125. Improved image validation 24128 e Render output controls disabled if values are specified by Form Factor 24343 Fixed Bugs e Individual frames no longer shifting on reload of local project 23733 Canvas no longer shifts by bleed amount when rendering 24421 e Pages occasionally rendered with small contents as part of Assemble Book batch process fixed 23999 e Out of memory error crash when rendering to PDF 24004 24333 24140 e Panel labels now reliably flip when layout is flipped 24182 e Excluded pages now correctly excluded from rendering 24260 e Memory leaks during archive restore cycle fixed 24267 Debug console now hidden in non debug releases 24344 e FTP upload no longer terminating connection if timeout received in control channel 24345 e Page segments now correctly removed after double pages separate render 24348 e File gt Open Remote Storage dialog occasionally empty fixed 24349 e FF no longer crashes when loading project with Invalid form factor 24395 Released May 10 2010 Version 4 6 build 65493 Features e Locate missing images now detects image files that are invalid but not missing 24127 Images in project DB can be forcibly changed via Re Link option in Organize 24090 Bug Fixes e Crash on panel reflow fixed 23658 e Sequence of local save remote save local archive local restore no longer produces checkerboard canvas 23892 e Empty dialog shown in response to upload error fixed 2
126. Internet access Required for activation recommended for use Activation is easiest when online although offline activation is available Once activated the software can run offline High speed internet access is strongly recommended Online users have access to Templates and other graphical content Email and web 2 INSTALLATION amp ACTIVATION output Help file Instructional videos Updates and upgrades Notes for IT Administrators Firewall Configuration FotoFusion communicates with lumapix com amazonaws com and fotoscraps com e Port 80 For Marketplace Content e Port 21 For FTP upload to Publishers e Port 443 For Remote Storage e Binary transfer should be enabled e Soap headers should not be filtered Complete read write permissions should be allowed to the following e Windows Vista 7 8 C ProgramData LumaPix e Windows XP C Documents and Settings All Users Application Data LumaPix Requires Microsoft NET Framework 2 0 Network Administrators not using Remote Storage FotoFusion does not embed images in a project As such for collaborative working we advise storing project files and all related images in a shared network location The following is an example setup which can be used for schools or adapted for studios running FotoFusion Extreme e Create an area on your network to store candid images imported PSPA photos and project files e Create an Active Directory group for example Yearbook Users wh
127. JJ personal2 i School Building a Ps Food d Ivey School Photos db k6 d Kids in groups b Kids Portraits Performances EA Sports amp Games m Staff E d Stock EJ Transport wd Seniors Hl Sports if Travel Hl Weddings zzz more samples L oai Select the image s in the Preview area then click on the PC button at the top of the Organize preview The image s will be added to the database with the first and last name set to Undefined Undefined Undefined Claire Vadim London Vaega Find the images under Search type Undefined into the first or last name field Select one or more image multiselect image using ctrl click if they share common attributes eg all have the same grade Add data to the images in the Properties area their first and last name grade teacher grade etc Use the dropdown arrows to select preexisting categories if possible to avoid typos or creating new groups 152 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES Custom Attributes Grade Ady Teacher Home Room Last Name E First Mame Middle Name AS 419 Volume Name Bol BO Period BOG Track BOF BOS Image Folder soe Image File Cos Name Coy e Title i Use Make Into to auto assign roles departments and priorities Make into AT IE tT TE Undefined gt Administration Student ae Staff The new images will be autoflowed i
128. M on your keyboard The collage produced by subdividing frames is no different from one created by AutoCollaging or by manually moving and sizing frames into alignment the frames are independent and can be rotated and CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 75 resized as you like The splitting is merely a way to ensure that the images start off tiled neatly one against the other The images within each frame can be inset to reveal the canvas background or shadows cast by frames in the collage while remaining in a grid You can save your layout as a template if you are pleased with the composition Red Eye Removal is an add on application that will open your selected photo and allow you to correct red eye problems in your photos To use the red eye removal tool select the image frame in question which will expose the Image Toolbox Select the TOOL option then the D Red Eye removal tool This will open your image in a new window Position the target over the iris you wish to correct Zoom in and out by either hitting the and keys on your keyboard or if you have a mouse with a wheel zoom in and out by turning the wheel When you have the iris within the target click on your left mouse button This will remove the red and replace it with a more appropriate color In this example the left eye has been corrected and the right eye has been targeted for correction When you are done click the button to clo
129. Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 Page 5 Page 6 Page 7 F Pages Autoflip can be turned on automatically click on EDIT on the menu then choose User Preferences You ll see a checkbox option in the bottom left New Pages E Flip Layouts When Pages Change Side AUTOTOOLS 101 NS ORGANIZE SORT SEARCH amp TAG The 9 tab allows you to view your catalogue of images and projects from numerous folders and drives simultaneously sort images into buckets to triage them for your project or cataloguing assign your images and projects to predefined and user created categories and search using these categories To access the Organizer and view your images click on the Organize tab EE Sart B Source I My Network Hp My Computer Hb My Projects HFL Family Portrats d Fashion Models amp My Exported Collages Lb personal 3E School 7 IFLA Senis yu 2ra 4922 pg DEINA_4753 og IID 9578 Log 72493 jpg SLINO GSES fog SLINE IELSSSI ipp 41900 4D6a7001 Ips Ii Sports E E gt aR gt L T d JF Weddings 449063_1420406 jog 479651 _J1II2D0S ipp AILSLB_ IEILS og SONNE SIEPI ipp SONESE_04990579 pp SOIISE_IILIGOO Ips SMILI 113406 Ips SISdas S479065 pg aF mz more samphs eet aoe S3106 25112431 Qoo 60002 11753005 jog GOETE S065554 Jog GOSET_SEIDEOE Gpo TOEL _SS00Ir0 Ios WELLT ASSAN os DELIS ANTS os M1996 S20 Jos tyou Select Tere Select i
130. Pix Inc Index 203 guidelines 2 H handles 48 54 hard light image effects 54 hard mix image effects 54 header in the first line 142 hover docks 2 hovers 2 How to save files 15 html 120 HTML custom themes 120 hue image effects 54 image cache 36 image editor 54 image frame 54 image toolbox 91 Images hover 48 image type frame 54 import 142 importing pspadata 142 Importing the PSPAcd 142 index publish 120 index txt 142 info overlay 179 inserting pages 45 inserting projects 45 inserting templates 45 inset 54 installation 1 installing 1 Interactive editing 54 invert 54 IT 1 italics 80 J job titles 160 jog 105 107 justification 80 K Keyboard shortcuts 185 keywords 101 knockouts 160 _L label font 160 label position 160 labels 160 layers onthe canvas 54 layout flipping 45 leader font 160 leader position 160 leaders 160 learning 2 left side 45 Leopard 1 license level 2 licensing 1 ligature 80 lighten image effects 54 lighten modes 54 lighter color image effects 54 linear burn image effects 54 linear dodge image effects 54 linear light image effects 54 linked images 8 Lion 1 list of used images 179 local cache 36 local file publish 120 local printing 107 local viewr 107 locate missing images 8 lock and clip 80 lock aspect ratio 54 locked projects 8 locking frames 54 locks 8 lost files 15 lost project 8 15 lost proj
131. Shared option Viewing the album online Follow the url directly from the Web Album Manager via a link sent by email or posted on Facebook or Twitter to launch a webpage with a set of basic instructions Move from page to page by swiping the screen left or right to go back with your mouse or on a touch screen with your finger not unlike a e Reader Images courtesy of Richard Esposito 120 OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING Options for sharing transition style and slide show view are accessed by swiping down Show guide returns you to the instruction screen Swipe s for sharing and options LumaPix S FotoFusion http lIpx me DQTCKG Swipe 4 amp or lap edges to change page Ei Facebook Transition 3 Slide Enable Slide Show Show Guide Swipe up to display thumbnail previews of all pages Select one of the page thumbnails to zoom to the page Swipe 7 for sharing and options Smip amp gt of tap edges to chanpe page Svape for Page Index TO YOUR WEBSITE FotoFusion includes an integrated FTP client and allows you to publish your collage directly to a web site as an online photo gallery Note this does not enable you to upload to websites like Facebook or hosted blog sites OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING 121 If you wish to publish the files without using an ftp to them to your server directly click on Output to the Web tab which will render your files locally To Pub
132. Sot Name w aral Poy EJ ii ta Th The 2 icon indicates that the hover will Automatically Close automatically close when you are not hovered over it A pinned hover does not affect the position of your canvas and can Pin overlay canvas Dock reframe canvas GETTING STARTED 7 overlap onto the canvas workspace The icon indicates that the hover will Automatically Clase remain opened on your canvas it docks the hover A docked hover will reposition Pit overlay canvas the canvas alongside the open hover w Dock reframe canvas Switch the hover back to automatically close to return it to a single button or click to close Resizing thumbnail images within a hover Hovers display graphic content in a mini view called a thumbnail view The thumbnails within the hover can be made larger or smaller Click on the interior portion of an opened hover try a few pixels off the scroll bar hold Ctrl or Cmd on a Mac on your keyboard and use your mouse wheel or use the up down arrows on your keyboard to increase or decrease the size of the thumbnail view 8 GETTING STARTED FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT This section will teach you how to save your projects save work as a template and open a saved project or template Learn how to archive project to transfer them to another computer and to delete projects You should learn how your photos work in FotoFusion differently than in digital
133. ad Canvas texture does not work all the time Opening v4 clobbers v3 email None tile from tile list does nothing Font undo didn t work Released March 5 2007 Version 4 0 Build 38006 The main focus of this build was stability many many bugs were fixed Persist buckets with project save Edit in Photoshop should work on original image not a copy Add keyboard commands new frame ins new page Ctrl ins clone of new page Ctrl shift ins 2xclick on image in organizer should preview it Number keys should drop photos into buckets while previewing Selection should follow currently viewed image in the photo viewer Released March 3 2007 Version 4 0 Build 37954 addressed many issues including PDF export is wrong dpi Copy v3 templates to v4 folder V3 projects on external drive not seen by V4 Trial expired error appearing Slow startup when too many fonts in fonts folder Don t ping server when rendering items without dotScrap content Album Manufacturers templates are not visible in V4 Continuous LP5 and DRM errors FF couldn t load one or more images after saving a project Render Issue empty pixel at the bottom and right of a rendered collage Norton firewall offline reconnection problems Buckets disappear when window resized Bring back the browse for pictures button name FF transforms capital letter into lower case multi page PSD render causes crash memory problem red xs in template browser v3 X pres
134. added your images to make these changes Use the splitter tool to divide the one large frame into a grid Select the large frame causing the Toolbox to appear Mouse down and drag up down and side to side on the splitter icon to divide the one large frame into as many smaller frames as you require 1 182 PRO PROJECT TUTORIAL J If your image files contain the names of the portrait subjects add text tags Multi select all empty frames Click on the Toolbox to add text Click on the Tags gt button and select File Name from the list of options _ Highlight Tags lt File name gt Change the text attributes as required Change the font and font size Geng Pests ean f Serene f m ff m fl foe rests Center the text and or align it to the top m it a as E i middle or bottom of the text frame ae Si Change the frame inset are I ry ane ae tug te eee ee fe Change the text color and outline properties Turn the text shadow off if desired i aa aman m Resize the text frame as desired using the sl Kartat Meets rtea Ea Me lineal frame handles to change the size of the text e li eee l ame E Bij mn sim a SEER Import your images from the Images hover or from the Buckets hover or from the Toolbar Browse 2 Icon Select the images and drag them into the FotoFusion workspace so they are loaded into the dropper
135. ages To include the file name on the project s images turn on the Overlay Image Info option e Overlay Image Info Multipage emails Extreme and Yearbook users an specify if you want to send a multi page email AIl Pages or a single page Selected Page _ Include Scaled Down Original Images Include Index Apai v Overlay Image Info s Specifying compression image sizes and other image options When you click on the Image Quality tab you will be presented with several options Envelope Image Quality watermark Banner Theme ISP Settings Page when sending single page Page when sending multipage Attached Original Images Image Quality image Cuakty Image Quality Good quality Medium size Defauk Good quality Medium size Default High quality Large size Man Size peels __ Max Ste pek ae Max Size pele O O e0 by 00 S00 by SOO Def auk 400 by 400 Estimated File Size C Set Background To Canvas Color Render Canvas Bleed Cverhang Caloulate Size F Sharpen Reduced Images In Collage Show Crop Marks z Sharpen Reduced Original Photos _ Gverlay Image Info You can set the image quality used for both the collage and the attached originals or manually enter the pixel size for the image We suggest leaving the Default settings If you have set background to canvas color enabled the color of your canvas will be used to set the email background For your cropping options change
136. ages for a composition to a new location on your hard drive you can now reconnect them to the layout Greyscale Mattes o Greyscale jpeg bmp gif or tif files saved in the Mattes folder can be used as mattes black becomes transparent Of course PNG files with associated alpha transparency channels and EMF files for vector mattes continue to work as always Filenames in Organizer o Images in the organizer now have a filename for identification Version 3 1 Version 3 1 was a maintenance release which included many small enhancements and fixes including the following FotoScraps Integration o Layouts can be uploaded directly to the online gallery at www fotoscraps com Printing o The printing options were completely revamped to be easier to understand o Scaling output to fit onto a single page is now an option Color Picker o A color picker was the most frequently requested feature addition on the support forum at LumaPix com Sparse Autocollage and background images o AutoCollages can now include gaps that reveal an image set as the canvas background Color Shadows o Shadow colors can now be set to any value EXIF enhancements o New EXIF tags were added including filenames without extension e g Anna instead of Anna jpg o Filenames now preserve their case when displayed as EXIF text Common sense o When processing to a file the default file name now corresponds to the project name o The file name is not cleared after each preview when workin
137. ames settings or papers e 29630 Cannot browse for images in autocollage wizard released August 13 2011 Version 5 Mac Beta build 76930 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac This is a stabilization release which polishes the Mac integration and lays the framework for a composite toolset Features e 29519 29539 Crash restore FotoFusion will attempt to restore your project after a crash e 27245 27790 27885 27871 Improved PDF text rendering underline amp superscript as vectors e 26537 Local projects can be manually unlocked in the file browser e 17998 28010 28848 29332 Context menus amp Tool menus redone for consistency 26209 26692 Rich text can be converted to a matte have matte applied e 29385 Localization package for translators updated to v5 e 28448 Support for tabs tab stops added to text Mac Specific We focused on improving the Mac V5 Beta in this release e 29622 20480 Occasionally very very slow startup fixed e 29129 External drives not shown consistently fixed e 28707 ctrl click should open context menu fixed e 28894 ctrl vs command accelerator key cleanup brought into alignment with Mac expectations e 29343 Very slow to open Images hover fixed e 29459 Image hover empty under Lion fixed e 29483 Crash when clicking arrow in image hover under Lion fixed e 29609 Numeric control not catching can t enter 8 5 as canvas size fixed e 29610 Text in numeric control getting selected amp
138. an continue to use the free and purchased materials you already own or use graphics from other sources Click on BUY CREDITS One Time Purchase option in the shopping cart to be redirected to a secure purchasing site You may need to relaunch roterusenf to make the credits appear PZ 0 B E 4T 5 in your cart A Subscription option will moih Subscription also be available to you A subscription is a monthly recurring charge of 15 iio a FotFusion while you ara subsorited USD will 20 credits to SMe On i AP mi your account each month Enhanced users will further benefit from having your license upgrade to Extreme during the subscription d Inebudes 20 dotGorag Gradas per mamih An eggade 52 our Mania of Boar Gre pari eel he ee bd oe p mee pai oe reer te oe be After purchase your credit card will be charged on a recurring monthly basis If you do not use all 20 credits in a given month the balance will remain on your account If you decide to unsubscribe write to support a lumapix com to request cancellation You will keep all remaining credits Enhanced users will return to their original license permissions Using Graphic Content Offline All materials located on the LumaPix server must be accessed and purchased if required while online and then downloaded for offline use There is no means to transfer Marketplace graphics from an online machine to an offline machine LumaPix does not provide cds of th
139. anager is the unique identifier for your project Note that is part of the URL where you album can be accessed a Lm ral HUXHQEB Change the Title of the project to more quickly identify it in the Web Title Album manager Head shots OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING 119 Online URL http lpx_me HUXHOB E Copy to Clipboard 3 View in Browser Shere Em a g Manage Delete To make a copy of the ulr where your project has been published click the Copy to Clipboard option Paste ctrl v this url to transmit the album s web site address manually to an online email application eg gmail hotmail yahoo mail or messenger View in Browser will immediately launch the album in your default browser Share the album via EMAIL clicking on the Email button launch your default installed email application with a new message and the url automatically inserted in the message body Click on the Twitter or Facebook links to post the link to your accounts a browser login will be required to do so Click on the QR Code icon to generate a large preview of the code Suitable for scanning with your phone directly from your computer screen Click Delete to remove the album permanent from the LumaPix server Albums will expire automatically in 30 days but you can repost them if you wish TO manage your work after uploading it return to the Upload to Web Album screen and choose the Previously
140. ange Blend Amount to 0 6 5 Go to Image General and increase Blur 6 Adjust Blur Blend amount to taste 7 Click on gt gt to save the preset You can take this basic effect to the next level by simply changing the Blend Mode Image Blend to Overlay to create another classic glamour glow effect To reduce the color shift caused by the Blending mode use the b amp w slider under the Image editor s genera tab Note that the desaturation only effects changes to the top blending mode layer so the image will not turn black amp white CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 63 Next try using the Gamma Slider on the General tab to open up the shadow areas of your image Try enabling the Invert option under the General tab to really give your image an extra punch it will bring back the details Use the RGB values on the Image Editor s General tab to create a cross processed look Blending modes are very powerful The source image will impact how they appear so a recipe that works on one image will not work on another in the same manner Try applying the presets on various images to see what they can do then play edit with the properties to learn what they do Any custom settings can be saved as a preset by clicking on the gt gt button to save as a named preset The Fill tab allows you to add color and texture to a frame Use this effect to add a color wash to an image to fill an empty frames with color or add a texture eff
141. ange the default select a single images frame change the border eg turn it off change the width and color etc then click on the button at the top of the editor To create a new permanent default chose Save settings as default for all new frames to temporarily set a default until a new attribute is added chose Update default for new frames automatically You can also create a named preset to create your own gallery of presets The button will apply the current editor settings to all like type frames on your canvas hold the Ctrl button to apply the current editor settings to all like type frames across a multipage project Use the L button to pin the editor so it remains opened in the same location Hovers allow preview graphic content Hover buttons are located in the hover docks in three different zones on the Create screen Hovers can be manually dragged from one hover dock to another or dropped on the area outside the canvas Click the symbol on your hover dock to move or turn hovers on off Hovers are designed by default to open briefly allowing you to perform a desired editing task then close immediately You can choose to keep the hover editors open for an extended period of time if you will be using them frequently To keep the hover open permanently click on the pin icon at the top of the editor Images Gin Folder C Program Files LumaPixsFotoFusiorty 4 1 R iar fe Bb Peg
142. approving chapters in book manager 29 archive 8 archiving 8 arrange 54 arrange frames 54 arrangement 54 aspect ratio 54 assembling a yearbook 18 assigning roles 142 attaching text to an image 8 0 attribute set 142 auto mode 160 auto tools 94 autocollage 45 94 autodistribute 94 autoflip 45 94 autoflip layout 94 autojumble 94 autoknockout 160 autopopulate 94 autorotate 45 average image effects 54 B background blend 54 background color 54 background fill 54 background paper 54 banners 122 batch process 107 black and white 54 blank frames 48 bleed zone 2 blending modes 54 blue handles 54 blur 54 91 bmp 107 bold 80 book management 45 book manager 29 border color 54 border editor 54 2013 LumaPix Inc Index 201 border highlight 54 border opacity 54 border options 54 border shapes 54 border width 54 borders 132 brightness 54 Buckets 101 build history 186 C calculation modes 54 candid images 48 candid page 141 candid pages 18 canvas 2 canvas background 54 canvas text 80 catalogue 101 categories 101 center X Y 54 centered text 80 changing a portrait image 142 changing information about the students 142 chapters in book manager 29 circle frames 54 class composite 181 class photo 175 classroom 181 clipart 132 clipart collection 132 cloud storage 18 color image effects 54 color blocking 54 color blocks 54 color burn image effects 54 color dodge i
143. arbook publishing company A remote storage license allows you to save to the cloud to the LumaPix server This feature enables file sharing within FotoFusion without dependence on a local network storage For instance members of a yearbook committee can work from home in the school or at any location with wifi access sharing project files from their folder on the server Remote storage is currently unavailable to non YearbookFusion licensees If both local and remote storage are available to you you will see the following options when you save or load a project FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT 9 FotoFusion Save Project To save to your local drive a local network or an external storage device choose Locally b Please select save location The project you are saving can be saved either on a local or To save to a shared space on the LumaPix network storage ATA E O E E ee server choose Remote Storage Anyone activated with Please select the proper location d e your YearbookFusion user id will be able to see the project Locally and your yearbook printing company as well No other Your project will be saved on a local drive or on the local user group or users on unactivated software cannot access network your files Remote Storage Save on network location provided by your publisher You can make subfolders right mouse select inside the preview area to organize your project into sections Cancel Retur
144. arnings about text outside the frame when rendering to PDF fixed e 27988 Silent failure when loading project created with text frame created by dragging font into canvas fixed e 28066 Line breaks after text contents not working correctly fixed e 28261 Text not appearing on canvas at load time fixed e 28267 Old projects claim that Arial is missing fixed e 28417 Missing font reported when it is not missing fixed e 28530 Issues with text presets factory presets fixes e 28541 Last character in italic bold text sometimes cropped against text frame fixed e 28591 Setting text as bold produces odd black mark fixed e 28625 Dragging on T in toolbox does not trigger resize to fit fixed e 28730 Text not resizing correctly fixed e 28918 Text properties changed after copy paste fixed e 28744 Text alignment reset after inter line spacing is modified fixed e 29037 Copy paste affects inter character spacing fixed e 29078 Center aligned text is not center aligned under certain circumstances fixed e 29093 Text isn t correct size after undo fixed e 29176 29268 Fonts appear as arial fixed e 29300 Bad refresh after saving text presets fixed e 29304 Canvas text is drawn without anti aliasing fixed e 29330 Kerning in PDF vector output improved e 29429 Text on frame not resized correctly when using snappers in ruler fixed e 29471 29409 Some fonts do not work in panels fixed e 29472 Tex
145. at failing open the index txt file in a Notepad type document and see if there are any special characters between the data fields If so then type that character into the Other empty field and select it Text Qualifier If your data is represented with single or double quotes around the text type this character into the Text Qualifier box The quotes will be stripped from the data table l Ignore header line Check this ONLY if you see any headers titles above the columns in the table of data Duplicates Replace School in Database Integrate with Existing Database Append to Existing Database The Duplicates section provides rules for subsequent PSPA CD imports If this is your first import or you are changing data sets leave it as replace school in database If you are merging a second batch of portraits eg retakes or a 2nd set of images then select Integrate with existing database or append if the file numbers have been restarted 00001 Attribute Set School ka Most users will only see School and Church as the default attribute set choices An attribute refers to a category that can contain information associated with the image files For instance a school will have attributes such as grade teacher home room first name and last name while a Church set will include contact info family names and personal information Other attribute set can be created for specialized use such sports team
146. at floats over your canvas It defines a smaller area of the canvas that can be transposed onto another area of your project It specifies a segment number This feature is useful for working with a template page which can then be reassembled a printer friendly page copied multiple times or to assist working with an awkward orientation Printer Page Segments Suppose that we want to print a 16x12 collage but have a printer that can print only print 8 5x11 paper To begin click on VIEW on the menu then select Show Printer Segments If no segments have been created FotoFusion will offer to create segments to cover the page OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING 115 Xo This will create a set of printer page segments to cover the image with a grid of pages on Em E tp F Ey B i mar p a In this example there are 6 page segments all of which can be adjusted like a normal frame to assure that the printer segments will fall in the best possible place for reassembling the larger puzzle The red Oval in the image above suggest a segment that should be move slightly to the right along the border edge of the large image of the bride The layout can now be printed the portion of the collage covered by each printer page segment will be printed separately and the individual pieces will line up correctly Below is page one of the entire composition Note that the crop lines and full bleed for each segment of the imag
147. ating an attractive border around your images You can move images and text outside of the Safe guidelines for instance if you were trying to achieve a jumbled off the page look or have applied an image across the gutter of two pages Don t place text frames over the safe if you want the text to be read comfortably and don t put meaningful parts of an image on or over the line eg a face Even if you are printing on a desktop print you may want to add Safe guideline to help you make a more attractive layout with a margin around the edges of your page Safe guidelines are added via the Canvas Settings editor see below or are pre programmed into the manufacturer s preset sizes A Bleed guideline is marked in red on the canvas The line does not appear on finished printouts or renders The bleed value increases the overall size of your page because it is intended as adding padding to trim off during the printing process The Bleed guideline falls exactly on the trim edge of the finished page Note that on the ruler the canvas size extends below the 0 mark Pro printing companies who print multiple pages on a roll or a large sheet will use Bleed guides to ensure there is a little extra room when trimming the pages extending the background outside the trim area so no white paper will be showing at the edge Generally you would only apply Bleed guidelines to your canvas if specifically directed by a pro printing company or
148. be reshaped without stretching and multi layer elements Integrated online content library Search and download from an ever growing database of elements templates and complete projects Improved User Interface A system of pop up windows bring searches image folders and other image sources to your fingertips Starting points make it easier to begin projects with a particular project type in mind PSD and PDF Export In addition to JPG PNG TIF BMP and GIF FotoFusion can now export to multi page PDF and if the content contains no downloaded dotScrap content as layers in a PSD file for further work in Photoshop and other editing tools Red Eye Removal Easily remove Red Eye from pictures without relying on external tools Default handling Changes to frame borders text attributes etc can automatically update the default settings which are applied when new frames and text are created Improved Autocollage AutoCollages can be ordered by file name file date exif date or randomized Images can be made to fit a grid or preserve their original aspect ratios even if this leaves gaps between images Organizer Find your images faster with a completely rewritten Image Organizer with support for sorting keywords and direct folder access Rate your images attach keywords put them into categories and search by any criteria Grouping Select several objects and group them to be manipulated as a unit with or without direct access to the group members Tre
149. book panels 22676 e Copy Paste frames onto panel pages no reflow happens 22679 e Advanced text causes insta crash under windows 7 23144 e Insert project opens instead of appending 23147 e Cont d text gets added to editor box Causes doubling of Cont d text 23137 e Teacher Name Cont d for the first page of the group 23139 e Panels lost on controlling cols rows by the sliders 23143 e Rendered output from v4 6 noticeably worse than v3 7 23165 Released January 29 2010 Version 4 6 build 63326 Bugs fixed e Rows inappropriately knocked out when featuring a teacher 23058 e Clicking on a group switches to selected group panel page 23060 Autoselection panel features leading to problems with the panel 23064 Released January 21 2010 Version 4 6 build 63307 Features e Major speed improvements when loading saving existing projects more to come e Improvements to the Panel bar which reacts more intelligently e Support featured photo in header of grouped yearbook panels e g teacher 15412 e Update installer to allow totally non admin installation 19336 e Changes to header text not reflected in con t headers 22973 e Show headers even if the panels are not grouped 23006 e Headers should not be disabled if only one group 22726 e Able to change panel grouping non destructively 15862 Bugs fixed e Update Loop after Installation rare 22488 Knockouts frames show on rendered page 21972 e Images not showing at rand
150. by their teacher s name and turn off the Enable button They will disappear from the panel set turn off Page Breaks between panels To save space maybe you would like all the Grade 4s to run one after the other Select their teachers say Darroch Germain and Stalwick in this case and turn off the Page Break button Now the Germain class will start on the same page as the last line of the Darroch class and the Stalwick class will start right following the Germain class Note If you sort by Grade you may need to move the groups around a bit Computers are rather literal about the way they understand ordering they doesn t understand that a grade marked as PreK comes before Kindergarten which comes before Grade 1 which is before Grade 10 Computers use strict alphabetical ordering numbers proceed letters and numbers are read alphabetically As a result you may see a populate by grade that looks like this 1 10 11 12 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 K PreK If this occurs select one of more groups and bump them into the correct order with the side arrows next to the list PreK to the first position then K then move down 10 12 to the bottom In a few clicks all will be as expected YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES 169 Sorting options Sorting allows you to organize the panels internal to the grouping If you have used the Make Into feature most of your prioritization work will have been done os Priority le
151. ccasional issues with store content looking blurry now resolved 4162 e Smart frames dropped on existing frames now always apply correctly 10622 Licensing issues e Repeated reactivation should no longer occur 14243 e Numerous issues with licensing and available features have been repaired Vista weirdness e Stuff you simply don t want to know about like virtual stores and virtual registry entries cleaned up 15452 YearbookFusion Exclusive Features LumaPix is pleased to announce the release of YearbookFusion a new version of FotoFusion designed for schools and church groups and intended for distribution by yearbook publishers Features include e PSPA CD import with support for custom fields e Customizable class panels grids of images text tags e Free yearbook templates and clip art e Direct project upload to publisher with predefined output options e Publisher specific page sizes e Publisher specific branding Publishers interested in distributing YearbookFusion are invited to contact LumaPix for more detail Released December 17 2008 Version 4 3 build 51083 amp 51564 FEATURE e special release build for SEI paper digital bundle not web released Released August 29 amp Sept 18 2008 Version 4 3 build 50848 FIXED BUGS e 15063 Crash when accessing auto flipped images folder e 13672 UI tweaks for better display under Windows Vista Released August 19 2008 Version 4 3 build 49690 FEATURES e License specific Welcome Page e Batch
152. ckground image Click on the Buckels hover button to access your pre sorted images and add them to your canvas Add text downloaded graphic embellishments Next Steps e Save your work e Create a proof for the client You may wish to consider using Overlay Image Info image info to the project to show the file name or frame number You may also wish to watermark your project e Edit your project When the client returns feedback reopen your album and make the requested changes Swap images quickly from one frame to another Replace images entirely by searching through your keywords and categories to find the series of images you need e Send your project to the printers Render your work at 300 dpi or as instructed by your printer of choice and send the files to them in their prescribed manner Note that you can produce alternative sizes of the album through the Project Settings e Relax the job is done or go shoot an extra job with all the time you ve saved YEARBOOK PROJECT MANAGEMENT What is a Yearbook Yearbooks and directories are usually composed of two kinds of pages panel pages and candid pages Panel pages are what makes a yearbook different from a regular photo book and are only enabled by using a YearbookFusion license provided by a yearbook publishing company Yearbook features are not available with Enhanced and Extreme licenses A panel page is the standard presentation style for portraits It con
153. computer accidentally You will be able to see who has the project locked by trying to open it their nickname will appear Saving to Remote Storage can take some time because you are uploading the project and every image contained within it The speed of the transfer depends on your internet connection and local network traffic 22 FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT Sharing Images on the Yearbook Gallery YearbookFusion licenses with remote storage may use the Salen hover to share images To add images directly to the Gallery click on the ADD IMAGES button This will open a standard browse type window to navigate to any folder available to your computer Select one image or hold the Control key and select multiple images When done choose OPEN to start the upload process _ Look in di Classroom i ny Recent Places Desktop al Libraries A Computer A Fotolia_361417_L jp Fotolia_982068_ Fotolia_1105646_ Fotolia_2901863_ ee igs it amp Te Fotolia_4034450_ Fotolia_4443530_ Fotolia_4486614_ Fotolia_4506112 File name Files of type When the upload is complete the image thumbnail will appear The image is now ready to be used in a Gallery PR S YBFUserBo3 Add Images Je a Fotolia S82068 Upkading Pending D kis Fototia_ 1105546 Fotolia 2301253 Fotolia 4024450 Fotolia 4443530 project and is available for all other users at your schoo
154. d with the PSPA database Group by No Grouping Ed Sort by By default no grouping options are set Mo Marre Click on the Group by drop box to choose which field will be used to group your panel It is important to consider that the Header text will display the information in this field Most of the time choosing the TEACHER GRADE or HOMEROOM field will sort your panel in a useful way You can choose to sort these groups by another field next so for instance group all the panels by the Teacher but sort them by grade This way all the Grade 4s will appear together organized by their classroom teacher 168 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES Here is an example of a Panel Gan ee i ping Sorting grouping Notice how all the group s ET a associated labels appears below the Group by Teacher we grouping options pele Grade Tel Click on one of the names in the Darroch ES group list or hold the Ctrl key on Germain ial your keyboard and select more than see Savage You will now be able to Lavall e H hert liaii e use the up and down arrow keys to move one or more groups to a different position in the panel set For instance maybe the graduating classes need to appear at the front of the book select their groups and use the up arrow to advance them past all the undergrad groups turn off a group Maybe your graduating class shouldn t appear in this panel set In this example select these groups
155. darker and the bright points brighter e Gamma Changing the gamma controls both the contrast and the brightness in relation to one another Blur Blurriness can be used to create a sensation of depth of field making a background image blurry will give the viewer the impression that a foreground image is floating in front of it Black amp White and Sepiatone Move the Black amp White and Sepiatone sliders to adjust the amount of these two effects your pictures will desaturate and look older as you bring these controls to the right RGB The R G and B sliders give you direct control over the color of your image For the technically minded these controls are offsetting the red green and blue color curves for the image 58 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT AS Ceg e lt a Ff E ja 5 fOrigiral l Half opacity OG ea aw ae jo PO me 25 i P D y4 a Jag Eronen 4 Tae re Cour F J ina ah vds ai k Va 7 PN 1 AN ee ke a A iBlack and white Photo by David Ziser Drop Photo Here can be turned off to create an empty frame useful for a color block You will not be able to accidentally drop an image into the frame if this check box is off See below to learn how to use the Fill tab to add color to a frame Image 2 gt x General Breas Fm 1 Angle 0 Contrast 1 Blur 0 Sepia 1 B C Drop Fhoto Here when empty Invert Bottom right frame is selected drop photo here is turn
156. dd mattes by saving 100 white on 100 black shapes as jpg then tag them as Type Parts Mattes ORGANIZE SORT SEARCH amp TAG 105 OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING The t tab is available to most Enhanced amp Extreme users and some YearbookFusion users Selecting the tab will display the available options V Output t To File To Printer To Web Album To My Website To Email Output Under E a f you will find up to five options e to a file choose this to create a flattened version of your project which can then be sent to a printing company e to a printer choose this to print from a local printer e to a web album choose this to upload your project to the LumaPix server in a sharable slide show type format e to your web site choose this to create an html version of your pages which can be posted on your website e to email choose this to send html previews embedded into an email Output allows you to send completed projects to others for printing or proofing You cannot transfer a FotoFusion file Saved as scrap from one computer to another to a printing facility or to another person s computer FotoFusion needs to maintain the links between your images and the project file in order to work Using the output tab to render your files to universally acceptable file formats will allow you to transfer your finished products to others in an non editable
157. deleted as you type fixed e 29614 zip doc zip files treated as folders fixed e 29136 Show Mac friendly file system for file open amp file save e 24635 PSPA import file browser e 28675 locate missing images tree e 29612 expose mac drives directly under devices not under drives fixed e 29351 Typing enter closes Slider but acts like cancel fixed e 29366 Locate missing images browser reveals only scrap files instead of images fixed e 29422 Projects sometimes invisible after saving into My Collages fixed e 29283 Cannot import PSPA photos to default location fixed e 29219 Significant lag for text tag menu to appear fixed e 29164 Python errors on application startup fixed e 29123 File Save is not pointing at any folder fixed e 29616 a for aspect ratio not working on Mac fixed e 29191 24629 ICC Profile is not valid error message when rendering to PSD fixed e 29425 Frame border color not refreshing in dialogs fixed e 29445 Dragging pages in page hover adds new pages fixed e 29448 Page numbers not updating correctly when moving pages fixed e 29462 Font list shows black boxes for some fonts fixed e 29595 Focus issue preventing editing text with double click fixed Support for tasks Composite function This release includes building blocks that will support a future school composite toolset e 29393 29392 29395 29400 Support for tasks added I am building a co
158. directories For instance a sports team will have team numbers position played and stats __ Manage Custom Fields Custom Fielde d allows you to add attributes or create a new attribute set Attributes are data fields or categories that can be linked to your image files For example you may wish to add Clubs as a data field linked to your images or create an entirely new attribute set e g Church To learn more consult the next section If the data import appears to be correct then click on IMPORT va 146 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES FotoFusion may offer a suggestion about your data import at this stage or display an error eg missing image Data related errors can be fixed later missing image errors need to be fixed before the import can be completed Verify the index open it in a spreadsheet software like Excel and make sure the file names match the portrait image file names Once the import starts you will be prompted to provide a folder location where the images will be imported It is preferable to do so on your local C drive to avoid problems with interruptions of network connectivity or a USB drive which can be unplugged under 3 under the School tab The School tab allows you to view and edit the information in your database import If there is no database attached to the current project it will be empty YEARBOOK PUBLISH a 2 Buckets 4 Properties aaa aces liad A ee ee
159. ditor toolbox or dropper ESC CSO Assign selected image s to corresponding bucket in Organizer EEE Shift left mouse down and drag Shift left mouse down and drag a Z left mouse down and drag Z left mouse down and drag Zoomot O O O OSO S S s C C C C C C C C CCCCCCSd SHAM U y S 3 Addanewblankpage 0d reinsert amp Make a clone of a page o o tr Shift Insert ooo e O _Select all items on canvas or in a hover __ Cta o da Move to the previous page Pageup o o OS in editor all attributes applied across multi page project Pick up selected objects with the dropper o B Shift left mouse click in dropper Shift left mouse click in dropper Ctrl left mouse click in dropper 36 left mouse click in dropper Or a ees Turn dropper on to add images to canvas Change thumbnail size hovers dropper preview organizer preview Ctrl mouse wheel 36 two finger mouse scroll f left mouse button down and drag f left mouse button down and drag Draw a new text frame t left mouse button down and drag left mouse button down and drag Add a blank image frame Insert or ctrl shift f 2 shift f Add a blank text frame Ctrl shift t 3 shift t Aspectratioon off A Merge selected frames oZ oZ A e O _Spin rotate the selected frame left O O ooo h o O _Spin rotate the selected
160. dow instead of inside FotoFusion Gallery Bug Fixes e 31132 Uploaded Black amp White JPGs go missing fixed e 31143 Ampersands in filenames not handled gracefully fixed e 31038 Drag drop from the Gallery to the canvas produces grey frame fixed e 31033 30763 30952 Various Gallery issues fixed Persistence Fixes e 31148 31149 30989 31097 31116 Errors caused by loading local project while remote content continues to download fixed e 31041 31077 31080 Re opened local project shows checkerboard or 0 by 0 page fixed e 30758 30760 Project corruption detected by Remote Storage validation fixed e 31154 31159 Saving during crash restore project corruption fixed e 31142 Validation by Remote Storage ignored by client fixed e 31157 Potentially missing Images in local project not reported to user fixed e 31098 Local PSPA cache corruption fixed e 31161 Lingering reference to network drive leads to corruption after crash restore fixed e 31055 Saving project with PSPA database to Remote Storage fails fixed e 31214 Saves to a restored archive are lost fixed e 31174 Crash restore not restoring clip art fixed e 30419 Saved projects now include all font information Yearbook fixes e 31302 31228 Renumber Frames option for Yearbook projects causes issues fixed e 31204 Relinking multiple database image to same image produces trouble Fixed e 31205 Adding an already in the database image to the database produces odd results fi
161. e CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 53 frame Another way of describing this is that the frame s aspect ratio length to width ratio is unlocked You can change the frame type by right mouse selecting your image frame then selecting Image gt Type If you want to lock the aspect ratio of any frame so it will no longer resize out of proportion select the frame and hit A on your keyboard Resizing and moving images and text as a group You can resize a selection of frames at the same time maintaining their relative position to each other Multiselect any images on your canvas and then type G on your keyboard or right mouse select the selection and choose Position gt Group For example here is a canvas filled with autocollaged images Select all the images then group them Hit G on the keyboard There will now be ONE set of handles for the entire selection 54 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT Use the handles to resize the selection and the rotation handle to reposition You can toggle the lock aspect ratio option by hitting A on your keyboard so the group will resize porportionally os oe To ungroup the selection right mouse select it choose Position gt Group gt Ungroup or use the keyboard shortcut Ctri Shift G 4t 344 3 4 l IMAGE FRAMES Adding Images to Your Project Images can be dropped onto a blank space on the canvas or i
162. e 1 Premium 73 Purchases W Embellishments 79 items T decorations In this example a search for all Embellishments ANS Decorations with the keyword flower yielded meray Anniversary 2Q several results 3 Blue Jelly Floral Blueberry Vine LumaPix D Plate SEI BP Dancing Dahlia From the Organize tab The Organize tab allows you to search for content in the same manner as the general Search hover Click on the SEARCH tab and use keywords and type to locate available materials Their ownership status free premium purchased mine will not be displayed in this view GRAPHIC RESOURCES amp TEMPLATES 135 Xs Q Source Search Keyword Search sport Source LumaPix Store v Type Templates v Publisher Everything v Baby General 01 nemp General 02 Baby General 03 Catch The Wave LeagueYearbook Magazine Covers Magazine Covers Magazine Covers Magazine Covers LumaPix Template wel Template LumaPix Template na Loner Perea Template Play LumaPix Sk8ter LumaPix Sports Unlimited L UOMO LumaPi i E yp l ba Magazine Covers Memory Sport Mate 01 Memory Sport Mate 02 Memory Sport Mate 03 Memory Sport Mate 04 Memory Sport Mate 05 Memory Sport Mate 06 Memory Sport Mate 07 Memory Sport Mate 08 Winter Sports Lu LumaPix Template LumaPix Template LumaPix Template LumaPix Template LumaPix Template Lu
163. e define the features of the new property can delete to remove it multiline to allow for more than one entry in the field and empty allowed to allow for blank no data Under Input type choose the sort of data you expect to see text numbers or a list of choices When you click on Choices a new box becomes available to add a list of choices In this case we will add choices because there are a limited number of options available Custom Attribute Options EJ Custom attribute property name House Griffindor Hufflepuff Ravendaw Type E Input Type Can Delete A i Text E C Numeric laf Empty Allowed pty Choices OK Cancel When you have finished adding the information click OK to save the new attribute It will appear on the list of Attribute Properties Use the arrows on the side to reorder where the attribute will appear on the list YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES 157 Manage Attributes amp s Select Attribute Set School New Alrite Set Load Attribute Set Remove Attribute Set Attribute Properties Attribute Type Multiline Delete Edit Empty Allowed Volume Hame tent no no peg no Image Folder tert no nO nO nO Image File Name text na na na no E p Grade bev nO nO pes FG E Last Mame tent no no peg rno First Name text na na yes no Teacher tert nO nO pes no Track tent no no Wes n Department test no ho Wes no i
164. e Do NOT move the image files to a new folder e If your project images are on a cd memory stick or other external memory device ensure that this device is plugged in before reopening a saved project e If your project is saved in on a network eg a computer lab ensure that the photos are available in a folder that any computer using FotoFusion on the network can see the folder with the name folder path CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 49 If you make a project on Computer A with photos saved locally to your C drive then save your project to a shared network folder then reopen the project on Computer B the photos will be marked as missing If you do get a Missing Images warning you can reconnect the images by clicking on TOOLS on the menu and then choosing LOCATE MISSING IMAGES Read more in this manual about the correct procedures to move projects from one computer to another and how to repair missing images Adding Empty Frames An image frame will automatically be created if you drag and drop an image onto your canvas You can also choose to draw empty frames text image to predesign your layout then populate it with images or add colors and textures To add an empty frame to your canvas hit INSERT on your keyboard then choose Image Frame or Text Frame Windows computers only OR click on the Create Empty Frame button on the toolbar Image Frame Text Frame Group Frame e or hold the F key for an
165. e Sep FI Fa Ye D a images Buckets Search Panel 33 gt We ee F You can also click on the File menu to choose IMPORT PSPA CD A standard browse window will open Navigate to your CD drive you will see something resembling this window perhaps with fewer folders or different file names Find the file named INDEX TXT and open it located just outside the folder s holding your portrait 144 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES images This is the data file that links information about the members of your school to their portraits Look irr YearbookPSPAS ample amp f B o 016 E Info TXT Desktop onz 017 003 ois 004 019 My Computer co ee ozn 006 071 B7 ozz Y 008 023 My Network iQ an9 6024 Places oto 025 a o 026 C Local Disk Sjo12 027 Gus oz 014 maza E a D DVD RAM Bos Drive Piene Files oftype PSPAIndexFiles TXT v Cea FotoFusion will then display the Import window Invert HSH ed Schook Brossard Middle School Year 2008 Delirniter Duplicates Replace School in Database Ignore header line Tab 49 records found O Comma Other Teide Volume Name Integrate with Existing Database Append to Existing Database Separator i Attribute Set School Last Name A Image Folder Image File Name Grade Yearbook Yearbook Yearbook Yearbook Yearbook
166. e Third party font managers now supported e Right to left text Hebrew Arabic etc now supported e New do not exceed text bounding option prevents text from clipping Font licensing info displays font name e Canvas text can convert to matte Enhanced Extreme only Identification e Page Numbering now supported Extreme only e Pages can be renamed in page hover Extreme only e Page Name option added to text tags list e Overlay Image Info added to Printing options e Opacity added to Watermark output options e Automatic cleanup of frame numbers enabled FIXED BUGS Project Management e Tree view properly reflects all canvas elements including grouped items e Tree options cleaned up e New keywords recognized by organizer immediately e Sort by date works in Organizer works for Marketplace content e Autocollage wizard will not include avi files e Multiple bucket renaming in Organizer correctly reflected in Create screen bucket hover Data Management e Saving template over itself as new project now works as expected e Memory fragmentation issue resolved Editing Accidental tiny frame creation prevented e Tinted png mattes behave as expected e V3 mattes supported correctly e Removing canvas image now defaults to white not transparent e Duplicate copies of smart frames no longer blurry e Image list go to page feature behaves as expected when page order size altered e Smart frames dropped on image will apply to image instead of creating a new frame e Frame size p
167. e View Your project can be viewed as a tree structure allowing you to access partially occluded objects and edit grouped objects with ease Page Size Improvements Project pages can now be identified as cameo images two page spreads or sides within an album Sides have asymmetrical gutter edge top bottom control over bleed and safe areas Album page counts take page types into account Color Space Tagging If you shoot Adobe RGB FotoFusion can pass your images through and tag the results as Adobe RGB The results will look correct when printed and rendered as Adobe RGB images Version 4 is launched Version 4 represents a major revolution not just for the FotoFusion story but for digital and paper scrapbooking Pro Photographers will not be disappointed by multiple new features designed to help improve productivity and output options Paper Digital Templates The dotScrap Alliance is a new Scrapbooking industry consortium based around FotoFusion including K amp Company Creative Imaginations Daisy D s Westrim KI Memories L il Davis Scrapbook com ScrapJazz com MyCliqueTV and more Paper kits found in retail stores that are marked with dotScrap Ready have easily downloaded FotoFusion templates to make the paper kits even 198 UPDATE HISTORY easier to work with Smart content Work with intelligent graphical objects that act the way you expect envelopes that hold images paper clips and pins that hold paper frames that can be reshap
168. e default border around the autocollaged set of images Autocollage AH 0 Generate s new collage from a setot images or resnmange the cunment collage if open sleady Creative Effects Sorting Shadows Sort by Borders Don t Sort w _ Jumble Maintain Aspect _ Sparse Reverse Backdrop Include images in Bucket 1 Preserve frame settings J Respect Center Line AUTOTOOLS 95 Jumble Scatter the autocollage set of images at an angle The autojumble button on the toolbar also enables this feature Auto Sparse leaves blank area around the images a Preserve frame settings Keep custom border and image effects when autocollage is selected Sorting options include the ability to make autocollages organized by file name or the time the image was produced Maintain aspect ratio will not reframe the images from their full size Reverse changes the sorting order eg Z to A or last to first Include Images in Bucket 1 Autocollages preorganized images Respect Center Line On double spreads the gutter line is avoided no images overlap it 96 AUTOTOOLS A The AutoCollage Wizard If you are focussed on an empty canvas a page without images the g autocollage button 54 will launch the autocollage wizard Or start a new project go to the Start Tab choose New Project then select Autocollage Either method will launch the AutoCollage wizard
169. e graphic content If you are usually online you will not need to download the graphic content This will save disk space on your system FotoFusion will call up the high resolution information when required at the time of rendering your work GRAPHIC RESOURCES amp TEMPLATES 139 If you need to access graphic content while your computer is offline ee Source Search Click on the E Organize tab I Ke TEE e oaee At the top left corner click on the SEARCH tab Rens _ Locate the material you are looking Source Everything s Ior Type Everything OR Publisher Everything il Click on the L551 hover and locate the material via keyword and or type Clear Search Once you have located the material Download and Open you are searching for right mouse Download and Append down on the thumbnail Download and Apply From the list of options select Download Store Content Download Store Content Download Store Content replace already downloaded content The material will download to your local system This may take a while depending on your internet connection and the size project you have selected The next time you use FotoFusion online or offline the material you have downloaded will be available for immediate use in high resolution Note This material cannot be transferred from an online machine to an offline machine even if it is archived Troubleshooting If y
170. e information associated with it will be displayed in Properties Multiple images can be selected only data common to the selection will appear under Properties Data can be changed under Properties either by typing directly into the field eg correcting a typo in a last name or by using the drop down boxes eg assigning a student to a preexisting 4 PROPERTIES If an image is selected in the preview area the data that is associated with it will be displayed in Properties Multiple images can be selected only data common to the selection will appear under Properties Data can be changed under Properties either by typing directly into the field eg correcting a typo in a last name or by using the drop down boxes eg assigning a student to a preexisting grade or teacher grade or teacher Step 2 Editing the Portrait Database After importing your PSPA CD FotoFusion may show an error message indicating that there is incomplete data related to certain images and to prompt you to fix it Typically missing information includes first and last names grades teachers and departments If the information is not fixed there may be errors in your panels such as excluding individuals from the panels Here is an example of a message received after importing Collage 365 records imported students were missing first or last namas The images have been placed in bucket 1 1 students were missing grade information The images have been p
171. e installed font available on your system will be displayed in the font Text e x drop box FotoFusion only adds one font to your system so if you are using FotoFusion on more than one computer you will see different font options unless the two machines are completely identical Same operating system Iversion exactly the same software Gabriola Sepnols _ _ Text appearance options choose among the available fonts the size and 29 Resize to Fit p the resizing options TEE 3b ee e Resize to fit will dynamically resize your text size when you resize the eha us text frame itself E awe a e Lock and clip will freeze the text size allowing it to be cut off if the hil Thickness frame is shrunk smaller than the text content H e Do not exceed will allow the text size to shrink if the frame is made smaller but never grow past the indicated font size You can also add Bold e Italic Underline and Superscript options to all or selected portions of your text Fill Edge Alignment Color options Click on the color swatches to change the interior color and the edge border color of the text Use the eyedropper icon to select a color from the canvas itself or click on either of the color gradients to pick a color 84 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT Fill Edge 162 219 198 000 deg oo ao To make the edge border show change
172. e manager of the final assembled book It is recommended to have a panel specialist to streamline the process of making panel pages assign tasks to committee members photography page design proof reading etc determine where images and project files will be saved and how they will be exchanged among assemble the finished book into a single master project Each team member may have one or more sections assigned to them with an expected page count for each section This is particularly important if the yearbook is limited to a specific number of pages by the 20 FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT publisher Note if the publisher has set a target page count you will see it displayed in the bottom of the Create screen warning if you are over or under your page count limit The members of the committee can all work on separate mini projects saved under separate file names These projects can be sent to the yearbook manager The yearbook manager will be able to insert the smaller projects into the final project the one containing the panel pages and order the pages accordingly A project map helps immensely your book needs a plan in order to get it done Here is sample grid of how a yearbook project might be managed Design your own grid to suit your yearbook team and work flow Chapter Assigned to Rec d Ap d Panels master project wa ica cd Feb 15 10 determined Admin greeting principal ee ais Net Ybk Candids Staff Feb
173. e news Scan or photograph the headline and add it as a ripped banner Don t add the whole article unless you have permission from the publication to do so An Important Notice about Copyright FotoFusion is packaged with a myriad of graphic resources These are free for you to use in your book without restriction Images provided by your yearbook company and candid images taken by staff students and parents that are given to you are appropriate for use in your book Similarly art work and photos made by students or staff with consent of the individual teacher or student can be used Images from other sources including those downloaded from the web from sites such as newspapers Flickr Google image searches stock photo sites corporate logos reproductions of works of art celebrity photos registered trademarks eg cartoon characters and other sites cannot and should not to be included in your yearbook Distribution rights are necessary to use images that have not been specifically provided to your school for use in the yearbook and selling yearbooks containing these images could S FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT 29 X H result in serious legal problems for your school Yearbooks are a commercial production and require special licensing to use images created by others BOOK MANAGER YearbookFusion only Book Manager is an add on license available for some YearbookFusion users as provided by your yearbook company
174. e sessions Bug Fixes e Many fixes to improve stability and reliability Cases resolved 165 1080 1407 1680 4138 7859 9677 13145 14705 15752 16225 17064 18027 20323 20333 20791 21049 21145 21239 21263 21370 21614 21763 21884 21885 21910 21915 21939 21953 22154 22159 22163 22199 22259 22272 22284 22288 22290 22305 22340 22366 22385 22402 22470 22497 22510 22526 22552 22593 22596 22603 22616 22619 22621 22643 22721 22911 22931 22953 23025 23028 23036 23041 23050 23067 23068 23085 23088 23102 23103 23110 23111 23162 23175 23185 23195 23205 23227 23245 23252 23263 23288 23293 23301 23315 23324 23327 23331 23339 23340 23364 23376 23391 23399 23400 23402 23405 23406 23410 23442 23466 23479 23520 23525 23526 23527 23529 23540 23547 23554 23561 23567 23604 23616 23620 23621 23624 23646 23648 23653 23655 23664 23668 23669 23680 23681 23682 23683 23689 23697 23699 23707 23714 23721 23729 23730 23751 23762 23783 23789 23802 23809 23810 23812 23821 23826 23831 23832 23833 23847 23868 23873 23884 23888 23897 23900 23902 23903 23925 23933 23941 23944 23964 23965 23976 23985 24024 24036 24039 24042 24053 24055 24062 24069 24080 24101 24107 24108 24112 24151 24153 24195 24209 24211 24230 24251 24274 24276 24279 24318 24368 24372 24381 24434 24462 24465 24568 24668 24669 24670 24674 24675 24714 24715 24731 24758 24770 24771 24775 24828 24856 24858 24878 24890 24891 24908 24934 24946 24954 24956 24960 24964 24969 24971 24979 24997 24999 25004 25005 25039 25047 25098 25107 25109 25177
175. e text that will be shown in a tooltip when the recipient rolls their mouse over the banner The Place Banner Outside Collage checkbox allows you to control whether the banner will lie inside or outside of the embedded collage Email amp Publishing to Web Themes FotoFusion allows you to modify the templates used by Email and HTML publishing to get a look that matches your web site or personal preferences FotoFusion is bundled with several themes which can be changed on the Watermark Banner Theme tab The theme will change the way your output is displayed adding background color and borders around your images To change the theme click on the combo box in the Watermark Banners Theme tab under the Email or Publishing tabs OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING 127 Album Preview Black with Grey Frames Contact Sheet Minimalist Standard Three themes Black with Grey Frames Minimalist and Standard provide simple aesthetic choices for the way your work will look The Album Preview theme is useful for multi page albums as it includes page thumbnails at the top of the email The Contact Sheet theme is useful to all users Instead of rendering a collage all images on your canvas will be arranged cleanly into thumbnails with file information Note you need to have Include Scaled down Original Images checked to produce contact sheet style info irene heh Tump Bn irrin E fah Creating your own theme FotoFusion
176. e what section will fill the page For example here is a view of a Pages hover that shows a book mapped out into sections corn messages roast Principal ii i Grade 2 Grade 3 rade 5 Safety Wint Visit from Pan hirer care hana 5 Kindergarten candids candids i Fall First day Santa Artfest Soccer rincipal candi Sally hair Gay Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 Page 5 Page 6 Page 7 Page 8 Page 9 Page 10 Page 11 Page 12 Page 13 Page 14 Page 15 Page 16 Page 17 Page 18 Pag WW p Once this work is done you only need to choose the photos to fill the pages Tip 2 Consistent Styling Well desinged yearbooks use color font and style to create a look just like a magazine A book can carry a consistent look across the entirety of its pages preferable for small books or across sections within the book Define sections with a common background texture and color Use one common background across all panel pages or at least across each grade The color will distinguish the sections from one another Also use a consistent border size color across sections Avoid making your book a rainbow of colors on each page this distracts from the photos and most people will not find it appealing Pick three colors and reuse this across the book along with neutrals white black grey beige tan Pick one font for all titles headers and another font for body text meaning paragraphs of text Don t leave your text in standard
177. e will be printed correctly if selected To manually add page segments click on the Insert Menu item and choose Insert Printing Segment or use the hotkey Ctrl Shift P Other suggested use poster mosaics SEGMENTS are used to partitioning portions of your project for reassembly on a printer or render friendly page The example to the right is one of the Z cards available as a template from the Marketplace This template consists of a cover page shown right a template layout page and two export friendly pages and 1 printer friendly page 2 a gt 0 _ 116 OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING a The designer in this case has created a template containing empty frames so that it can be reused with new images repeatedly The page to the right shows the design page this will not be printed or exported so it can contain instruction or variations of a single template In this case both sides of the card are being designed at the same time though they will do not need to be printed or exported at the same time The canvas size of this page is not important but the size of the actual card on the page very important as this is the element that is going to be transferred to the final pages to be printed or exported To create printer page segments draw a frame drag with your mouse on the canvas while holding the S key to cover one of the regions to be transferred to a new page You can
178. eachers Support Staff into separate d s sections a Staff by department Em Students by grade All students and ue Students by grade teachers will be grouped by their grade in alphabetical order Students by teacher descenc grades Student by teacher decending grades jue All students and their teacher will be eee grouped by their teacher in alphabetical order from highest to lowest grade eg 5 4 3 2 Student by teacher All students and their teacher will be grouped by their teacher in alphabetical order in lowest to highest grade order eg 2 3 4 5 After choosing the information to be populated into the panel choose a quick pick for the Header Title and the Labels You can then make further adjustments to the way the panel looks YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES 163 Mode Mode Auto mode is the default Frames are flowed automatically Auto Manual Lock Crop across the page Manual breaking the panel into separate frames You will need Apply settings to this set of Groups Bi password from your publisher to access this because once in manual mode no changes to the database will update in your panels Locked protects the panel from further reflows or changes Rows 5 Crop mode allows you to select an image within the panels to zoom in or reposition it Columns Ba Layout Labels Beside Panel 5 Alignment Apply settings You can limit
179. earbookFusion and FotoFusion v5 Features e Spell checking Misspelled words are underlined in red Suggestions for corrections provided Important Bug fixes e Occasionally text is clipped against top edge of text frame fixed e User Preset form factors not saving correctly fixed e Issue when bouncing projects between Mac amp PC fixed Cases resolved 32353 32486 32495 21555 32532 32491 32508 32466 32481 32482 32018 32155 30882 32511 32365 32510 32297 32362 32461 32485 32509 32520 32525 32526 32531 32478 30653 32420 32257 32294 32348 32360 32403 29588 1502 32207 32469 32472 32468 32417 32265 32546 32561 released Jun 06 2012 Version 5 0 build 83607 YearbookFusion and FotoFusion v5 Bug Fixes e A few crashes have been isolated and fixed e Editing in an external tool saving correctly e Errors in rendering in very low memory situations improved Cases resolved 31864 32394 32288 32418 32444 28851 29340 32426 32440 32458 32464 released May 15 2012 Version 5 0 build 83298 New Features e Frame region now visible when drawing frames over black canvas Fixed Bugs e Issues with project structure created when appending a copy of a local project fixed e Issue with disconnected database producing grey panel frames fixed e Rendering manifest and output brought back into alignment e Page thumbnails not updating after multi page edits fixed e Undo stops working after appending template fixed Cases resolved 15625 32283 32086 32392 32395 32052 32369 32234 32352
180. ect and Threshold affects the interaction of adjacent pixels with more contrast 60 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT Background Blend Off Da Radius 275 Radius 275 Amount 1 5 Amount 1 5 Threshold 3 Image by Kent Smith Note If you plan to use FotoFusion s not destructive sharpening effects be careful not to pre sharpen your images in your image editing software Oversharpening will produce artefacts stray pixel effects that are undesirable Recommended settings Radius between 100 and 300 Amount between 1 and 5 Threshold dependent on the image itself A great use for Unsharp Mask is known as defog set the Radius 200 and the Amount to 0 5 This will increase contrast on edges to produce great contrasty looking images The Defog technique is very effective on black and white images in particular Note Be sure to zoom in on your photos when applying Unsharp Mask as applying it on a thumbnail sized image may lead you into overdoing the sharpening Image blend will affect the selected image frame itself some people refer to it as blend with self mode as if the image had been duplicated on top of itself The effects will apply to the top copy of the image The Blend Amount slider will impact the Effect layer only how it blends with the source image Unsharp Mask Radius Amount Threshold Image Blend e Blend Amount Background Blend Off Image G
181. ect to your image Note This control will apply an overall cast to the entire image Use the RGB sliders on the General tab to color correct your image Image x Background fill adds color to your frames Dial the opacity down to mute the effect General effecss Fi Change the color via the R G B controls or click on the Background Fill color chip to open the Color editor Opacity R 15 G 137 B 465 Show Tile None 0 01 Blur Select a color from the Dial down the Opacity the image will show through the spectrum or use the color eyedropper control to select a color from your project 64 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT J Ps directly r 7 Fo Ald i Pach Seca aa o eL Show Tile None Here are two examples of using color blocks to create a layout one is a template the other a completed composition The canvas background is 100 opacity with a color applied Some frames use the frame border to provide edging Others such as the purple dots are set with a reduced opacity and a matte ellipse mage General Background Fin Te 255 Gc xB 145 W Empty frameswith Background Fill gt CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 65 Na Note when making color blocks be sure to turn off the Show Drop Photo Here checkbox on Droo Phot the Image Editor Basics isian z AEAEE Se tab This will prevent Here you from dropp
182. ected in client software e 28989 Colors not refreshing in color chips when color edited fixed e 29541 Copy Settings to All Frames fails occasionally fixed e 10801 Issues when reverting smart frame to regular frame fixed e 26842 Custom mattes not showing in matte list fixed e 29640 29646 Can t set Canvas color to black fixed e 28680 28384 Page numbering custom text is not updated if the Appearance is modified fixed released August 11 2011 Version 5 0 build 76764 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac Minor stabilization release released August 4 2011 192 UPDATE HISTORY Version 5 0 build 76407 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac This is the first release of FotoFusion v5 It s available only to Mac users support for the Mac is one of the most important features which we want to support with additional new features before removing the Beta tag and making the software available on the PC side as well New features include e Mac Support FotoFusion now runs on any Intel Mac running Leopard Snow Leopard or Lion e Text In canvas WYSIWYG editing Per character text attributes Text effects blur emboss inner shade etc Text in shapes diamond circle etc e Output PDF export now supports layers and vector text e Editing Layout Mirroring Text Search find text anywhere in the project e User Interface Completely rebuilt Home Zone Rebuilt contextual menus e Stability and speed Two years of polishing performance and stabilit
183. ects 15 LumaPix clipart 132 luminosity image effects 54 2013 LumaPix Inc 204 LumaPix FotoFusion Version 5 Help MAC 1 Mac OSX 1 15 make a copy of an image 54 make into 142 make previews larger 2 make thumbnails larger 2 making abmp 107 Making a flattened file 105 making ajpg 107 making a pdf 107 making a png 107 making a psd 107 making a tif 107 making groups 160 making the grid bigger or smaller 160 making the teacher go to the front 142 Manage Custom Fields 142 management 175 managing a book 45 managing projects 15 managing your yearbook 18 manual mode 160 marketplace 132 matte 54 matte cutter 54 menu bar 2 merging frames 54 midpoint 54 mine tab 132 mirror layout 45 missing images 8 mosaic 54 Mountain Lion 1 moving files 8 moving pages 45 moving projects 8 multipage 45 175 multi page 175 multipage publish 120 multiply image effects 54 multi selected 54 My Collages 15 My Exported Collages 15 N negation image effects 54 network settings 1 networking 1 new project 2 new students 142 numbers on the frame 48 O offline status 2 online album 117 Online flipbook 117 online photo gallery 120 Online slideshow 117 Online status 2 Opacity 54 open 8 open a previous version 8 open project 2 opening 8 ordering 54 ordering frame 54 ordering the panels 160 organizer 101 142 organizing a yearbook 18 Organizing my computer 15 organizing the panel 160
184. ed in FotoFusion Enhanced amp Extreme users with large collections of graphic elements may wish to keyword and categorize their graphics to make them easier to use in FotoFusion to enable searching in the Create screen Search hovers and the Organizer Learn more in this manual in the Organizer section If you would like to make your own graphics save background textures as jpg files and clipart requiring transparency as a png file with a transparent background GRAPHIC RESOURCES amp TEMPLATES 141 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES A yearbook is composed of two types of pages A candid page is a regular layout images text A panel page is a grid style layout of labeled and decorations It may have a magazine or portraits usually organized into classroom erap ROO style to it groups grades or staff pages Mr ae Working oo Learning better Panel pages are a challenge to build by hand Portraits must be ordered by groups classroom grade rank principal teacher student and alphabetically in a particular sorting order To manage this complicated process YearbookFusion allow you to import a database associated to the portrait images The database is used to identify the name of the person what groups they belong to and how they Should be ordered relative to each other Yearbook panel features are exclusive to the YearbookFusion license which can only be obtained through a yearbook publishing company see below
185. ed off in Image editor The Effects tab hosts blending modes a series of effect that allow you to enhance your images in unique and beautiful ways Image blending modes can be applied to a single photo or mixed in with the canvas Blending mode CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 59 effects are non destructive they do not affect your source images They act as invisible overlays where the image color saturation and other properties interact with itself or with the image s behind it Preset Effects Enhanced amp Extreme users can employ a series of presets to transform images in one click Select an image on the canvas and use the drop down menu on Image Editor s Effects tab to try out different effects on your images Enjoy our Blending Mode Caf eaii pes pt Ger lt s L ant 4a ow Image by Kent Smith Custom Effects Extreme users can create their blending options and create your own recipes The possibilities are endless The effects are separated into three types Unsharp Mask Image Blend and Background Blend Unsharp mask is a powerful tool to sharpen photos Contrary to what the name may imply Sharpening does not mean restoring details to an out of focus photo Sharpening refers to the contrast difference between light and dark within an image Increase the Radius to apply the effect you will notice that brights get brighter and darks get darker Amount controls the degree of intensity of the eff
186. ed without stretching and multi layer elements that age and add realism to your photos Integrated online content library Search and download from an ever growing database of elements templates and complete projects for everyone from scrapbookers all the way up to professional photography studios Improved UI A system of pop up windows bring searches image folders and other image sources to your fingertips Starting points make it easier to begin projects with a particular project type or form factor in mind Red Eye Removal Easily remove Red Eye from pictures without relying on external tools Cease of support for direct source image composition uploading to color labs The free trial of FotoFusion v3included the ability to upload source images and compositions to pro color labs for output Support for this feature ended on March 1 2007 This change does not affect any FotoFusion users except those already making use of the feature users that print their own output render flat files for use in other programs or upload images to print bureaus using other tools are not affected by this change LumaPix regrets any inconvenience caused by this change Feedback sent to support at LumaPix dot com will be carefully considered Version 3 7 build 35975 Final Version 3 build issued Color Correction Quality Color Correction is applied before conversions to B amp W Released December 9 2006 Version 3 7 build 29421 fixes a minor bug Blur Qualit
187. enera None Unsharp Mask Radius Amount Threshold Image Blend Color Dodge inear Dodge Add Lighter Color Overlay DARKEN MODES LIGHTEN MOPES CONTRAST MODES COMPARATIVE MODES COLOR TINT MODES CALCULATION MODES CREATIVE MOPES CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 61 Note to turn off Image Blend be sure to set it to Off not to Normal gt x If the image frame is empty no photo just a drop photo here frame Image blend can be used to affect the image behind the empty frame In earlier versions of the software this was called the Use a 62 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT Image Background as Source option It allows you to apply effects on a particular area of a layout Adding a matte to the empty image frame will greatly enhance the effect Background blend effects how a frame blends with the background behind it This method is very efficient to blend textures with what is on the canvas one or many images To reduce the opacity of the effect use the opacity slider under Image Editor s General tab as you won t be able to see through the top image layer Top layer reduced opacity with Background Blend Bottom layer Try the following soft focus effect to learn how to use these custom tools 1 Drop and image on the canvas 2 Go to Image Effects 3 Change Image Blend to Normal 4 Ch
188. es button at the bottom of the Create screen to access the controls for multipage project management Dock it by clicking on the pin icon Sheet 1 Sheet 2 Sheet 3 Sheet 4 Sheet 5 Sheet 6 Sheet 7 Sheet 8 Sheet 9 Sheet 10 Sheet 11 Sheet 12 Sheet 13 Sheet 14 Sheet 15 Sheet 16 Sheet 17 Sheet 18 To add a New Page select the first icon on the left If Pages your currently selected product contains multiple page igi sizes eg album sides double page spreads covers EE you ll be able to pick which one you want YearbookFusion Lh Ei users Keep in mind that panel pages can only be made on D Album sides 46 PAGE SIZE amp PROJECT TYPES Use the Insert button to add other separately saved Pages projects templates or a new autocollage into the current g project YearbookFusion users projects each containing a AL database cannot be merged together so be sure to only Lh Ey have one project with the panel images and database Pages can be moved up and down the sequence by means of the arrow buttons YearbookFusion users candid pages can be moved in between panel pages but not vice versa To delete a page from your project select it from your Pages Hover and click delete YearbookFusion users deleting one panel page will delete all the panel pages in that set Pages can also be duplicated copied This allows you to Pages duplicate the style of one page and change the
189. es Tip combine this with the Timeline Sorting feature to make an event based book in seconds Choose the One Image per Page option to create a proof book series of pages the pages will orient themselves to the size and shape of the single image on them The Creative Enhancements and Timeline Sorting are the same features as those located on the toolbar autocollage button described above AutoCollage Wizard exe 1 Choose Images 2 Creative Options 3 Canvas Size Options Multi Page Number of Pages 120 image s per page Images per Page 120 One Image per Page Creative Enhancements A Shadows Sparse A Borders Backdrop T Jumble _ Respect Center Line Collage Title DoubleClick to Change Timeline Sorting Sort Don t Sort C Keep Aspect C Reverse 3 Canvas Size Options Choose the Form Factor Project type and or Page size for your autocollage 98 AUTOTOOLS P Page Album Side 12 x 10 lt custom gt Width Height A Resizable Orientation Opens left right v Printing Zones se e Je jf je _ eee E Je jo jf 1 S ee Hit OK to generate your autocollage pages you can leave them as they are reautocollage each page or edit the frames as you like AutoPopulate Click on the icon on the Toolbar fills all empty frames in a collage with images that are currently in the dropper or selected in the Images
190. es along the ruler edge which will allow you to resize the Generic page by dragging on the handles B 5x11 ee eee emma 6 Printing Zones s ozs fo25 025 025 Bleed E25 fo125 fo125 fo To pick a new project type click on then select a P Earra ar new project type manufacturer and size from the drop down i L J lists Form factor displays your currently selected product Changa HE F a to create your own custom size see Gases below Remove strips away the project type and manufacturer but leaves the page sizes and guidelines unaltered Printing zones allow you to modify or add safe and bleed guidelines Type a value in the first box of each row then click on the gt to transfer the value to all four sizes You can specify a separate value for the gutter edge top and bottom of the album When you are done changing your page size or type choose Apply to this Page or Apply to All like type pages or all pages in your current project PAGE SIZE amp PROJECT TYPES 43 Guidelines A Safe guideline is marked in green on the s canvas The line does not appear on finished printouts or renders All meaningful content should be kept within the margins of the Safe area This ensures that the content on your page doesn t get cut off too close to the edge or caught in a book s binding The Autocollage tool will respect the Safe guidelines which has i the effect of cre
191. es function properly again e Mac installations using Parallels work again e Reconnecting lost images finds all duplicates within a project e Ctril S with hover open will save project as expected e Compositing error on ripped smart frames fixed e Crash when rendering at very high res PSD output fixed e Cached images located on photo database will reconnect after database is moved e Uninstalled fonts can be dragged from bucket to text frame e Thumbnails in buckets drawn correctly e DotScrap memory usage reduced e Tiles dropped onto images appear in image editor tile control e multi page email index renders correctly without needing to visit all pages first e User watermarks not drawn on Email published index thumbnails e Page Segments not lost after cancelling render Released February 23 2008 Version 4 2 build 45888 FEATURES Gradients e Gradients are now supported as a matte type Enhanced Extreme Updated UI e Search hovers now categorize store items into premium free purchased mine e Metric measurements apply to all editors when user defines cm in canvas size options e Number of times used count displayed in Image lists e Color Management Select monitor and printer profiles plus rendering intent Extreme BETA Export Print Improvements e Exif page numbers respect double page spreads e Page number applied as text tag in double spreads respected on title bar output text tags e Overlay image information option overlays fi
192. ess compression produces larger but higher quality images Color profile options Extreme Under the Resolution and Quality area a drop box selection Pass through profiles unchanged and tag with selected profile OPTION 1 Convert to SRGB and Tag with sRGB This option is recommended for most users if your images are sRGB untagged or if you are using a mix of photos with various color spaces FotoFusion will convert each of the color spaces and tag the rendered file with sRGB Most pro photo labs will print your images using the sRGB color space and will process your images as if they were embedded with this color space OPTION 2 Pass through profiles unchanged and tag with common profile This option will only work if all of the photos images are using the same color space You can use this option if you shoot everything using the same color space and want a rendered collage that has the same profile You may wish to convert your layout into SRGB if your are getting your collages printed by a lab Check to see if they will only accept sRGB files OPTION 3 Pass through profiles unchanged and tag with selected profile You can use this option if you shoot everything using the same color space and want to manually choose the color space for your collage OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING 109 This option will work best if all of the photos images are using the same color space If you chose the third option click on the but
193. ess resources performance on slower machines improved Crash restore FotoFusion will attempt to restore your project after a crash e Improvements to Mac Support FotoFusion runs on any Intel Mac running Leopard Snow Leopard or Lion with feature parity with the PC version e Speed improvements particularly to startup Ctrl vs command key bindings cleaned up Mac friendly keyboard shortcuts for Insert Page ctrl E and Fit Image ctrl I added e Support Remote support integrated into FotoFusion UI Improved debug info reported to server after crash e Data Management Versioning now available Right click on a project in the file open dialog you will be able to choose from previously saved versions of the project Option added to red eye tool modify original create corrected copy Image Locator shows more information when helping user locate missing images fonts Local projects can be manually unlocked in the file browser e Translations German Portuguese Mandarin e Form Factors White House Custom Color Blurb Zookbinders Millers Mpix Bay Photo Bridgeport Finao Leather Craftsmen HP MagCloud Cases resolved 29689 29971 30043 30472 30486 30767 31048 31111 31407 31501 31505 31506 31540 31541 31545 31550 31698 31701 31731 31749 31755 31761 31763 31774 31777 31778 31785 31790 31791 31804 31805 31815 31866 31902 31903 31920 31923 31924 31925 31928 31931 31939 31940 31944 31950 31951 31955 31961 31963 31964 31965 31966 31967 31968 31973 31975
194. ets don t work in v4 Long hang when opening certain projects scraps Customer has to reactivate on each startup Multiple page Render doesn t work Mattes not showing up in matte list Single pages are split in half when rendering double pages separate Released March 1 2007 for a complete list see http www lumapix com forum forum asp FORUM_ID 11 Version 4 0 Version 4 0 represented a profound re architecting of FotoFusion with a completely new database oriented approach to content which unlocked ecommerce template publishing and consumption and partnering opportunities Much of what made the original FotoFusion user interface so unique was preserved with the addition of features such as better default handling and a completely revamped organizer responding to user feedback Headline features included the following availability dependent upon license type Paper Digital Templates The dotScrap Alliance is a new Scrapbooking industry consortium based around FotoFusion including K amp Company Creative Imaginations Daisy D s Westrim KI Memories L il Davis Scrapbook com ScrapJazz com MyCliqueTV and more Paper kits found in retail stores that are marked with dotScrap Ready have easily downloaded FotoFusion templates to make the paper kits even easier to work with Smart content Work with intelligent graphical objects that act the way you expect envelopes that hold images paper clips and pins that hold paper frames that can
195. ey provide to orientation to their binding direction Note Enhanced users are limited to single sheet projects of no more that 13x19 r H ee ee ee e e e e e e e e e e e e i e e a e e e e i i e m e e e e e e e i e e i e e SS eee f a eee E e 1 ii l I I I I J I 1 PAGE SIZE amp PROJECT TYPES 41 SS An Album Side represents a single page of a multipage project The grey line on the edge of the page represents where the page will be attached into the binding of the book Album sides can be left or right side pages depending on where this grey line shows Extreme Yearbook edition only You may see red and green lines around the edge of the page like in this example See info below on Guidelines to learn more Red lines are the bleed zone it represents where the page will be trimmed after it is printed Green lines are the safe zone it represents a guideline margin to show you where to keep all meaningful content so it will not be trimmed out do not put text or pictures of faces too beyond the green line An Album Two Page Spread shows two adjoining pages with a split down the middle to show the gutter A solid background or image can be placed across both pages Note the green safe lines in the middle of the page don t put meaningful text or image content across this space because it will be distorted by the book s binding Extreme Yearbook edition only
196. factor definitions changing without publisher action fixed e 28586 Form Factor now conformed if Publisher disables customization e 29348 Default form factor specified by publisher working correctlye 29331 User can t modify default 10x10 album in new custom fixed e 29337 Pick template pick form factor form factor is not applied fixed Panels e 29641 Panel hover apply is disabled after PSPA import fixed e 29535 Panel occlusion not working as expected fixed e 19711 29521 Mostly empty panel doesn t behave when choosing alignment centered fixed e 23093 Changing panel frame alignment to center should set last row alignment to center as well fixed General e 19819 Composition now resizes to fit safe area when canvas resized e 29277 Undo skips blur effect on text fixed e 29513 29508 Start Here Window does not close after opening a project fixed e 29518 Javascript error message when cancelling Auto Collage project creation fixed e 29526 Undo occasionally does not respond fixed e 29548 Goto Page key shortcut Ctrl Shift N opens Start Here window instead fixed e 23286 Export used images produces empty list fixed e 25225 Share by email attach original images not attaching them fixed e 27990 Warning about removing multiple pages not listing the pages in order fixed e 29496 Canvas size dialog occasionally reports width and height of 0 fixed e 28600 Publisher rendering preferences now correctly refl
197. format To transfer your projects in an editable format you will need to archive the projects These archives can be opened by other FotoFusion users with license types equivalent or greater than your own Note Some book printing companies who offer FotoFusion or YearbookFusion to their clients may have disabled some or all of these features as direct upload to their printing facilities is enabled If this feature 106 OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING is enabled you will find an Upload to Publisher option To Publisher Some publisher companies will allow output options with limitations eg watermarked or low resolution 72 dpi output to allow you to create a proof file but not create printable versions of your project Frequently asked questions Can LumaPix print my work LumaPix Inc is strictly a software development company As such we do not provide printing services You can however send your projects to any printing service of your choice that will serve your area Note some licenses YearbookFusion some Extreme licenses are distributed by a printing companies so their customers can upload projects directly to them for printing These versions may limit the ability to print or render projects Which labs or photo development services will accept my FotoFusion projects Any lab or photo development service will be able to print your projects Simply render them using the Output to a File feature in FotoFusion A j
198. from the principal or a page for awards of merit for faculty Reserve a few pages for every day life at the school the cafeteria study hall library recess and so on Also be sure to few pages free for the unexpected Both happy and sad events need to be chronicled at your school and not every event is planned or expected FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT 25 Once you have mapped out your sections make empty placeholder projects or pages and save these If you are working together as a team open a blank project type in large text the theme of the page then save it If you are assigning sections of the book to members of a committee you might want to make a sub folder for each person and add their placeholder project into the folder E Le ile Open View Insert Selection Tools Mmr E View W Desktop Name Thumbnail X a i o Bake Soccer Computer 4 EA Control Panel sale Homegroup B LDarroch Bake sale Project Soccer Project Libraries 4 LumaPix E ia Network d Order Forms E 4 pinegrove E 7 PSPA E Recycle Bin ToDELETE W Thumbnail IZIS t DA Track p amp Field Master Book with panels Track and Field Project Project Principal s Page Principal Project Name Cancel If you alone are making the project create a base master yearbook project then fill it with empty pages and a text frames to indicat
199. g 54 drop box 48 drop photo here 54 dropbox 48 dropper 48 dropping images 48 duplicate 54 duplicated 54 duplicates 142 duplicating animage 54 duplicating pages 45 E editing achapter online 29 editing images 36 editing in photoshop 36 editing information inthe database 142 editing online YearbookFusion book manager 29 editing panel info 142 editing photos 36 editing text 80 editor 54 editors 2 effects 54 email 105 122 email album 117 emailing 122 embedding images 8 embellishments 132 embellishment type frame 54 enhanced limitations 16 essentials limitations 16 excluding people from panels 142 exclusion image effects 54 exif info 80 export friendly 111 external editor 36 107 F fade 54 fades 54 feature image 160 file management 15 file name overlay 179 filltab 54 finalize 107 finding people in the database 142 finding projects 8 finishing a book in book manager 29 finishing your project 130 fitimage 54 flat file 107 flip 54 flip layout 45 fonts 80 forum 184 FotoScraps 184 four handles 54 frame border editor 54 frame hover 54 frame number 48 frame numbers 107 frame text 80 frames 48 54 132 freetab 132 G gallery 48 132 184 gamma 54 gif 107 glow 91 glow image effects 54 glyph 80 gradient 54 gradients 54 graphics 132 green lines 2 grid tool not yearbook grid 54 group 54 181 group layout 181 grouping 160 groups 142 2013 Luma
200. g in the process tab o Frames that hang off the canvas edge are drawn with a border to make them easy to find o Cropping is preserved when images are swapped between two frames or AutoCollage is pressed again o Double clicking on a text frame nowopens the text editor Minor issues o The canvas no longer allows the user to resize it inside out o The canvas tile can be set at all times oBad refreshes when panning very large collages have been fixed o The color in email backgrounds now matches that in the create tab oThe edges on images drawn without borders are now smooth instead of jagged o The color editor text edit fields behave predictably o Thumbnails for PNG frames now appear correctly when dragged to the canvas o Splitters are now below all other handle Version 3 0 Version 3 0 was a massive upgrade with two models STANDARD and PRO and the most radical changes to the user interface since the first version The PRO version included all the following features the standard version includes a subset Text o Amazing interactive text manipulation o All truetype fonts supported o Control over blur edge amp fill transparency rotation and more o EXIF tags for building contact sheets o Rendered at export time text is razor sharp at poster size Frame Enhancements o Customizable vector based frame mattes for jagged edges o Sepiatone and black amp white image processing o Interactive per image blur o Within frame image rotation o Support for presets Canvas E
201. g with your albums cameras printers and software Fixed Bugs e Fonts existing in Windows font folder as shortcuts now supported e Bold and italic text simulated when no font file is available e Exif tag editing information updated e High res download of content on server e Memory leaks for V3 projects resolved e Memory leaks for V4 export resolved e Single database in charge of library queues e Project database now resaved after rbuild e AutoJumble does not resize frames V3 project with locked text will open correctly in V4 e Undo image applied to canvas frame now works e Windows 2000 now supported e Save As will not allow same name as existing file e Left side windows can no longer be reduced to 1 pixel in width e V3 pixpacs will now open in V4 e V3 template compatibility issues with V4 resolved e multi page Save page as template restored Released November 8 2007 Version 4 0 build 40187 New Features e Text frames can now be converted to mattes One click overlay frame ID mechanism to layout print email export for proofing added e Grid line canvas option added e Added presets for albums from Hahnemuhle Shared Ink Asukabook e Download smarter with higher priority on visible search results e Transition to Amazon S3 shared storage e Branding and run as button added to main toolbar Fixed Bugs Canvas units cm inches preference now remembered after save reload e Checkmark indicators are now preserved with project save load e F
202. ge numbers of installed fonts e 30931 Dragging a local graphic from Organizer to Create tab e 23141 Importing a 4000 student PSPA database e 30940 Saving Project after Reconnecting images 30941 Saving to Remote Storage e 30755 Loading and SaveAs back to Remote Storage 30907 Saving loading project from Remote Storage on different machines e 30904 Opening a project from Remote Storage e 30852 Saving to Remote Storage e 30830 Resizing text in resize to fit mode e 30888 Going from online to offline while downloading store content e 31028 Cancelling Windows shutdown e 31014 Reflowing panels Minor fixes e 29954 Form factors are locked when choosing custom from HZ e 27990 List of pages about to be deleted presented in odd order fixed e 31003 Preview of PSD amp PDF output now shows bitmap at final resolution e 31000 Handles not appearing on multiple selection fixed e 30930 Disabled Controls get re enabled without a reason fixed e 23153 Importing PSPA does not create folder fixed e 30209 Choosing unsupported font for panel header changes font for header and label fixed e 30782 31006 28944 Text tags appear empty instead of not available fixed 30967 29757 29499 Import PSPA released Dec 07 2011 Version 5 0 build 79383 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac New Form Factors 30769 Millers Mpix 30768 Bay Photo 30813 Bridgeport 30751 Finao Features e 29550 2012 calendars Bug Fixes e 6895 Stop Button on some progress bars doesn t work
203. ge the page name displayed the Pages hover This does not apply to final output or printing Move Flip Layout page to allows you to move the page to a specific location eg move the last page of a project to Page 3 Similarly Go to page allows you to immediately switch focus to a particular page within the project Begin on page sets the first page of the project to your choice useful if you are working ona project with separate projects for different sections Flip Layout options provide the ability to AutoFlip your page meaning if the page switches from a left side to a right side album side the content of the pages will flip relational to the gutter Generally this feature should be kept off for yearbook panel pages Flip Layout also includes the ability to reorient the currently select page on a horizontal and vertical axis which is useful for reusing templates You can exclude or include the images from flipping including the images will cause them to mirror their original orientation Begin on Page 48 PAGE SIZE amp PROJECT TYPES CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT All creative work is done on the poe ab by adding images and text onto the canvas Think of the canvas as your workspace representing a single piece of paper Images and text live in frames which are resizable windows onto the content they display Understanding Frames Each image and text item lives within a frame When you drag an image
204. gion option will print that region Crop Lines If you have created a canvas with a bleed area then turning on the Draw Crop Lines option will print crop marks where the canvas ends and the bleed area starts How to Print You can choose to print centered on the printed page You can also choose to match the orientation of the page For example if you have a landscape layout say 20x10 inches and you want to print it scaled to fit an 8 5x11 inch page then you might want to print it with the 20 width along the 8 5 axis of the portrait orientation page or have the orientations match so that the 20 width has been rotated to print along the 11 axis of the page Cropping Include frames outside the canvas If you have frames that extend past the edges of the canvas this option will expand the canvas to include those frames A typical use is to correct for rotated frames in a jumbled collage with this option set those frames will not be cut off Note that this option will change the dimensions of your printed canvas slightly if you are printing 1 1 Crop to canvas edges With this option set your canvas will be printed exactly to the edge of the canvas and any frames that hang over that edge will be cropped Color Profile The Use printer color profile option available in ENHANCED and EXTREME tells FotoFusion to respect the color profile currently configured for the selected printer Use the Windows printer configurati
205. group 4080 e Alpha based hit testing on elements 13348 e Behaviour of Ctrl A Select all has been modified if item is selected like items are selected it all like items selected then remaining items are added to selection 13614 e Autopopulate sort options exposed in toolbar 3325 e Editor preset options renamed for clarity and now include apply settings to this page all pages e Keyboard accelerators added for Go To First Page ctri home and Go To Last Page Ctril End 6215 e Search results automatically swap tabs to those that contain results 12816 e Frames can be interactively reordered by dragging the Arrange icon in the Frame toolbox 3808 Output e ICC profile support available for PSD output Extreme only 12291 Start Zone e UI unified to common interface tabbed options e Support email form automatically adds FotoFusion installation information e Marketplace retooled to better reflect store content e Learn and Support options added Bug fixes Many minor issues addressed including e Naming a file type jpg and choosing file type psd in output tab no longer produces problems 4839 e PSD export will not be reported incompatible by some versions of Photoshop 12774 e Hovers now reliably stay open when you roll over them for the first time 14945 e Autocollage now only affects currently selected images not entire dropper contents e Crash when accessing folder with many auto rotated images fixed 15063 Marketplace content e O
206. ha only changes what part of the matte shows the images usually only useful for homemade mattes Soften controls the edge of the matte crisper or more diffuse while Invert reverses the part that is transparent and the part that holds the image The Fit Lock Aspect Crop with Image dropbox changes the relationship of the image and the frame shape Fit is the default mode where a maximum of the image is shown within the frame lock aspect fixes the width of the matte crop with image fits the matte to the image shape Fit Lock aspect Crop with image Click on the little down arrow to see a limited default set of mattes that are preinstalled on your computer or choose BROWSE to open a search hover containing many more styles including textures and shades This will launch a Search hover pointed at your selection of mattes which can be dropped onto your image CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 71 Search W Search Options Free 145 ff so r LumaPi EIES Figure InLove Figure Running Fish LumaPix Fish Small a LumaPix M Matte gooh Highway US ernea Leaf LumaPix Canada LumaPix LumaPix Matte lt an Lightning Mail a Marker 001 Marker 001 LumaPi Rectangle Square L JONE Marker 002 Marker 002 Marker 003 Marker 003 Arranging amp Distributing Frames The Image Toolbox provides access to a series of arrangement options to organize a single frame or a
207. hapters projects via the manager or by 32 FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT opening the projects through File gt Open gt Remote storage Any changes made to the project will apply to the Book For instance if you add extra pages to a project you will see the number of pages and preview of those pages will update in the book manager Here we have two blank projects and one single page project i Our Champions See YOU next year Cafeteria If these projects are edited and resaved their appearance will be updated in the Book Manager preview El 3 pt RS ri y CURRENTLY OPEN Dur Champions See you next ye Cafeteria The first project has grown to three pages click on the sign next to the page could to reveal previews of the pages The second project is opened for editing so a lock appears at the top Locked projects cannot be opened by another user On the top right corner of the book manager tool you ll find several options Curent Book i m E Ei New Load Settings Output Book Click NEW to start a new book Click LOAD to open another book Click SETTINGS to change the form factor product page sizes of the book When your book is complete click OUTPUT BOOK to render it to a local file uploaded directly to your yearbook printing company or to generate a text list of all the sections in your book paste the text into a word processing program like Word or Notepad Editing Cha
208. he same grade and teacher homeroom as their students This will ensure that they appear in the panel with their students Note you can create your own custom Make into to quickly add attributes to multiple portraits in your database learn more in the next section Adding New People to the Database from a 2nd PSPA import If you have received a second PSPA CD with retakes or portraits of students missing from the original import you can import the second CD in the same manner as the first CD but choose to append the records to the current database To import a second index click on FILE on the menu and choose IMPORT PSPA from the top of the list Do not replace the current database choose to integrate it if the image file numbers are different or append it if the image file numbers are reset to zero from candid images If you have taken photos of people who missed photo day and want to include them in the yearbook panels you can add these photos into the database i Organize Source Open the tab and click on the s on your local hard drive to include in the database tab From the folder tree locate the image YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES 151 V fe My Desktop iw My Network gt My Computer My Projects fale My Template E E My Pictures Ed Antique Family Portraits Fashion Models My Exported Collages A Oe amp amp amp amp F
209. hers to get in close to the action Show faces zoom in on meaningful objects just like the pros do Don t be afraid to leave blank areas in your book particularly around the edges of the page A blank space around the photos frames them giving them importance Pushing images too close the pages edge risks having them cut off as well when the book is printed A 1 2 margin around the meaningful content on your page will make your pages look professionally designed Think of it as a rule of thumb if you were holding a printed book up would your thumb be on top of text or photos on the page Here are examples of badly designed pages They are very cluttered On the first page the background fights with the images on the second the borders are more prominent than the images No one will take the time to look at the photos on these page because they are too small completely overwhelm the page and there is no story being told The pages are being used as a dumping ground for images not as a FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT 27 page to tell the anything about ails school year Here are examples of well designed pages The images have been selectively chosen to fit together with backgrounds that complement the images There is sufficient empty space on the page to give focus to the photos and a some text to define the story 28 FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT Basketball News Dur schaad kama basketball AU cor
210. icense can activate the software on a computer intended for their personal use eg a laptop and a desktop Licenses do not expire and can be reinstalled for maintenance or new computers as required YearbookFusion licenses can be installed on up to 40 computers simultaneously YearbookFusion licenses are 1 year expiring licenses with the expiration countdown started when the license was allocated by your yearbook publishing company GETTING STARTED The Start tab is a portal to starting new projects accessing saved work information about FotoFusion and accessing templates NEW PROJECT Choose New to start a fresh project from scratch Depending on your license type the list of options will change e Click on Blank to select a page size for a new empty project e Click on AutoCollage to open the AutoCollage wizard which will allow to you make automatic layouts of GETTING STARTED 3 your selected images e Click on Templates to view premade layouts on the LumaPix Marketplace Es Home Y New s KA 23 SA Blank Auto Collage Templates Regardless of the option selected you have the ability to alter page sizes and frame positions to suit your needs YearbookFusion users will often be limited to the preset album sizes provided by their Yearbook publisher Enhanced and Extreme users will select a custom size or pick a preset size Page sizes and product types can be changed from the Canvas Setting window the en
211. ices provided to general consumers but are priced much higher as a result FotoFusion includes preset page sizes from several album manufactures under the Canvas Settings editor These manufacturers have supplied their preset page sizes to be included in FotoFusion Manufacturers can consult the LumaPix website to learn how to have their presets included in FotoFusion If you are looking for a general list of pro album manufacturers we recommend consulting the web site OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING 107 of professional photography associations who cater to your type of photography interest For instance the Wedding and Portrait Photographers International website will include a list of manufacturers who Supply printing and binding services to pro portrait amp wedding photographers Can I edit my images in FotoFusion remove backgrounds fix blemishes FotoFusion is an image layout software not an image editor like Photoshop Corel Draw etc Many FotoFusion users will also have an image editing software to use for graphic design and detailed image editing FotoFusion is non destructive to your images you cannot accidentally edit your images Images on your canvas are actually detailed thumbnails referring to the original source image For this reason you can have multiple copies of the same image in different sizes crop and pan positions FotoFusion allows you to send your images directly to your editing software from the canva
212. ich have read write access to this folder e Map this folder to a standard network drive Y Yearbook e Using a batch script or otherwise set this drive to be mapped at logon for Yearbook Users e Advise your Yearbook committee that all project files images and imported PSPA photos should be saved to this folder Installing FotoFusion FotoFusion Enhanced and Extreme users can install the software from the LumaPix website both Mac amp PC from the same link Yearbook customers will receive a special link from their yearbook company to download the installer Click on the installation file after it has downloaded to start the installer and follow the instructions Activating FotoFusion Activating your software will take the software out of trial mode A user id activation code is provided to Enhanced amp Extreme users after purchase Yearbook users will receive a code from their publishers by email Activation removes watermarks gives you access to graphic resources associated with your license type and allows users to share projects In the case of YearbookFusion users projects can now be saved and transferred from one machine to another To activate FotoFusion Select HELP gt Activate FotoFusion gt Activate Online Enter your UserID and create a password FotoFusion will now restart to complete the activation Enhanced and Extreme licenses as per the End User Agreement are sold as one user one license meaning the owner of the l
213. ile names have not changed then check off the use file name box If the file names have been changed then turn on the use file size and use image match options _ Use File Size 2 Browse for sources a EO Use Image Match 3 Match C Use File Name 4 Apply matches 14 FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT Click on 3 Match FotoFusion will attempt to find matching images for the thumbnails 2 Browse for sources C Use File Size SS Use Image Match A Use File Name a Apply matches If matches are found you will see two versions of the images next to each other In this case all images found a match Fotolia_18339 Fotolis_18339 Fotolia_38840 Fotolia 38840 Fotolia_22296 Fotolia 22796 Fotolia 94773 Fotolia 94773 Fotolia 73343 Fotolia 73343 Fotolia_10039 Fotolia_1003 Scrap ipa Scrap ipa Scrap ipa Scrap ipa Scrap ipa Scrap ipa Bart Br Fotolia 73346 Fotolia 72346 Fotolia 31264 Fotolia 31264 Fotolia 5563 Fotolia 85563 Fotolia 97738 Fotolia 97738 Fotolia 73345 Fotolia 73345 Scrap ipg Scrap ipa Scrap ipa Scrap ipa Scrap ipa Last if all the images are matched choose SELECT ALL at the bottom right again f PA Bonk Sources F me Use File Size Minimum File Size fae ee EE E E ears Selection J Select all Use Image Match 10 KE E 1 w OOOO 3 Match
214. include a QR code representing that album This makes it easier to share albums with friends just point any HTML5 enabled smart phone at that code and you ll see the album e Preflight toolset You ll find a new Preflight hover in the nest at the bottom of the create tab This opens a new window which validates either the current page or your entire project Clicking on a result in the list at the bottom jumps to the page holding that frame and selects it This makes it easier to detect and fix common problems such as Too low resolution images Empty frames Missing e g renamed images amp fonts Clipped text etc e YearbookFusion improvements We have added a new mode for panels cropping enabled When in this mode users can select and crop panel images directly one would do this in order to crop a late added photo of a kid who missed picture day to match the rest of the panel This is a minor UI tweak but a huge improvement in previous versions it was necessary to put the panel into manual mode to tune image cropping which is serious overkill e Mac improvements Older installation won t let users browse for output folder fixed Freezes when pulling images from networked drive fixed Cleaned up export FotoFusion now exits cleanly Cases resolved 24008 24553 30162 30707 31741 31882 31886 32153 32384 32406 32527 32663 32677 32704 32891 33018 33059 33393 33488 33514 33543 33544 33547 33594 33595 33596 33682 33700 33705 33773 33811 33839 3388
215. individually through the Images hover Choose AutoDistribute from the Tools menu to create a grid To sort your images before AutoDistributing hover on the AutoCollage button ane select the sort features you would like to use such as File date time Project Kits Page Layers Frame OE So ad bo i la Image Text Dropper Editing Tr Fr F0 oF F Locate Missing Images 4uboCollage Alt G Sparse 4utoCollage Alk Ctrl 0 Auto Jumble Alk ShiFE C AutoDistribute AutoPopulate f A Di D before AutoDistribute Fix Red Eve AAO ey nD ne Matte Cutter AutoFlip Layouts automatically flips your composition left right when a page is duplicated or 100 AUTOTOOLS moved down the stack This may be useful if you have made pages with titles oriented to the outer edge of the page If autoflip is not on and the page moves from a right side to a left side page the title will stay in the same position To turn Autoflip on a single page open the pages hover and right mouse select the page s thumbnail You ll see the autoflip option at the bottom of the list along with the Flip layout options useful for repurposing empty templates by changing the TiS on of the page contents DEQ Ul ra y Auto Flip Layout 2 Flip Layout Left Right e eee e Ch ie posg il sexes Fip a ka ie cca b goss EEF n kde onan kiem
216. indows or Mac OS X An operating system is the master program on your computer that tells the computer what to do with the other files installed on your computer Some files on your computer will launch software other files will help software perform particular tasks other files will store data such as your projects Your operating system is essentially a very smart filing cabinet However like any filing cabinet you need to make sure to keep it organized tools Files don t automatically save to your computer in an organized manner You choose to save them to particular locations either by deliberately creating and selecting folders or by allowing your installed software to suggest a location such as a default folder or the last visited folder Allowing a program to save to a default folder is a decision you can make but always be aware of where your files are being saved or you will quickly lose track of your important projects One common mistake is to use the computer s desktop or a single folder as a catch all for all your files This can lead to confusion very quickly it s as if you have one folder in your entire filing cabinet that holds every document you own To keep things organized use folders to help you find projects and images in easy to find locations with a clear naming structure Another mistake is to reuse the same file names repeatedly e Save As vs Save If you are simply updating a project file choose Save from the fi
217. information Standard PSPA information associated with each portrait includes the following data fields A Volume Name B Image Folder C Image File Name including file extension D Grade E Last Name F First Name G Home room H Period I Teacher Name J Track Once the database and images have been imported into a project you can correct or add data linked to the images and create organized panel pages with the images within FotoFusion Note Unless you have a book manager license databases are attached to a specific project so import only once and make this project your master yearbook You can make multiple panels from one database within the single project Two projects with two separate databases can cause versioning problems ie which version of the database is correct You can insert candid pages projects into the master yearbook and add pages between panel pages Step 1 Importing the Portrait Database If you have been provided with a PSPA cd insert the CD into your computer then launch FotoFusion Open your yearbook project and add an album side page from the Pages hover or create a new project with an album side page Panels can only be made on album side pages not double spreads because of the way they flow from page to page To import the contents of the CD to FotoFusion click on the v icon in the Yearbook section of Toolbar over BAS Canvas rr Ma Seca selection Canvas Yeabok support prs DA o
218. information simply type in the appropriate empty box lastNamer __ You do not need to hit Enter or Apply the information is added immediately and First Name auau will save into the database Middle Name The information will still be present the next time you launch your project Volume Yearbook iv Boe E On occasion you may not need to add the missing information Eo E For instance the school custodian would not have a Grade and the Principal will i not have a teacher Department hal Any changes made in the database ONLY apply to the project SELIO M The information does not over write the PSPA CD and is not transferred to other too computers using the same image set Motes i Exclude no g Step 3 Identifying Roles for Staff amp Students To simplify the process of creating panels you use the Make into button to quickly identify the roles and ranks of the individuals at the school their department their title their group and their priority Usually yearbooks contain a staff page with the Principal at the top of the page followed by teachers and support staff The class panels will be organized by grade and or homeroom teacher If the classroom teacher is included with his her students they will be at the front of the panel out of alphabetical order The standard PSPA information tells you only the name of the people in the school and what class they belong to there is no way to know
219. ing an image into the color block You can add a color wash effect to frames containing images Here is an example of applying different colors and opacities to a frame background will do to an image If you drop a background paper into an empty frame you can retint it with the background fill tool to a 66 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT J new shade Similarly you can use the Tiles feature to add a texture to your image Checkmark SHOW TILE then use the dropdown to access the preloaded tiles to your image You can increase or reduce the opacity of the effect change the scale size of the tile or blur the effect to make it less intense Ss CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 67 i The Frame Border Editor changes the exterior 5 Fram gy portion of your frame Select one or more Border Width 0 05 frames on the canvas R 255G aie 255 and from the Toolbox click on the Image aA Editor pc SS LviRtimage __ Shadow Inside v Draw Border Highlight Inset Width 0 06 Square T Corner O 2 Opacity 255 The Border tab of the Frame Border Editor contains controls for Border Width Dragging this control makes the border thicker or thinner Turn the Border checkbox off to remove the border completely Border Color Drag the R G B controls to adjust the Red Green and Blue channels of the image directly alternatively you can click the col
220. issing from printed output Fixed 28411 e Cropping on externally edited images lost upon returning to FotoFusion Fixed 28441 e Unnecessary panel error message removed 28444 Missing font dialog updated 28493 e Network drives considered local if not mapped to a drive letter Fixed 28515 New Features e Recovery mechanism for corrupted projects added 28486 e Panel layout performance optimized 28446 e Online status validation improved 28433 released April 28 2011 Version 4 7 build 74029 Features e Optimization of gallery performs faster amp doesn t hang with very large galleries 28317 e Missing fonts detected amp reported to user 28293 e Easier to control row column count with new control in panel editor 28195 28022 Bug Fixes e Crashes fixed 28327 28321 28343 28337 Occasional freeze at startup Fixed 28298 e Crash when doing manual knockouts with specific page sizes Fixed 28235 e Occasional freeze at render time while waiting for download Fixed 28300 Fonts occasionally going missing when loading from RS and saving locally Fixed 28301 Text not rendering correctly in PSD output Fixed 28339 e Zero width frames make renderer freeze at output time Fixed 28222 e Appended project occasionally appears blurry Fixed 28262 e Content from Remote Storage appears blurry when loading after crash Fixed 28288 e Printing project from Remote Storage fails unless each page is visited first Fixed
221. istent across all pages always aligned in the same position Facing pages will look identical Border width affects the size frame border around the images Dial it up for thicker borders set it to O for no borders Header size and label size change the size of the text to these areas Note the color chips next to these three options click on them to customize Featured Images is set to 0 by default creating a panel with equal sized frames Change this option to 1 and the first image in every panel group will increase to a 2x2 size Dial it to 2 and the first two images will be 2x2 size A al A F YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES 165 k ON Autoknockout is turned off by default When you drop an image frame on a panel eg a clipart decoration the image frame will float on top of the panel covering it up ae al RA a m N A a When Autoknockout is turned on images dropped on top of the panel will cause the panel to get out of the way The panel frames will flow around the new images Panels in Advanced Mode If you want more control over your finished panels then switch to advanced mode at the top of the panel editor At the top of the editor you ll see the same Mode controls as in Simple 166 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES Auto mode is the default Frames Panel are flowed automatically across the Simple Advanced page Mode Manual mode unlocks the panel Auto
222. it to the canvas frame 17377 e Missing image on the quick start resolved 17362 e JPG artifacts and bad quality render at 200dpi vs 300dpi 17366 No crash on dragging font files over an existing text frame 17369 Yearbook Fusion issues were also resolved in this build 17358 17330 17364 17365 17376 Released January 12 2009 Version 4 4 build 53729 New features Performance Enormous speed improvements for search hovers e g frame paper Project download now much faster e Organizer keyword entry optimized 15245 e Memory used even more efficiently 14192 e Font size marked as resize to fit do not exceed optimized for performance 15091 e New Thumbnail Tile Details mode added to Organizer 15324 e Images hover 14577 e File gt Open dialog 7774 Text Editor e Dragging the T icon in the text toolbox interactively adjusts text size Ctrl dragging adjusts text border size 14365 14608 e Frame alignment option added 13676 13951 e Dashed outline option added 13991 Canvas settings editor e Cover Sheet option added configurable width for front flap back flap spine 7306 Set gutter edge top bottom bleed and safe with a single action 11605 Grid e Snapping and display now separate options 12957 e Grid color now customizable 14002 e Presets supported 14050 14051 14052 Editing e Image on background can be reassigned to canvas layer via right mouse menu 6263 e Frames can now be grouped with an existing
223. italic fixed 24111 Released April 13 2010 Version 4 6 build 65183 Features e First pass at image reconnection UI introduced e Added ability to reconnect images by display name instead of file name 24049 Bugs Fixed e Gallery Clip art disconnection fixed 22751 23797 e Update no longer loops for some users 23186 e Candid pages locked to Chapters can now be moved 23294 23295 e Crash when loading project referencing unavailable images fixed 23854 e Rare crash when moving pages fixed 23876 e Candid pages no longer moved to end of panel pages during reflow 23899 e Duplicated marketplace content no longer appear blurry during output to PDF JPG 23909 23992 e Errors when saving to RS reduced 23953 e PDF preview no longer makes clip art disappear from canvas 23961 e Looping page count exceeded dialog when changing panel pages fixed 23978 e Publisher build can open password protected projects without password 23979 e Rare case of project creation with incorrect form factors fixed 24005 e Thumbnails in reconnection UI no longer showing grey after successful match 24052 e Archives no longer restore with missing photo notifications 24060 24075 Released April 9 2010 Version 4 6 builds 64624 64635 64645 64672 64682 64719 64800 64913 QFE series for bugs related to e Project deletion when crash while saving e Crash Local Save amp Enhance Error Reporting Healing and Disconnected images e RSData db changed to Read Only e Healing B
224. ixed e 30781 Tags not highlighted correctly in editor fixed e 30706 Edit in External Tool does not prompt to make a copy of the image fixed e 30255 Edit in external tool doesn t remember list of managed editors fixed e 1512 PNGs are not editable in external tools fixed e 30548 Extra process stays active after opening heavy Remote Storage project fixed e 30778 Crash restore goes into loop project won t load fixed Fixes for Hangs Freezes when e 30028 starting up 30506 Updating e 30534 Reactivating 30740 30741 29207 28616 30697 opening a project e 30001 general editing e 30481 changing border color e 30426 30260 Saving to Remote Storage e 28425 exiting after saving to Remote Storage Mac e 30571 30511 Edit In External Tool now functional e 29879 Only some help videos play fixed released Nov 08 2011 Version 5 0 build 78934 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac This release fixes several more crashes and freezes It should also provide a serious performance boost on the Mac particularly on 8 or 12 core Macs Crash restore added if FotoFusion crashes projects reopen at relaunch New Form Factors e 29872 Leather Craftsmen New Features e 30527 30545 30411 Improved debug info reported to server after crash e 30403 Dependencies on Flash removed videos now HTML5 Mac Fixes e 30727 Performance boost Sleep function replaced e 24493 Support for external editing e g looping through photoshop exe restored e 29652 Menu items not worki
225. ize Yearbook Templates Close Selecting Preset Size may display a selection of common generic formats and or a list of formats from selected book printing companies who have provided their sizes to LumaPix Click on any product to 40 PAGE SIZE amp PROJECT TYPES launch a starting page on the Create screen a sheet or an album side lt SHome W New Project Preset Sizes All auTypes gt Y Generic __ User Presets Fx _ Generic __ Featured Generic Generic Generic Generic 1st Class Photos amp Graphics Album 10x10 Album 8 5x11 Sheet 11x8 5 Sheet 13x19 Inc 3P Ltd ABC School Portraits la ACI AccuPhotoLab Acme Yearbooks Inc Adanac Images Advanced Imaging Albums Unlimited Generic Generic Generic Generic Album 12x12 Album 8x8 Sheet 24x36 Sheet 19x13 Allegra Print amp Imaging AlphaGraphics Ambrosius Studios Inc Art Leather Artona Yearbooks AsukaBook Barksdale School Portraits Blossers Studio E Burb Generic Generic Generic Generic Burrell Imaging Album 8x10 Sheet 8 5x11 Sheet 36x24 Sheet 8x10 eee a ee Page Types FotoFusion Extreme amp Yearbook allow you to choose among four different page types A Sheet represents a single piece of paper that is not part of a book Note the little blue resize handles on the top and left side of the page pull on these to manually grow or Shrink the page size Multi page projects usually do not contain sheets as th
226. k clicks and your page is ready for composition complete with bleed and safe zones specified to the manufacturer s recommendations If your album company isn t listed feel free to refer them to the LumaPix website where they can fill out a form to submit their product specs Composition tools From the Canvas Settings editor set bleed and safe zones to ensure a perfect print every time FotoFusion helps you with your page orientation by allowing you to select from among several page type album singe single sheet double spreads options Use the splitter tool to easy create grids and mosaics Proofing tools Use Overlay image info to add information about the images in your project eg file name to the Create screen view and to your output Generate a list of used images to avoid duplicate images and count the number of images in your project Create low resolution output in your choice of formats to send to the client Organization tools Use the organizer to view multiple folders simultaneously Triage your images into buckets to pre sort your album pages Assign keywords themes and ratings to your images then search for them for quick and easy retrieval into your projects Templates Search the Start Tab s Template area to find layouts for all your needs Some materials are included for free with your license type Templates 176 PRO PROJECT TUTORIAL J CONTACT SHEET Contact sheets can be as simple or customized
227. k to index FF_PHOTO_MAP_FOR_PAGE FF_PAGE_NO Unique photo map name per page FF_PHOTO_MAP The actual photo map per page FF_TO_PREVIOUS_PHOTO Link to previous photo FF_TO_PARENT_PAGE Link to parent page FF_TO_NEXT_PHOTO Link to next photo FF_PHOTO_NO Photo number FF_LINK_TO_PHOTO_ FF_PHOTO_NO Link to current photo FF_PHOTO_DIRECTORY Directory of the image representing the photo FF_PHOTO_FILENAME Filename of the image representing the photo FF_PHOTO_DOTSCRAP_LINK Link to a dotScrap element if an element is not a local photo FF_PHOTO_WIDTH Photo width FF_PHOTO_HEIGHT Photo height FF_PHOTO_DESCRIPTION Photo description Adding Custom Tags to Emails FotoFusion Extreme allows you to use custom EXIF information in your source images to add to your email themes You will need to edit the following information in the Email theme substituting your custom tag for one of the existing ones Yname type Date date Photo Number FF_PHOTO_NO Focal Length focallength Shutter Speed shutter In this example we will replace Shutter Speed with Last Name information Go to the folder you created for the theme C Program Files LumaPix FotoFusionv4 Themes ExifEmail and open email htm in Windows Notepad and not a Word document as html coding will be included rendering the file unusable 130 OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING In this case search for Shutter You will see something like this
228. kly in the Search hover or scrapbooking graphics to organize thematically you can tag them with keywords and categories Find the content on the SOURCES tab in the Organizer Select the items in the preview area one or more at a time Ctrl A to select them all to apply Keywords to then from the Properties tab right side of the screen 104 ORGANIZE SORT SEARCH amp TAG Search W Search Options C_ e 00000 Decorators W p An Type p Any Publisher w Photos x a Templates Keyword E O P In this example a single clipart has been selected Two keywords have been added simply type your keywords one ata time Ready Made Page In the New Keyword area i ee 139 A Pie se Page Layout Guide and hit Enter to add the Ser Embellishments belligshmen tag to the image Papers 2 Tags Ribbons Strings The Type box allows you Words Letters i i Fasteners to assign a category to IPCA 01143 pe the item emf z Textures Smart Frames Containers In this case Ir Embellishment zywe Decorations Decoration was selected Themes Select Once this tag has been Rating se oe se se added the item will H Saved Work appear in the hover under the Mine tab when you search for the content Tip Add your personal collection of background textures to Type Embellishments Papers to get them to appear in the Papers hover A
229. l To create a folder in the Gallery hover right mouse select in the blank area Double click on a folder to open it to add images or use images that have already been added Right mouse select any image or folder in the Gallery to rename or delete it Using the Gallery Dropbox The Dropbox is a folder within the Gallery which allows you to receive images from people not working directly in YearbookFusion Navigate to the Dropbox folder in the Gallery you ll notice a website address at the top of the hover Gallery mR Ca DropRox htte dropbox lumapix com 97e8 Tbed Add Images FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT 23 Copy this address and email it to anyone who needs to send images to the yearbook project When the address is pasted into any web browser an identical layout to the Gallery hover will display Click on Add Images to upload photos or right mouse select an image to rename it or make and navigate inside folders just as you would directly in the software The Dropbox accessed from a web browser does not allow images or folders to be downloaded or deleted J Mozilla Firefox File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help i _ http dropbox lum m 716ed 2426 9acd f 9 L http dropbox lumapm com 16ed 9acd 9acd P tt i OO CO O 0 IO eee
230. l Last Marne Ensuring that every member of your database has been assigned a priority will rank them with the Elst Nane panels teachers will appear at the front of their classes and the principal at the front of the staff page If there are no priorities assigned to the images then alphabetical ordering by last name will apply Customizing Your Panel Layout The second set of icons allows you to change the way the panel looks overall ABCDEF us ga z k j fen Le i T Pre i mt p ii T lia Fea iL rh _ You can reconfigure the way the grid of image frames appears by choosing the panel section of the icon ABCDEF s Poa Laa gt tees change the panel label text by choosing the label portion of the icon ABCDEF Fm Poa Laa or change the panel title bar options by choosing the header options AB EF Ef Ba r Ee Pi AF 88 Font iL A new set of drawers will open on the Panel hover for each of these selections Customizing the Panel Grid Choose the grid to access options to change the grid s appearance ABCOEF En Fa frm bee Tia F A ee L gt ee S 1 fon bra n 170 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES Frames Frames change the size and arrangement of the panel frames Width 1 25 i a Width changes the actual size of the frames Columns 4 Fres liz Columns amp rows change the number of frames on the page Rowe 5 Free autoadjusting their size
231. laced in bucket 3 Missing information must be Filed in for all images before panels can be populated Select the images in each bucket in the Organizer then fil any empty grade beacher last or first nome fields 148 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES A few problems have been found so the affected images have been placed in named buckets To add or correct data lt data sisi ona bucket to view uis images it contains w A Bucket J l Aissing Rae Missing Grade Bucket 4 Select an image to see the data associated with it This information will be displayed in the Properties area to the right side of the Organizer You can select multiple images at once by holding the control key on your keyboard and selecting the images or by drawing a marquee over a selection of images or by clicking on Ctrl A to select all images in a set This will allow you to correct common missing information such as the grade or teacher If one images is selected all information associated with it will appear in the Custom Attributes area Multiple selected images will not display an image preview but will show common attributes assigned to the group Properties _ In the example shown to the right the student does not have any information under the Last Name and First Name fields If this information is not added Grade Be the student will not have a label on their panel page Teacher Bice e Home Room To add the missing
232. lbum emails it or prints it on a local printer Some YearbookFusion users may not have this feature H Community launches an internet browser window giving you access to galleries support and other LumaPix related websites Some YearbookFusion users may not have this feature The Menu Bar contains every feature available in FotoFusion Almost all controls available in the Menu are available by directly selecting left and right mouse click items on your canvas or by using keyboard shortcuts o 7 oa a el eine eases he Seeda Poken Hems GETTING STARTED 5 In general File includes options to save load close and output your file Mac users will use the FotoFusion menu item to quit the software Edit allows you to copy cut paste duplicate delete selected items undo redo and set up user preferences View lets you control the way your screen will look zooming panning grid lines etc e Insert contains options to add items to your project image frame text frame new page etc Selection pertains to the selection of items on your canvas and the order they are stacked on the canvas Tools offers the entire set of AutoTools autocollage autopopulate and actions that can be applied to particular types of items on your canvas such as the canvas background the frame properties and text items Help links to you the User s manual and learning preferences and licensing information Mac users will use the FotoFusion
233. le menu Save as is intended to be use to make a new copy while retaining the original file FotoFusion has disabled the ability to overwrite files with Save As for this reason Having multiple copies of a project often leads to version control problems meaning you will have problems finding the most up to date version of the file e Version control Don t keep multiple versions of the same file in different locations Work off one main file and keep a backup if needed that can be updated separately e Distinctive names Don t rename your image files with duplicate names eg renaming images files starting at 001 jpg every time you clear your camera s memory card Most digital cameras have a setting that never resets the file name after each time the camera card it cleared Multiple files with the Same name will be very difficult to manage You can accidentally overwrite files and searching for the images becomes confusing If you choose to rename your image files when you download name the files in a manner that distinguish them from one another such as using the date the images were taken and or a brief description of the event eg 2011 05 08 Grandma s bday 01 jpg or Smith Jones wedding 001 jpg There will be no confusion which images are which if each set have their own distinct name Here are two suggested methods to ensure your computer filing system is easy to use A Use Default folders e all photos are kept in one location eg My
234. le name frame number and page number e Printer window revamped for clarity hinged page option added Streamlined Workflow e Faster Autocollage now includes add all image option e Center on page in 2 page spread will center to left or right side page e Last selected frame used as reference frame for Alignment tools e Grouped dotScrap items can be copied pasted FIXED BUGS Network External Drives e Issues with used checkmarks on images from external hard drives resolved e Images on networked mapped drives UPDATE HISTORY 197 are not copied locally Workflow e Images edited in external editor now refresh correctly e Image attributes can be changed in an empty frame e Frame numbers remain constant between sessions e Frame handle hit testing fixed e Multi selected frames now stay selected as expected e Matte cutter mattes file names displayed correctly e EMF PNG mattes functionality repaired e Edited PNG image files update as expected e Page thumbnail refresh issues resolved e BMP files save reopen as expected e Text size unaffected by copy paste canvas resize e Pinned Toolbox bugs resolved e AutoPopulate works with images selected in Image hover e Ungrouped Child frames are selectable in tree e Canvas grid cannot be set to 0x0 e Apply to all pages now reset on reloading canvas dialog e Font licensing information appears when required e Check for updates returning correct build information e Undo AutoCollage no longer remo
235. lightweight viewers such as IrfanView which boot quickly and are designed to display images and editors such as Photoshop which boot more slowly and are designed to manipulate images with paint and other tools FotoFusion allows you to configure a set of programs in either category and pick from among those alternatives when you click Render Simply left click the button to be asked which editor you would like to send the output to if you have not configured an editor for use by FotoFusion choose manage from that pop up menu You will be asked to select an editor to use Choose Editor Program Curent E dtor Programs To add a new program such as Photoshop 1 Click Add 2 Navigate through the folders of your hard drive until you find the program you want to run such as C 110 OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING Program Files Adobe Photoshop 7 0 Photoshop exe 3 Click OK Now when you click the Render button you will be given the choice of routing your image through Photoshop for further editing Preview Cancel Adobe Photoshop Manage Entire Canvas versus Double Page Separate versus Respect Page Segments FotoFusion Extreme amp YearbookFusion supports double page spreads and page segments Albums can contain double page spreads which show to adjoining pages This is useful if for instance you wish to place a large panoramic image across two pages or a decorative background Some printing companies
236. lining the whole area the image will look like this the matted portion is highlighted and the background to be hidden by the matte is grayed out To adjust the edges of the matte simply click and redraw near the matte If you wish to extend the matte further than the current edge draw outside the matte to add to the highlighted area If you wish to reduce the matte back into the image click inside the matte and redraw the contour erasing the area you do not wish to have covered When you are satisfied with the results click on FILE gt gt Exit to close the editor Your image will refresh to display the matted image on your canvas CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT T7 The frame can be resized note that the frame borders are those of the entire unmatted image and not cropped to the edge of the matte You cannot move the image with regards to the matte It is locked to prevent the image edges from moving outside the contour of the matte s edge If you accidentally resize the frame and cut the image off then right mouse down on the frame and select POSITION gt Size gt Resize frame to fit image Then entire image will be exposed After you have added your custom matte Image Editor attributes can be applied eg brightness tinting etc You can also soften the matte in the Frame Editor to soften the edges To turn off the matte click on the frame open the Frame Editor and uncheck the matte
237. lish directly to your website First you need to have the name of a server to which you will publish and a login ID password Publish to Web Site Publish to Local File Image Quality Watermark Banner Theme Publish Location server Login ID Password Folder Collage Name Enter your login information for the web site and choose a folder and name to store the remote file under Once you have published a collage to the web it will appear in the list of Published Web Collages allowing you to quickly review work you have already done The important decision of whether or not to include original images should be made at this time In addition to the file name published original images will contain the FotoFusion frame number for easy reference purposes You can choose to publish now or choose additional options on the Image Quality and Watermark tabs These options are identical between the Publish to Web and the Email areas and SO we will cross reference these two actions Including Original Image Attributes Images Watermarking Banners When your options have been configured you can Preview or Send the results to your server If you already have an existing online web gallery you can easily produce a collage from it Reasons for doing this include Sending emails to customers or friends with a collage of the contents of your web gallery inviting them to come to your gallery to browse Producing collages and exporting them
238. lt td style border solid Opx CCCCCC background color F2F2F2 font family Arial Helvetica sans serif font size 10px font weight bold color 000000 gt Shutter Speed shutter lt td gt Most of this is a description of the table format the relevant information is at the end Shutter Speed Yshutter Replace that with the name and tag ID of choice for example Last Name studentLastName Save your work and ensure that FF has ExifEmail selected as a theme Preview the email again If all has been entered correctly you will see Filename jpg Date xx xx xx Photo Number y Focal Length z Last Name Student s Last Name UPLOAD TO PUBLISHER If FotoFusion has been provided to you by a book printing company you most likely will be able to send your completed projects directly to their server eg YearbookFusion users some Extreme users Most Enhanced and most Extreme users will not find this option available you can render your project and send the files to any printing company of your choice Before submitting the project to your publisher all pages of the project should be compiled into a single complete project For YearbookFusion users please consult the section Managing Your Yearbook for complete details Before uploading FotoFusion will check your project for problems You may get resolution warnings when an image is of insufficient quality or over zoomed and for red frame numbers images that have
239. m words we can easily get this The green highlighted section shows info that was manually typed into the window between the tags Yellow highlighted items are being pulled from the database info PE Th a E Se o016 45 UserCustom attribut es school teachername Grade w DE AS5 UserCustom attribut es school grade Customizing Your Panel Frames The third icon at the top of the panel hover provides the same set of tools available to your standard image frames b a 174 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES XS YB config hover frame aan Lid 7 EE A EE E Click on the Frame border portion of the icon to access border thickness color gradient and matting options The standard FotoFusion frame border options will appear You can change the width shape and color of the border around your panel images Enable Circular m Invert Softness 1 MidPoint 0 66 Angle 0 CenterX 0 72 Center Y 04 jj ai hiiia pe a paa pa ol The Image section of the icon will adjust the color eg sepia b amp w Generally it is not recommended to adjust these settings particularly the R G B brightness contrast and gamma values your images have most likely been color corrected by your photography company Your monitor is most likely uncalibrated meaning it does not show color accurately versus your final printed page and you could end up with very strange looking photos if you adjust these settings a school
240. maPix Template LumaPix Template LumaPix Template Team ES LumaPix Trader Sport Card Trader Sport Card Trader Sport Card Trader Sport Card Trader Sport Card Temp Baseball LumaPi Basketball LumaPi Cheerleading Lum Hockey LumaPi Soccer LumaPi In this example the Keyword Sport and the Type Templates shows the following results Double click on Templates to launch them or right mouse select templates to append them to existing projects Add embellishments to a bucket to transport them to the Create screen YearbookFusion Gallery collection Yearbook users will ca LumaPix Clipart find thousands of items in the hover This contains a special collection of school specific graphics Enhanced amp Extreme users will N sok not find a Gallery hover in their software the Gallery is a YearbookFusion exclusive feature e Click on this hover to open it and then click on the down arrow to point to the LumaPix Clipart folder You ll see four folders Clipart Covers Headers and Papers You may also see a folder from your yearbook publisher with additional content 136 GRAPHIC RESOURCES amp TEMPLATES The Clipart folder contains thematically arranged collections of drawings decorations stickers and photographic art e Celebrations amp Observances has material related to events eg graduation Christmas e Decorations contains purely decorative a
241. mage effects 54 color editor 54 colorwash 54 color tint modes 54 color wash 54 combining yearbook projects 18 communicating with your clients 179 community 184 comparative modes 54 completing your yearbook 18 composite 181 composites 175 contact sheet 175 176 contact sheet template 176 contrast 54 contrast modes 54 convert text to matte 80 copied 54 copied images 36 copy animage 54 copying images to local cache 36 copying pages 45 copyright issues and yearbook 18 cornered frames 54 Create tab 2 creating anew book in book manager 29 creating an online chapter 29 creative modes image effects 54 credits 2 132 199 crop 54 Ctrl C 54 Ctrl V 54 Ctrl X 54 custom fields 142 custom labels 160 custom pages 160 cut 54 cutamatte 54 cut outa part of an image 54 cutout 54 _D darken image effects 54 darken modes 54 darker color image effects 54 decoration 101 decorations 132 decorative frames 54 default editor 36 default folders 15 delete animage 54 deleted 54 deleting files 8 deleting pages 45 deleting projects 8 delimiter 142 designer 175 designing a contact sheet 176 2013 LumaPix Inc 202 LumaPix FotoFusion Version 5 Help designing atemplate 111 designing your yearbook 18 diamond frames 54 difference image effects 54 distribute 54 divided image effects 54 do not exceed 80 dotScrap 132 downloading 1 dpi and resolution 107 dpiwarnin
242. mage files being renamed moved or deleted 12 FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT e The folders containing the source images were renamed or moved e The external memory device USB key cd dvd was removed from the computer e The project file scrap was created on one computer which accessed images on the local drive of that computer but you are opening the scrap file on a new computer that does not have access to the images in the same location If your project is saved on remote storage YearbookFusion only the missing image warning may caused by images still in the process of downloading to your local system Click on the Output tab to trigger a download progress bar to see if there are still images that need to load on your machine To relink images that have been moved or renamed from a local source use the LOCATE MISSING IMAGES tool Click on TOOLS on the menu then choose LOCATE MISSING IMAGES Image Locator Project b Kits gt Find Missing Show Every Find Mismatches Page b Layers Frame b Image Text gt Dropper g Panel Editing b Locate Missing Images AutoCollage Alt Q Sparse AutoCollage Alt Ctrl Q AutoJumble Alt Shift Q AutoDistribute AutoPopulate 2 Browse for sources T Use File S Minera Fe Sie Browse for match Clear Selection Select All 3 Match gt Use Fi Na Find image mismatches Fix Red Eye Matte Cutter 4 Appl
243. me border color for only the members of the graduating class Next follows three sets of icons which allow you to toggle between lal ABCDEF Ee BA 4 k Pink Link k EE Lea e panel population options to determine which people will be in the panel and how they will be grouped YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES 167 e panel settings to set the way the panel text headers and frames will appear e panel image properties to set the border shape color and other appearance options Panel Population The first icon allows you to configure the way your panel is populated Choose SHOW ALL your panel will include every person in the database Choose SHOW ONLY to pick only particular members of the database using the drop box options listed below eg Show Only gt Grade 6 will create a panel set that only contains members of your database in Grade 6 Panel Set Grouping amp Sorting Grouping is a very useful way to create chapters or sections for your panels If you do not specify a grouping criteria and choose to show ALL of the panel set you will have get one giant panel including every person in the school in alphabetical order not a very useful way of organizing your book Grouping and sorting options allow you to tell the panel how it will organize itself Grouping and sorting are enabled after the panel is populated Panel Set Grouping options use information that has already been associate
244. mely noisy fonts result in silent failure when rendering to PDF fixed e 30281 Memory usage rises when flipping through fonts in text editor fixed e 30198 Background image moves when zooming fixed e 28898 Text renders slightly differently in PDF than on screen when interline spacing changed fixed e 30279 Odd behavior when pressing undo after crash restore fixed Internal Tools e 30388 Improvements to Service Health monitoring released Oct 05 2011 Version 5 0 build 78060 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac New Features e 24102 Image Locator shows more information when helping user locate missing images fonts e 29584 30131 30145 Crash restore now restores PSPA database Bug fixes We have isolated the cause of unexpected failure of the software in several circumstances e 30065 Crash when showing image hover containing multiple large PDF files fixed e 30097 Crash while opening RS project fixed e 30166 Crash when reloading project from RS after crash fixed e 30098 Crash when using apply or append from gallery scraps fixed e 30099 Crash when resizing canvas to fit when canvas is empty fixed e 30120 Crash when marquee selection attempted during project load from Remote Storage fixed e 30124 Crash when previewing canvas images fixed e 23739 Crash when changing rows columns number in all panels fixed e 20165 Crash after undoing resizing crop or move fixed e 29684 Crash when restoring project after crash fixed e 30164 Crash when loading from RS
245. min restrictions e rendering to PDF gives errors about disk failing 28134 e png gif tiff saved to RS display transparency as black Some users only 27145 e Scary error message when clicking on page thumbnails 28135 e PDF renders with first student after header in z order missing 28121 e Data Loss BG and DS Content comes missing with Checkerboard after appending 28151 e Projects with unpurchased content cannot be render as PD F 28150 released March 23 2011 Version 4 7 build 73317 Bugs fixed e Validation of the project at render time as been increased e A new error message alerts users with broken panels to the existence and extent of the problem 28117 e Auto Update now downloads the updater exe into the app folder instead of the data folder 28115 e Hidden Panels cause errors at load time 28053 e Cont d in Header Text appended too many times 28062 e Pages not marked as dirty after changes to panels 28092 New features Dragging frame width control in panel editor now behaves more smoothly 28114 e Page breaks now offered as a global option in the simple panel editor 27553 e User warned that manual mode panels will be reflowed if automatic mode selected 28021 released March 14 2011 Version 4 7 build 73235 Themida exe GDIPLUS DLL not unpacking when installing on clean machines hence FFProc exe won t execute released March 10 2011 Version 4 7 build 73069 New Features e Support button rest
246. mposite vs I am building a yearbook e 28325 28579 29522 29566 Cleaned up support for custom database fields e 29399 29568 Render counting 29390 YearbookFusion runs on fuel needs active school or composite task to function e 29029 Expose project level custom tags e 28203 Support for Organization name as project level attribute e 29497 29501 29536 29546 other infrastructure Minor usability tweaks 5620 29523 Recent Projects list tidied up in Home Zone amp File Menu e 29354 Double clicking on an Index txt file in PSPA import dialog now opens it e 29365 Project name is now default archive name e 28835 ctrl del now deletes multiselection in pages hover e 28449 Home end arrow keys now go to start end of text selection e 28488 Improved message shown for the missing font dialog e 29034 Occasional crash when loading project over existing project fixed e 26664 Editors now close only when the selection changes to incompatible object Stabilization e 27882 Improved validation when rendering to file e 29345 Freeze stuck downloads when loading store templates fixed e 29553 Connectivity test incorrectly reports problems fixed e 29619 Crash on merge fixed e 29642 Looping crash on a Mac fixed e 29639 Occasionally crash when right clicking on canvas background fixed e 29086 Occasional crash after creating amp applying presets fixed e 27356 Crash when rendering PDF to full hard drive
247. multiple selection of frames in relation to each other To quickly change the stack order of a selected frame or frames on your canvas click and drag on the Arrange icon on the tool box The selected frame s will move up or down the stack accordingly To access more options select one or more frames then click on the Arrange icon Arrange which will launch the Align list of available options to page as a group to page individually to each other i i a Distribute Order Resize fai Sl e First decide how you will be using the tool to Align your images e to a page as a group all selected frames will move as one item e to page individually all frames will follow the instructed alignment command as if they were the only element selected e to each other to distribute a multi selection in relation to the total area occupied by the selected frames Alignment options include e dead center positioning selected frames will reposition in relation to the center point of the canvas 72 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT e flush to the top bottom left and right edges e to the center horizontal line or vertical line Distribute options include e spacing all selected frames evenly across the horizontal axis e spacing all selected frames evenly across the vertical axis Ordering options include e moving selected items to the top or bottom of the frame order stack e moving selected items
248. n benefit from direct connectivity to professional printing labs providing managed color pipelines Features o Direct uploading to participating Pro Photo Labs STUDIO only o Preview window in the organizer can be resized o Canvas width is no longer rounded to two decimal places o Added option to remove LZW compression from TIF output o Printer color profile support added to STANDARD and PRO Performance o Many speed and memory usage improvements Fixed Bugs o Color editing now behaves correctly with multi selected text o Multi page render can now be stopped o Page name now refreshes properly after renaming o Page segments now removed when user changes printer settings o Spikes in fonts no longer appear when increasing the thickness of text outlines Version 3 4 Version 3 4 is a maintenance update that includes the following Features o Double width layouts now count for 2 pages o Rulers support metric and pixel dimensions o Frame number on canvas tile shown if source image is not found Performance o Accelerated feedback when using EXIF information on remote hard drive Fixed Bugs o Several crashes fixed o Loading an old project with flipped images no long causes issues at render time o Appending a project no longer changes the name of the current project o Problem with missing DLL fixed o Leading spaces in text no longer ignored o Dragging out a new frame while the dropper is active works again o Web links for images in exported collages work again o Closing
249. n to your work Save as a Template FotoFusion allows you to save projects as a template to re use with new images If you have completed a project you wish to reuse later then choose Save as Template FotoFusion will prompt you with the following question E Would you like to remove the photos from the canvas before saving this i temp late Choose Yes to strip out the photos from your project this includes background images Clipart eg png files will be retained Choose No to save the project as it Tip If you have used a lot of paper type textures remove your candid custom images manually from the image frames then save the project without removing the images Templates can also be made from a single page within a multipage project by right mouse selecting the image within the Pages hover Opening a Saved Project or Template To load an existing project click on the mst tab to Open existing projects OR click on FILE on the menu bar and select OPEN OR p ress Ctrl O on your keyboard You can also click on File on the menu to see a list of recently opened projects at the bottom of the menu list Your computer s folder system is located to the left you can navigate to any subdirectory on your system to locate scrap or collage files on your system The Sort and View options allow you to customize the preview display 10 FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT Open Sort p Download
250. n your keyboard use your mouse wheel or the up down arrows on your keyboard to change the size of the thumbnails To change the way your mouse wheel scrolls functions click on the EDIT menu item and choose USER PREFERENCES From the preview area you can now double click on an image to preview it in a larger viewer select a group of images and then Autocollage hem on your canvas add keywords to an image or multiple images from the Properties area so you can search for the images on the Create tab s Search button or drag one or more images into the Buckets tabs or type the corresponding bucket number to triage your photos into categories of your choice Buckets are a particularly useful feature to pre organize a multipage project by dividing the project into separate sections eg a wedding with sections for the bride s prep the wedding ceremony portraits in the park the dinner the reception etc or to make separate chapters eg a yearbook with sections for different clubs Right mouse select in the buckets area of the organizer to add up to nine buckets The contents of the buckets will be saved with your locally saved project 56 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT Image Frame Options Once images are on the canvas you can manipulate their styling via the Toolbox Select any image frame on your canvas to access the associated toolbox You can e Interactively edit the selected element e Open an editor for m
251. ng application such as Adobe PhotoShop to create an image with a transparent background 2 Save this image in the PNG file format with transparency enabled into the Watermark 3 Place the PNG file into the Watermarks folder where FotoFusion was installed If you are only using text or pre extracted graphics 1 Open a new canvas in FotoFusion 2 Turn the canvas frame image opacity to 0 or delete the canvas frame 3 Add text and graphics as required 4 Render the file to png format sending it to the Watermarks folder where FotoFusion is installed To apply a watermark 1 Browse for the file you wish to use as your watermark 2 Turn on the checkbox next to Collage to watermark the page and or Originals to watermark attached original images 3 Select where you would like to place your watermark using the grid top side bottom etc 4 Select the opacity of your watermark using the slider bar Adding Banners Just as with Watermarks custom Banners can be created in FotoFusion or Photoshop or similar programs and overlaid over email or web output A banner is an image with an embedded hyperlink it is typically Opaque as you WANT the user to see and click on it An example use of a banner would be to have recipients of your emails click on the banner to visit your site The Link field allows you to specify the address that the banner should link to e g http www WEBADDRESS com The Text field contains th
252. ng under Leopard 10 5 8 fixed e 30584 30562 ctrl q does a sparse auto collage fixed e 30090 Mixing local amp remote saves on a mac produces Missing images warnings fixed Fixes for Crashes Freezes when e 30614 30590 30537 Modifying text e 30580 30631 29953 Rendering e 30538 Starting multiple instances of FotoFusion 30490 Launching after Network error e 30428 Migrating projects from RS2010 to RS2011 e 30421 Migrating projects from v4 to v5 e 30578 Opening projects from Remote Storage e 30624 Exiting Remote Storage Fixes e 30575 Occasional Invalid Hierarchy error fixed e 30491 Occasional network errors when loading large projects fixed e 30576 Occasional Upload error fixed e 30150 Occasional Error message when loading manually unlocked project fixed e 30489 Project listed with serial number instead of name after error fixed e 30702 Image downscale failure goes undetected when saving General Bug Fixes 30623 30629 30532 Improvement in memory usage after render e 30611 30591 News link in HomeZone not working fixed e 30290 Copy Pasted text is sometimes not the same size as original fixed e 30435 Headers and Labels missing from earlier panel projects fixed e 30234 Ugly error message when editing image externally if user account has limited privileges fixed e 28848 Exclude not available from panel context menu fixed 30625 Corruption of panel project possible after crash happens fixed e 30203 Crash Restore does
253. nge the look of the panel the size of the image frames number of rows and columns the border style the text position and style the grouping options make a panel that only shows part of the school or grouped by teacher homeroom grade etc add or remove students and staff from the panels e change information about the students and teachers name changes moved to a different class etc We recommend strongly to make all your panels in a single project with one import of the PSPA cd unless you have a Book Manager license This will ensure that there is only one master set of information for the whole school Projects with separate databases cannot be merged without a Book Manager license Where can I get a YearbookFusion license YearbookFusion is sold in blocks of ten licenses to yearbook publishing companies who then distribute the licenses to their clients LumaPix does not sell individual Yearbook licenses to schools photo studios or other groups The software requires users to have a properly formatted PSPA database provided by a yearbook company or pro portrait studio YearbookFusion is customized to the publishing company s specifications to help their clients make perfectly formatted books tailored for a specific publishing pipeline LumaPix is strictly a software development company and does not providing printing photography or pspa formatting services If you are a studio or publisher who works with multiple schools
254. nges 25664 e New label mode added Text Beside Image 23309 e Panel labels automatically change to optimal size based on panel frame width 22528 e Panel population sort orders can be reversed 22397 Collaboration Individuals can contribute to the yearbook without having YearbookFusion installed by opening a web page and uploading images directly to the yearbook staff e Drop box functionality added to the Gallery 26017 Upload to publisher e Connectivity between the installed YearbookFusion and the publisher FTP site has been improved e The FTP upload mechanism now allows the user to select and upload any local file 24218 e Covers can now be uploaded separately from the rest of book as Rep preference 19239 Released October 11 amp 12 2010 Version 4 6 build 66120 New Feature e Users can now upload any file on their system to their publisher 24218 Performance e Finalizing a PDF now takes a fraction of the time it previously took 24431 Remote storage load time improved on underpowered machines 24458 e Improved memory handling when rendering to PDF 24004 Bugs Fixed e Label text occasionally missing from panels in rendered output 23889 e Increased logging during remote storage communications 24442 e Rare crash after activation 24456 24471 e Invalid Hierarchy Error after inserting project from remote storage 24467 e Rare scaling issues in PDF rendering 24137 Released May 18 2010 Version 4 6 build 65873 Features e
255. nhancements o Tiled background textures with interactive control over scale amp blur o One click to make an image the canvas background o Support for lockable and semi transparent layers o Bleed and crop lines o Interactive canvas resizing Sharing o User templates for html export CSS styles new buttons frames etc o Customizable banners o Customizable watermarks User Interface o Completely new editing mechanism Direct manipulation of important parameters at top level o Slick new editor based workflow o Editing is interactive real time all the t o Selection by class for fast group selection o Keyboard based nudging Interop Images on the web such as those in Kodak ProShots galleries can be included directly in FotoFusion collages without an import step o Images can be routed through other applications such as Adobe Photoshop for editing the updated files appear automatically in the collage when done Version 2 1 Version 2 1 was a maintenance version mostly consisting of bug fixes but with the following visible enhancements o Sharpen on export A pro trick to bring out crisp detail in your images oHandles always on top Easy access to manipulation controls no matter how complex your collage is o Improved Shadows FotoFusion s shadows look even better o Support for SMTP Servers requiring authentication FotoFusion can now communicate with mail servers using higher levels of security Version 2 0 Version 2 0 was another huge step forwards from
256. not bring back panel population fixed e 30446 Hard to scroll file open dialog fixed e 30632 Frame number tooltips lost after aborted project load fixed e 30722 Relinking PSPA image causes distortion and then missing image 190 UPDATE HISTORY fixed e 30723 Project corruption produces duplicate PSPA photos fixed released Nov 03 2011 Version 5 0 build 78569 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac Features amp Enhancements e 28609 29763 30392 All dependencies on Flash videos gallery uploads removed e 20965 Font size slider behaves better e 30257 Improved visual feedback identifying pages set to Exclude from Render Exclude from Numbering e 30223 Vestiges of Y removed from browse windows on MAC e 30364 Edit in external tool now working for images in Remote Storage projects Project Persistence 30246 30115 Text in 2010 11 Remote Storage projects appear distorted fixed e 30351 30199 Modified outside of FF shown for project restored after crash saving to Remote Storage e 30140 Projects from 2010 11 Remote Storage load with missing font prompts fixed PSD rendering e 30009 19220 28368 30414 30370 issues with two page spreads rendered to PSD fixed Freezes e 30430 Listing contents of RS folder e 30431 Saving to RS e 29897 Acquiring content rights e 30447 Quickly flipping through pages of RS project e 30429 Closing HomeZone while Search continues in background e 30309 Choosing show in finder in output tab e 30278 Q
257. now resolved 17311 16884 e Artifacts in PNG files at higher resolution renders have now been removed 17366 e Render options no longer default to rendering overhang 17657 18002 e Output to the web now creates appropriate thumbnails info extensions etc 18560 18561 18563 18147 18148 18149 e Output to a file now remembers last used folder 17309 17386 Data Management e Appending a project no longer clears current bucket contents 15662 15465 e Buckets no longer emptied on auto populate 15465 e Used check marks now correctly shown on images on remote drives 18823 e Images located on a removed external drive now give warning message on project load 17959 e Thumbnails in file open dialog now updated correctly when project has been saved over 17868 17869 e Browse for Images remembers last visited folder even if image is not opened 17388 e Illegal characters do not cause File gt Save to fail 17510 17850 e Occasional crashes when loading v3 x projects fixed 18568 e Inserting a project now appends instead of replacing current project 17238 17715 e Restoring projects scrap archives uses caches if available 17746 17951 18644 e Restored archive does not require resave if no changes made 17750 17752 17791 e Item removed from database are now also removed from bucket 17410 e Multiple sequential keyword search no longer crashes 16789 16850 e Page numbering attributes now correctly reconstructed on load 17454 General e
258. nto an empty frame To drop an image to cover the entire background of the canvas drop it outside of the canvas in the dark grey area Once dropped images can be swapped from one frame to another by clicking on frame number for one image eg then dragging the mouse over the frame you would like to swap with Images x Adding Image via the Images Hover The easiest way to C Users LD arroch Pictures personal2 oa ee Sali Over eee Gee 8 ik on the button to navigate to the folder where your images are located Select the image s you wish to use hold down the Ctrl key to select more than one imageor drag your mouse over a group of images Drag the selection onto the canvas the selected images will appear in the dropper drop an image onto the canvas is through the PG DSON975 JPG DSO0976 IPG DES 104398 jpg Size 1 273 240 bytes Width Height 2 356 by 1 571 CLICK Drop Image CTRL CLICK Drop Copy SHIFT OLICK More Options WHEEL Next Prev CTRLAWHEEL Resize ESC Exit Once you have added images onto the Image tab they will be checkmarked in the Image hover You can drop an image more than once on the canvas The image is checkmarked and the Pia Psa Rta number of uses is displayed E g ro ow Bie f L n J DSOUS975 JPG aun 1G DSCISS61 JPG CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 55 To bring images onto the canvas in a more organized manner use the iE Organize e
259. nto existing panels providing their data matches that of their classmates NOTE Do not add the data before clicking Add Student the images need to be added to the database set first This will enable drop downs eg teacher s name grade from existing database entry Data will now be associated with the images Click on LRevalidate School button at the top of the Organizer to ensure that the images have been properly associated with the database and will be included in the panel pages Any photo with incomplete data will be retriaged into the buckets Adding students can occur at any time during the panel creation process either before or after the panels have been set up and populated Removing Excluding Portraits from Panels occasionally you may need to exclude an image from the imported PSPA set eg duplicate images retakes or people who have left the school Use the Search area in the school to locate the image s that you do not wish to include in the yearbook panels use their last name or grade or teacher to search for the image When you find the image s in the preview area select the image thumbnail s The image and associated data will appear in the Custom attributes area Turn the Exclude option to Yes Exdude yes YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES 153 Right mouse select the portrait and choose EXCLUDE OR go to the panel where the person appears E E i Denise ylling a
260. o the project Uploading can take quite a bit of time hours in fact if it is a large project and is dependent on the speed of your internet connection your publisher s server and the size of your project 132 OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING GRAPHIC RESOURCES amp TEMPLATES FotoFusion users have access to a collection of high quality embellishments and templates designed for hobbyists schools and pro photographers These materials are instantly accessible with a high speed Internet connection LumaPix 3 ore Ae T PER ET Dowans Happily Ever Beira Tether Temple Afer lumi Tenplca Perwer flurraPi HIW T S The collection is an on demand resource for graphic embellishments and templates all located securely on the LumaPix server You can find graphic content in several ways From the Start tab Start i Click on the Sion tab then select e Qa Be New Project to get to the templates section Blank Album Templates Auto Collage Templates The selection of templates will change depending on your license type Enhanced Extreme or Yearbook GRAPHIC RESOURCES amp TEMPLATES 133 N In this Extreme user s view Templates SHOWS a lt Snome Sew Project templates variety of template themes Select a theme to view the available template collection m Basic Templates Senior Portraits Sport Cards Business Cards Scrapbooking mrt _ Zs ome
261. oading RS2011 projects into v5 fixed e 30129 29010 Changing languages deactivates software fixed e 29843 Frame rotates when trying to resize text using ctrl shift fixed e 30154 Version number not relevant to YearbookFusion users fixed e 29754 Improvements to Project repair mechanism e 29868 Text edit doesn t scroll if you drag selection or roll mousewheel fixed e 29986 Homezone reports error on some machines fixed e 30069 Error when saving to RS after duplicating content fixed e 30169 PSPA images showing up as page thumbnails fixed e 29834 School database thumbnails appear in frames papers hover fixed e 30075 Mac installation requires reactivation fixed e 30184 Content sometimes blurry when loaded from Remote Storage for first time fixed e 24444 Panel page converted from side to two page spread fixed e 27160 Project password protection improved e 25858 Password protection not working for RS projects fixed e 23260 Knockouts in panel pages not flipping correctly when new pages are inserted fixed e 23678 Merged pages not showing chapter indications correctly fixed e 30168 Panel frames sometimes appear empty when loading from RS fixed e 4665 Conflicting Rep Preferences handled better e 30100 Improvements to logging e 29399 Server ping when rendering fixed e 30154 Yearbook Composite licenses now correctly ignore version number for activation e 20323 Projects in Remote Storage remain locked after a crash fixed e 30076 Error when saving
262. oading back from RS Released November 11 2010 Version 4 7 build 70334 This is a stabilization release that restores a few features to text that were turned off in the initial release of the Rich Text functionality e Rich text now exported as vectors in PDF 25367 e Mattes now supported on Rich Text 26209 e Support for entering accented characters in Rich Text 26640 e Multi core rendering 21595 e Support for active amp passive FTP in upload to publisher 26558 Mail to associated reps option added in Repadmin tool 26817 Bugs e PDF layers not tagged with color profiles produced color shift when viewed in Adobe Viewer but not when printing 24007 26689 e Improved CPU usage during PDF rendering 26661 e Projects no longer remaining locked after use 26781 e Matte list now shows only Mattes was showing textures too 25192 e Cont d added to text box for panel pages when editing headers manually 23137 e Labels occasionally missing from student pages when rendered to PDF 15700 e Panel text occasionally appears in wrong place fixed 26872 e Panel layout corruption after page break fixed 26884 e Errors in PDF positions of very small text fixed 25255 e Autorotated images now respond to spin control 26757 e Occasional content reversions after save load fixed 26886 26885 26889 e Issues with non admin lightspeed users fixed 26880 e Issues with mixing Remote Storage amp archiving fixed 26402 26403 26736 26778 Failures when
263. ock and Clip 7 ooog Fill Edge L Thickness Alignment Center 7 ii Middle v Reeves 0052 Adding Fonts FotoFusion uses the fonts included on your system It adds only a single font to your system Denis script ttf If you wish to add a font for use in FotoFusion install the font on your system then relaunch FotoFusion the font will now appear among your list of fonts Note to YearbookFusion users When working on yearbook panels or on online chapters you may notice certain fonts marked in red in the font list and less features available Both of these features rely on less developed text editors so certain features and fonts may not be available Spell Check FotoFusion includes a spell check feature US English amp French are currently available If you type a word in the text frame that is not included in the selected dictionary the word underline the word in red Right mouse select the word then choose Spell Suggestions to see a list of available words select one to replace the underlined word CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 91 hello hellos hallow hollow mellow bellow yellow fellow Bellow hell ow hell ow Text hello w Edit hellhole Insert Howell Spell Suggestions Lowell To turn spell check off or change languages go to EDIT on the menu then choose User Preferences gt Spell Check tab v Do Spell Check isn United States CF EMH French
264. oduce ding when clicked on fixed e 28613 Crash when rendering fixed e 30287 Freeze while searching for PSPA files fixed e 29790 Freeze when browsing Mac folder containing PSD amp PDF files fixed e 30204 Freeze after resaving images modified outside the application fixed e 30171 Freeze in crash restore fixed e 29131 Freeze after trying to rename pages fixed Automation e 29404 Automation now supports rendering by ObjectID e 30248 Rendering under automation blocked by popup dialogs fixed Project storage 30226 Project corruption fixed e 18177 Dotscrap content loads blurry fixed e 30217 Download current page from RS first to improve visual performance e 30016 Error saving to RS fixed e 30283 Missing fonts after passing project through RS fixed e 30282 Missing text after passing project through RS fixed e 30280 Recent edits not reflected in project loaded from RS fixed e 30291 Can t save to RS after pasting copy of text frame fixed e 30339 Project names displayed as serial numbers in RS fixed e 30317 Missing images after crash restore fixed e 30296 Page properties do not render not surviving crash restore fixed Bug Fixes e 30286 Cannot close gallery tab fixed e 30242 Tapping F5 key causes missing image notices on current page fixed e 30292 UI blocks if fonts missing from project downloaded from RS f ixed e 30333 FF not restarting automatically after activation fixed e 27924 Text clipped after reloading from RS even if se
265. om on load from Remote Storage 22948 e TIF images appear with locked aspect 22829 e Panel sets within panel sets produce corruption after re ordering 22758 e Gallery images don t appear when shared folder used in networked environment 22990 e PDF export fails on large projects 19762 e Non admin User accounts cannot run FotoFusion 20347 Released January 20 2010 Version 4 6 build 62580 Bug fixed e Form factor conformation resolved 22674 Released December 21 2009 Version 4 6 build 62460 Bug fixed e Panel updare re form factor Released December 15 2009 Version 4 6 build 62269 Bug fixed e Column and Row settings for panels Released December 8 2009 Version 4 5 build 62295 Bug Fixes e PNG files display black on Windows 7 64 bit OS e Cached items that are in database dating previous to build 60134 are not loaded released December 8 2009 UPDATE HISTORY 195 Version 4 6 build 61290 Released October 28 2009 Version 4 6 build 60648 60649 Released October 1 2 2009 Version 4 5 build 60134 Bug Fixes e Matte cutter overwrites original image 20853 20133 Released September 10 2009 Version 4 5 build 59268 Bug Fixes Bevelled frames drop correctly 20259 Released August 6 2009 Version 4 5 build 58767 Features e User preferences option for external editor added under Edit menu 20104 20108 e User preferences options for copying images when sent to external editor added under Edit menu 18983 e
266. on dialog Setup to select a profile If this option is not selected FotoFusion will ignore the printer s color profile and process the collage directly to the printer Paper Type This option will configure your printing options to rotate your page based on its designation as a left side or right side page and provide the appropriate diagram to orient your paper in your printer Overlay Image Info This checkbox will turn on the options set in the Overlay Image Info settings displaying information about your image files directly of the canvas Your images can include labels to include file name frame number or other exif information This can serve the dual purpose of watermarking your proofs and providing a communication tool with your client PRINTER SEGMENTS Extreme licenses include the ability to segment a composition into smaller 114 OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING A printer page segment is a resizable translucent frame that floats over your canvas specifying how your larger canvas will be cut into separate printable areas Note how this type of segment specifies the page number of the segment This feature allows you to print layouts that are larger than your printer is able to output directly as pieces which fit precisely together when assembled on a suitable background medium oi Jl A segment is also a resizable translucent frame th
267. on folder see the same drive letter meaning if Computer 1 sees a network drive called Y Computer 2 3 4 etc also sees this same drive as Y and not another letter This is important because FotoFusion will trace the images dropped into the project back to their original location and the project needs to find the images in exactly the same place all the time or it will report that the images are missing e If your team is working from various locations home school library internet cafe etc without a network or remote storage projects will be saved to the local hard disk of each computer To transfer the projects to the project manager for inclusion in the master project each user can archive their project s An archive creates a Scrappackage file which contains all the source images and project recipe To archive a project launch it choose FILE on the menu then choose ARCHIVE RESTORE gt Archive for Public Use Copy the resulting scrappackage file to your external memory device This file can be sent to another user via a usb key dvd or other memory device to give to the yearbook manager FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT 21 The yearbook manager can restore the archive file and insert the resulting project into a master project To restore an archive choose FILE on the menu choose ARCHIVE RESTORE gt Restore Point to the scrappackage archive FotoFusion will deposit the images into a folder of your choice and reopen
268. onds ready for customization 3 The From Scratch Approach Design original albums one page at a time Method 1 Design by template The dotScrap Marketplace provides a resource for pro album designs Extreme users receive a collection of six designed albums with their license Free albums include Tuxedo Black Basic Black Classic White Embroidery Signature Magazine and Dreamy Blue Other albums are available for purchase from the Marketplace To view the available album collection go to Start Zone choose New Project and select ALBUM TEMPLATES Home Gi New Project amp Templates Albums LumaPix LumaPix LumaPix 1 i Tuxedo Black Basic Black Album Simple Elegance Crimson Elegance A 2 c ternal E legance LumaPix Ras ou 0 2 and Grave f Golden Moments Eternal Elegance 8x10 3 Embroidery Book td F i as aks f LumaPix 3 AF al 4 Classic White Travel Book by Denis Powers Together Forever Burgundy Spirit Embroidery Book by Denis Drag for more results When an album is launched on the Create screen the first page displayed is a cover sheet This page is not editable it is the Wrapper for the album to show you the component pages You can delete this from the Pages hover FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT 17 Extreme users can customize the albums change canvas size reorder the pages add or remove frames change border options retint the backgro
269. oose to leave the cover as one file or to split it on either side of the spine front spine back or front spine back as required by your printing company File Type FotoFusion can render to BMP GIF JPEG PNG and TIF Extreme users and some YearbookFusion users have the option of PSD and PDF formats JPG is a compressed format which means that image quality can be traded off against disk space lower compression will produce sharper images and a big file higher compression will produce noisier images and smaller files Increasing the quality on a JPG export usually results in good looking images without producing a too large file Only the PNG format can write out transparency if you want to have a canvas with a transparent background set up the canvas with a transparent background by creating it with a O opacity then render to png OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING 111 Xo BMP files tend to be very large they are lossless you won t lose any quality working with this format Images in this format are typically used for work in Windows environments TIF images are more portable than BMP images but remain large compared to JPG files PSD files can be opened in Adobe Photoshop and will produced a multi layered document suitable for editing Each element in the FotoFusion canvas will be rendered to a separate layer including shadows and image mattes This allows you to target only the specific layer you will
270. operties Attribute Volume Name Image Folder Image File Name Grade Last Hame First Hame Home A oom Period Teacher Track Department Title Add New Property The Church attribute set includes Family name Adult and Children Name contact info and Occupation which are commonly featured in a church directory Manage Attributes Select Attribute Set T Attribute Properties Attribute mu Identifier w Image Folder Image File Name i Family Hame m Adult Hame a Children Hames Occupation Phone Number E Street Address 1 m Street Address 2 ai City 5 State Province Add New Property To edit an existing attribute set or add a field to a new attribute set click on Add New Property urade TEMI mo Last Mame text ng First Hame text no Home Room text ae Pernod text ro Teacher text ae Track text no Department tent na Title text nD rid rid rid rd rid rid rid rid rid Ves Ves Ves Ves Ves Ves Ves Ves Ves to add your new property to the list of available options In this case we are adding a field called House 156 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES Custom Attribute Options EEs Custom attribute property name House Type he Input Type iv Can Delete Zi Text zai Numeric Empty Allowed 3 EE Choices OK Cancel Type the name of the new property In this case we are adding House as a propriety of the School attribute set Under Typ
271. or chip to open the color editor to specifically target a color or use the eyedropper to select a color directly from your composition Border Opacity Allows you to turn down the transparency of the border Fit Image The entire image to fit into the border when checked Unchecked a portion of the image will be obscured by the border Shadow Inside This will cause the image not the border to cast a shadow this is useful for attaining glassy borders on frames Draw Border Highlight Disabling this removes the 1 pixel contrast line on the outer edge of the border wide boarder with color border with color shadow inside Image by Kent Smith Inset The inset value provides an automatic spacer between adjacent frames If the inset is reduced to 0 then frames will touch at their edge Increasing the inset will provide more space between frames that are snapped together 68 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT Frame Border Gracie Mane Genera Border Width 0 05 R 255 G 2558 255 Opacity 255 v FitImage Shadow Inside Drew Border Highlight qT C You can change the shape of the frame by clicking on the Square j button and the corner angle Rounded and Angle variations allow you control the degree of corner effect Default Square Border Oval Diamond The Gradient tab of the Frame Border Editor applies a special effect that will fades
272. or the page to place the column You can choose to always place it to the right or left of the panel so the labels will always be in a consistent position or orient it to the edge or gutter of the page so the labels will flip sides on alternate pages Width and height can be adjusted to create more or less space for the text and the Space to create more room between the labels and the panel The Shadow options for the labels Fer are presented in the first drawer Show Shadow It is highly recommended to keep the shadow off labels shadows will Hes 0 06 Blur 0 25 make your labels very difficult to Angle 45 Amount 255 read particularly when the book is Shadow Inside ea printed 172 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES The Font drawer allows you to specify the way the labels appearance and what info appears in the label You will notice there is some code that appears in the top window This refers to the info drawn from the PSPA database e g firstname lastname Additional tags can be added click inside this window to position your cursor Click on Tags gt then navigate to User Custom Tags gt School to find the fields associated to your database that you wish to add to your labels For instance add TAGS gt User Custom Tags gt School gt Title to add job descriptions to the staff page Learn how to change the default label tags in the previous section Layout shows general info about your te
273. ore precise controls e Access additional selections such as frame order rotation splitting adding text and other features Interactive editing Many of the controls in the toolbox can be dragged interactively doing so will change a feature related to the selected object To drag simply press the left mouse button onto one of the icons in the toolbox and move the mouse In this example the mouse is dragging the frame border control resulting in a wider border Some controls such as Shadows can be dragged both left right shadow offset and up down shadow blur You can press esc before releasing the mouse button to cancel the changes if necessary Opening Editors with the Toolbox Clicking on a control in the toolbox will open a floating editor which contains detailed editable parameters Ep 1 Image allows you to adjust the properties of the image Mouse down and drag to change brightness contrast and gamma click down to open the Image Editor for more options 2 Border allows you to adjust frame shape and border properties Mouse down and drag to change the border width click to open the Frame Editor 3 Shadow allows you to adjust the shadow properties Mouse down and drag to change blur offset etc click to open the Shadow Editor 4 Arrange and Distribute click to open the Arrange tool to position your frame on the canvas relative to the edges center point and other frames 5 Splitter Tool allows you
274. ored to more visible place in UI z Panels are now un selectable in manual mode unless selected via Tree Hover 27997 e Improved caching performance for RS 27940 e Add show crop marks option in RepAdmin upload preferences 24449 Bugs Fixed e FotoFusion can t save to RS error Fixed 27973 e FotoFusion stays stuck on Opening Project Loading page 1 of xxx Fixed 27970 e Inconsistencies noted in projects during validation phase of save to Remote Storage Fixed 27933 27932 27931 Auto Flipped panel causes reversal of alphabetical order Fixed 27857 e Panels scrambled Fixed 27951 27993 e Panels shift when groups re ordered Fixed 27955 e Message Encountered unacceptable PicInfo type Fixed 27774 e Freeze when browsing project or adding new page Fixed 27987 e Top level gallery folder doesn t load Fixed 27977 e Crop marks are appearing on output from user Fixed 27892 released March 3 2011 Version 4 7 build 72828 Autoflip pages no long back on automatically 27880 FotoFusion refuses to start following update on XP machine because SP3 is not installed 27938 released Feb 21 2011 Version 4 7 build 72732 Feature enhancements e Support for Undo has been re enabled e Rich Text support Tags e Improved handling of unstable internet connections e Improved scroll bars in hovers e Auto update now silent until update is fully ready for install e More contact info requested when starting Remote Storag
275. organizing the panels 160 orient 54 Output to file 105 Output to web 105 oval frame 54 oval frames 54 overlay image effects 54 overlay image info 107 111 179 page breaks 160 page hover 2 18 45 page types 2 pages hover 45 pan 54 panel hover 160 2013 LumaPix Inc Index 205 panel pages 18 141 panel population 160 panel set grouping 160 panel text options 160 papers 132 password protection 8 pasted 54 PC 1 PDF 105 107 phoenix image effects 54 Photoshop 36 pin light image effects 54 png 105 107 polaroid frames 54 populate 160 populating 160 populating a panels 160 ports 1 premium frames 54 premium tab 132 print selected pages 111 printer page segments 111 printer setup 111 printer friendly 111 printer page segments 111 printing 105 111 printing ata labo 107 printing over sized projects 111 priority 142 pro 175 pro photo 175 process tab 107 production 16 progress monitor in book manager 29 project 175 project folders 15 project manager 18 project versioning 8 proof book 94 proofing 16 175 179 proofs 179 properties 101 PSD 107 PSPA 142 PSPAcd 142 PSPA database 18 publish 120 publishing 120 purchased tab 132 qr code 117 ratings 101 reassemble multi sided projects 111 red 54 red exclamation 54 red lines 2 red triangle 54 red eye removal 54 reduce to fit 111 reflect image effects 54 registration 1 registring 1 relink missing images
276. orm factor will persist between saves while running as trial 19125 e Memory leak fixed 19398 Yearbook e School combo box is sorted 19003 e Accented uppercase characters do not break database 19465 e Add student to PSPA import will copy image to PSPA folder 19087 e Yearbook publishers can designate master archive password for all clients archived projects 19079 e Yearbook Publishers have all tabs available regardless of user preferences 19214 e Yearbook panel pages will resave project correctly after missing images reconnected 19133 e Archiving issues with yearbook projects resolved 19062 19069 e Incomplete FTP upload issues resolved 19188 19272 e DPI for projects uploaded to publisher is respected 19275 Released May 20 2009 Version 4 5 build 56280 FEATURES Form Factors Introduction of Form Factors power tools that ensure that your layouts match specifications from album manufacturers e Revamped Canvas and Project settings editors 17265 17441 e Support for user defined Form Factors supersedes canvas size presets 17156 17984 Output e Completely revamped output file naming schemes provides sensible defaults useful presets and complete user customization Crop marks drawn as thin black lines over white background for improved visibility 17517 e Improvements to Album themes in Output to the web 17697 17698 UI e Desktop now appears at root of all file trees organizer image hover autocollage etc 3511
277. ort List of Used Images You will then be prompted to give a name to the text file and to select a location where to save the file Once saved you can open the file by double clicking on it The text can be cut and paste into any other application of your choice Multi page projects will be displayed by page for added convenience Creating a Proof Document The Web Album feature is a great way to send a preview of your project to the client Alternatively render your project as a multipage low resolution pdf Turn on Overlay Image Info on the Output to a File tab to provide information to your client about the images in the project providing both a means to discuss the project with the customer eg Move Frame number 6 on page 1 to page 2 please and also subtly watermarks the project Render your project to between 75 and 100 dpi creating a screen resolution friendly version of the project as a pdf Don t split the double spreads the client will be able to view the album as it will appear to them when printed You can add Watermarks and or Banners to further brand your proofing document if you wish Send the project to your client as an email attachment if it is not too large a file or use a file transfer mechanism eg yousendit com sendspace com to provide them with a download link if you don t have your own server and client download area If you have your own website upload to your web gallery click on Publish to send your
278. osition defaults are 1 not 0 e Png files set as image will not lose cropping when reloaded e Picking up canvas images now behaves as expected e Canvas refresh issues after turning grid on addressed e Page thumbnail refresh issues addressed e Frame s show drop photo here checkbox no longer affects auto collage Rotation handle now switches to yellow when Ctrl key is held e Canvas image pick up does not result in transparent background e Tab area now not part of scrolling hover area Undo The following undo errors have been fixed among others e matte application e refresh issues after undoing resize e image brightness blur following image swap e moving frame to new layer e canvas image drop e split image mosaic Output Printing e Email crop no longer includes overhang e PDF multi page export with doubles separate renders as expected e Warning now appears if an image file is locked by another software at render time e Never visited pages of Marketplace templates now render correctly General e False unpurchased material error message addressed e FotoFusion will run on Vista account without administrator status e Auto update seen by older builds e Autocollage drop down not as fast to react to mouse over e Images tagged as ribbon or decoration now behave as expected e Auto duplicated page with one image dropped will not reproduce the image on subsequent pages e Save Open dialog resizes to fit on low resolution monitor settings Trial use e Trial use
279. ot opened This is usually the result of the project improperly shutting down on the last session for example the computer or the software shut down unexpectedly eg power outage or your network server didn t pass the signal to unlock the project correctly If you are 100 positive no one has the project open you can remove the lock grades 2012 3 Scrap Never unlock a project that is in active use by another user as you risk data loss to your project If you are sure that the project is not being worked on by another user the lock can be removed by simply right clicking the project and selecting Unlock Project FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT 11 Archiving to Transfer Projects to Another Computer A scrap project file is a composition a recipe used to recreate your layout Your images are not attached or embedded into the project but linked to the project from the local folder where they are stored If you try to open a scrap file that has been moved from one machine to another the new computer will not see the images in the project and report the images missing see below for details An archive bundles the project and the source images into one file so it can be transferred to another computer This is useful if you don t have remote store or a shared network to store your work on To archive click on FILE on the menu then choose ARCHIVE RESTORE then Archive the file This will create a much larger file called a scrap
280. ou are having trouble accessing graphic content check the following e In the bottom right corner of the Create screen do you see i gt or The orange plug means your software is not or cannot connect to the internet To fix check to ensure that a high speed connection is available then relaunch e Still no luck getting rid of a Internet security software might be blocking FotoFusion check your firewall settings in this case Some internet security software may block FotoFusion from accessing your connection completely If you are at home check into your firewall settings or temporarily disable the security software don t access email or the Internet if you do this then relaunch FotoFusion If it is now online you ve determined what is blocking the connection in the software e If you are connected to the internet is showing but still can t get the content then do the following click on EDIT on the menu choose USER PREFERENCES choose the Network tab turn on the checkbox at the top of the editor to detect Internet Explorer proxy settings relaunch FotoFusion e If you are in a school then show your IT professional the System Requirements info at the start of this manual They may need to open up access on the school network 140 GRAPHIC RESOURCES amp TEMPLATES Using Your Own Graphics Collection Any image file on your system saved in a standard flattened file format jpg png bmp gif wmf tiff can be us
281. our canvas If you need to edit an image you have dropped on the canvas you can open it directly in a graphic editing software make changes then auto update your copy in FotoFusion without having to rebuild a collage from scratch This is useful if you need to affect the image in some way that FotoFusion does not support for example paint out some dust or remove blemishes FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT 37 To open an image while working in FotoFusion Right mouse select an image Choose Image gt External Edit gt Edit in External tool from the resulting pop up menu FotoFusion may ask you if you would like to make a copy of the image If you choose yes a new copy of the image will appear in the same folder as the original eg D03043 jpg D03043 copy jpg If you choose no you will be directly editing the original image If no editors have been previously selected select manage Click on the Add button which will open your Windows Program File folder Navigate to the folder of your software of choice and find the exe or app file which launches the software eg C Program Files Adobe Photoshop Photoshop exe Once an editor has been specified select it so that it is highlighted then choose OK The specified software will launch and your image will open Save the file once your editing is complete and go back to FotoFusion If the image does not refresh immediately hit F5 on your keyboard to redraw your canvas Setting defa
282. package on your system Make a note of the directory where the scrappackage file is saved so you can move the file to an external memory device to transfer it Move the file to the new computer then from a blank project choose FILE gt ARCHIVE RESTORE gt Restore Point to the scrappackage file The project will then reopen prompting you to save the project and the source images onto the new machine Deleting Projects Projects saved locally your hard drive an external drive a local network drive can be deleted In File gt Open right mouse select any project thumbnail to SEND TO RECYCLE BIN As described the projects are now in your system Recycle Trash bin If you made a mistake and need to restore them you can do so from the Recycle Trash bin itself if you haven t emptied it yet Remote storage projects YearbookFusion only can be recycled from File gt Open in the same manner but are sent to the Remote storage trash bin If you accidentally deleted a project contact support a lumapix com to request that the project be restored Provide your user id or school name your yearbook publishing company s name the name of the project s and the approximate date time they were deleted How Images Work in FotoFusion linking vs embedding FotoFusion is layout software not graphic editing software As such it does not embed your images directly into your project When you drop an image onto your FotoFusion canvas you are looking a
283. pages with or without attached images and change the theme to the Album Preview theme PRO PROJECT TUTORIAL 181 L H Generally we don t recommend using the Share tab to send multipage proofing documents to clients The Share tab creates a very small html embedded version of your project that usually doesn t give the client a sufficiently clear view of your work GROUP COMPOSITE FotoFusion makes creating a composite image for school yearbooks or group portraits a simple process Note YearbookFusion users have a special set of automated tools to generate panel pages composites using their PSPA cd LumaPix will soon make a special composite making service available to streamline this process Check our website for more info when the product is released Here are the basic steps to create a composite using FotoFusion Enhanced or Extreme Step 1 Organize your images We suggest renaming your portrait image file names to the names of the person in the photo For example rename a portrait to Nancy Carr jpg Use the Organizer to sort your images into buckets e g by class if required Step 2 Create a grid Set your canvas dimensions as required Insert a single large frame on the canvas to cover the part of the canvas that you want to have covered by the panel images Change the frame properties as required Change the border thickness or color or add a matte if you wish You can also wait until after you have
284. paper selected and that no options will interfere with your print job eg quality of print multiple copies etc Once the printer driver window has opened choose PROPERTIES to look at the settings for the printer itself for example to make multiple copies paper size and orientation Scaling There are two main printing options in FotoFusion No Resizing even if it requires multiple OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING 113 pages to print This option will print your collage at exactly the dimensions that you selected when creating it If your layout is 6x6 inches it will be printed at exactly 6x6 inches on an 8 5x11 sheet of paper If you layout is 36x24 inches it will not fit on a single 8 5x11 sheet of paper Extreme and some Yearbook licenses can printed output across multiple pages Enhanced can only print to exactly one sheet at a time Resize only if necessary If your layout is bigger than the printed page it will be printed at a reduced size if it is too small it will be printed larger Use this option if the precise dimensions of your printed output don t matter you just want to use paper as efficiently as you can Note that the options for Full Bleed and Crop are only available when printing at 1 1 because these options are only relevant when printing precisely measured output and the fit option resizes the image to fit the page Full Bleed If you have created a canvas with a bleed area then turning on the Add Full Bleed Re
285. paration for the rollout of V5 e 24025 make all frames same size now works correctly e Mac We fixed various crashes and freezing scenarios Cases resolved 24076 26535 28154 31521 31455 31454 31049 24025 31523 31551 31518 31572 28376 30760 released Jan 31 2012 Version 5 0 build 80722 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac Features e Undo now takes less resources system performance on slower machines should improve Bugs resolved Page thumbnails now show up in sensible reading order e Changing panel grouping now resets all disabled groups e Accents now sorted correctly in panels and UPDATE HISTORY 189 autopopulate Cdt now comes before Cusson e Color picker on Mac now working correctly e Other assorted stability issues were also resolved Cases resolved 31378 22508 31309 31358 31361 31335 released Jan 17 2012 Version 5 0 build 80124 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac This update fixes an important bug related to loading and saving projects and introduces project versioning New Features e 31134 Versioning now available Right click on a project in the file open dialog you will be able to choose from previously saved versions of the project e 31127 2012 calendars made visible to YearbookFusion users e 30983 German translation file updated e 30906 Connection Checker updated to reflect new Remote Storage Mac specific Fixes e 31200 31145 Embedded Chromium build causes problems reverting to previous build e 31245 Training videos open in separate win
286. pg format is usually acceptable Consult your lab of choice to determine their size and output recommendations Pro photographers creating albums should ensure that the recommended bleed and safe zones and resolution requirements are met How do I find a lab or photo development service Hundreds of companies exist world wide to meet your printing needs with all variety of formats output qualities and price points none hobbyists can choose local photo developers or copy centers bring your rendered jpg files on a portable memory device to your local retailer big box chains grocery stores or department stores photo finishing services often include photo books and novelty product services Bring your rendered jpg files to the photo counter in store on a portable memory device or check the retailer s website to see if online upload services are available Online orders can often can be picked up in store or shipped to you directly online photo services and book publishers search the Web for these services Book publishing companies will most often provide a free book making software that will include some template To use your FotoFusion output in their software and bypass their predesigned templates select the template page style that allows you to drop your rendered jpg file into a full page layout Pro Photographers have dozens and dozens of choices of pro labs and finishing services In general these items are higher quality than the serv
287. photo editing software and how to avoid missing images warnings and how to fix them if they happen Last password protection is detailed below If you are an inexperienced computer user please consult the next section to learn more about basic file management on your computer An understanding of how your computer works with files will save you hours of frustration and let you focus on the creative aspects of your projects To learn how to send completed projects outside of FotoFusion consult The Output Tab section Saving Your Projects e Select Save from the Tool Bar or press Ctrl S on your keyboard or go to the top menu under FILE and select SAVE e Create a file name e Point to a directory folder of your choice or make a new subdirectory e Save the file The project will be saved as a scrap file format which allows you to reopen the project in an editable format Use File gt Save As to save a copy of an updated project under a new name For example if you edit a previously saved project and wish to keep both the original and the new version Save As will not allow you to overwrite an existing file Project versioning is available should you accidentally overwrite a project or need to roll in back to a previous save Right mouse select the project within File gt Open to Open a Previous Version YearbookFusion users may have the option to save to Remote storage if a license has been provided by your ye
288. pression the photo is inside a translucent frame CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 93 Shadow Color Clicking on Double Click to Change the color chip opens the 7 I td a td a color editor this allows you to pick a new color for the shadow In this example the shadow has been used to make the image and the text appear to glow DOV IEE AKOE E 94 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT AUTOTOOLS FotoFusion can create automatically layouts for you with a few simple clicks AutoCollage The autocollage tool allows you to quickly fill a page with images Extreme amp Yearbook users can also create multi page autocollages Any set of images on the canvas can be autocollaged repeatedly until you are satisfied with the layout Click on the AutoCollage button on the Toolbar to obtain a new layout every time Autocollage an existing set of images If you have images on your page or in the dropper pulled from the Images hover for instance click on the Autocollage button to drop them on the current page Click this button to rearrange your collage as many times as you like until you find an arrangement that is close to what you want Auto Click AutoCollage for a new layout If you hover over the AutoCollage button meaning let your cursor float above the icon without clicking you will open the AutoCollage options hover Shadows add drop shadow to the autocollaged set of images Borders add th
289. printing of multi page albums e Page thumbnails added to print dialog e Improved print preview performance e Many improvements to general stability FIXED BUGS e Fixed crash entering a space in search field e Fixed out of memory error when rendering large project Released July 2 2008 Version 4 3 build 48400 FEATURES e Email application migrated to new Share tab e Email address list can now be edited e Email address list stored in text file in C My Documents My Collages Image overlay text is now DPI independent FIXED BUGS e Cancelling high resolution download no longer results in blurry output e Resolved crash when inserting v3 projects through page hover Released May 9 2008 Version 4 3 build 48137 FEATURES Data Management e Archive for public use now available e Most Recently Used Files displayed under File menu option e Multi selected pages in Organizer can now be appended to current project Extreme only e Locate Missing Images now includes mattes e Immediate indication if project is trial or contains unpurchased marketplace items e Number of results shown in search hovers Image Frames e Frame position rotation and size can be locked e Lock aspect ratio is now selection specific not global to all frames e Moving frames within a group does not break grouping e Blue overlay removed from Group display e Existing frames cannot be nudged accidentally while dropping new images e Last dropped added frame is selected automatically Text
290. pters Online When c gt creating a new project in Book Manager you can specify that it will be editable in an online version of FotoFusion This is particularly useful if you need someone to customize a template but do not want them to go to the trouble of downloading and activating software In our example book the Message from the Pr Message from the Principal chapter has been assigned as an online chapter Notice the cloud icon on the project preview FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT 33 Before we can send the project to the principal we need to give him something to work with the project has no images or fonts to work with Launch the project in FotoFusion and make a template Any feature that is not available in the online version of the software will be disallowed you ll notice that certain image file types can t be dropped eg emf files from the Gallery that you cannot type on the canvas and some fonts will be marked as red unusable You can still build a nice template page even with these limitations thet 1 M CSSAG i ect epider DR CARLOS KINGSTON type your text here type your text here type your text here type your text here type your text here type your text here type your text here type your text here Now that we have something to share save the project File gt Save Back in the Book manager the thumbnail will update Hover over the chapter no
291. r to upload 25794 e Provide tools to validate network connectivity to diagnose virus firewall issues 20477 Remote Storage Performance Remote Storage is now considerably faster and more stable e Use compression in communications with Remote Storage 24650 e Use data aliases for project branches to load save only what has changed 24652 e Use multiple resolution caches of images to download only what is required for display 23741 e Accelerate Save As by re using images between projects 23463 Support asynchronous file open so users can edit while the project is downloaded 22164 Text Text frames now support exceptionally powerful layout and rendering effects e Per character attributes bold italic font skew inter character spacing rotation etc 1488 e Support for text direction Hebrew Arabic Chinese etc into shapes circles etc 2575 e PSPA databases Support for the new PSPA 2011 guidelines is in place streamlining panel creation by automatically tagging individuals based on their department e PSPA 2011 guideline department field column 11 now supported and validated at import time 24125 e Optional fields salutation and title supported 25983 Yearbook Panels Panels are both easier to work with and more flexible e Simple mode introduced with support for preset styles and queries 15838 e Populated panels can be converted to regular frames for complete layout flexibility 16697 e Panels can be locked to prevent cha
292. r version of FotoFusion Note by choosing this option some features and graphic content will no longer be available to this project eg advanced text features gradients See below to learn how to edit your project online Continue to add as many chapters as you like When done click on DONE Your chapters will be created and saved as projects to your remote storage folder The Chapters tab will update with all the chapters listed in the order they were created Cument Book i Chapters Yearbook 2014 CiNew Load W Settings Yearbook 2014 New Chapters Add Existing Chapters rete 2 ee Rl bo rs ney Cover page Inside cover Message from the Pr Staff candids Welcome Back Halloween Thanksgrini From this window you can drag a chapter from one position to another to rearrange their order You can add preexisting chapters into the book as well Click on Add Existing Chapters A list of all your remote storage projects will appear Used projects will feature a checkmark click on the Hide Used button to show only the projects not in the current book FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT 31 Add Existing Chapters Hide Used Cancel E Crawford Elementary Cafeteria a Cover page Field Day wf Graduation af Halloween Cafeteria Cover page t Field Day j Graduation a Halo race s Holiday concert a Inside cower a S International Day a amp Message from the
293. rame IDs now remain the same after a save quit restart reload cycle enables proofing with frame IDs e Original file name used to attached images when published e Clear Search now clears fields in Keyword Search e Gaps no longer appear in font list e Text no longer becomes italic or bold if you scroll through the list of fonts with the up down arrows e Autocollage sort order now respected when populating from dropper e Crop to trim lines now working as expected e Scraps that appear blurry when rendered now sharp e Re AutoCollage performance dramatically improved e Crash on startup resolved Released June 2 2007 Version 4 0 Build 39809 New Features User created content can be deleted from the organizer Location of database installation can be specified manually Database split into user metadata vs recreatable caches New themes for emails and published pages available New noise mattes search for type matte Library can be filtered by keyword HTML themes can determine rendering resolution Graphical enhancement to UI Selected Fixed Bugs Offline rendering works again Email UI reworked Crop to trim not displaying images outside canvas Menus reworked to include data management and other changes Editors now always open completely on screen even on dual monitor system Videos display better in the Home zone Images in dropper now taken into account when performing an AutoCollage Frames can be deleted from School Composite
294. rd swirl pelses several results from the Marketplace o a ohiana p tasouy co rassas pa ES he E c Sarga Everything a Type Everything E Pubdeher Everythng 5 parh ii Sere pi Teacher Howie Roas ka Last Miira First Beara bidde hame Tobra ka Dana hinam Once images or projects appear in the preview area you can double click on an image to preview it or double click on a template or project to launch it on the Create screen drag the selected images or projects to a bucket or hit the number of the bucket on your keyboard eg type 1 to add selected content to Bucket 1 add an image or multiple images to categories add keywords to an image or multiple images Tip If you would like to increase the size of the thumbnail views then click inside the preview area and while holding the Ctrl key on your keyboard use your mouse wheel or the up down arrows on your keyboard to change the size of the thumbnails To change the way your mouse wheel scrolls functions click on the EDIT menu item and choose USER PREFERENCES Buckets allow you to transfer content images or projects to the Create screen Right mouse select in the area next to the buckets to add additional buckets up to nine in total Bucket 1 Bucket 2 Bucket 4 Bucket 5 0 images 0 Images 0 images 0 images ORGANIZE SORT
295. rendering to PDF resolved 26392 26702 26760 26762 26652 e Issues with blurry content missing images fixed 25963 26651 26849 26373 26820 26829 Issues with adding multiple students fixed 26776 26777 26874 26876 26877 26878 26879 e Issues with appended projects fixed 26697 26721 26724 26725 26813 26798 26797 Fixed crashes 26646 26647 26648 26649 6665 26675 26679 26695 26696 26733 26470 26479 26484 26511 26529 26542 26550 26551 26553 26618 26747 6768 Released November 10 2010 Version 4 7 build 69832 Features e 2011 Calendars published all users 26585 e Render quality improved 25403 Bug Fixes e ICM profiles now applied correctly 26522 e Crash when uploading large PDF fixed 26408 e Fixed naming issue with network shares 26503 e Better support for saving large images 26520 e Intermittent issue with images on USB drives fixed 26526 e Help Support Request Remote Assistance menu functioning again 26523 Looping update fixed 26468 e FF window positions resets when going from multimonitor to single monitor configuration 26527 Remote storage issues fixed 26482 PDF rendering of v4 6 text corrected 26469 e Crash while rendering to PDF fixed 26491 e Edit gt Paste turned back on for Rich Text 26487 e FTP Error uploading project fixed 25219 26578 Button to update v4 6 text to Rich Text added 26435 e Multi res versions of images in non sRGB color spaces now correctly handled 26547 e Changes now applied
296. right mouse select outside of the Canvas choose PROJECT gt Project Settings gt Manage Form Factors PAGE SIZE amp PROJECT TYPES 45 Manage Form Factors Create H tri Click Create Newe at the top to make a new form factor Project Type Album v preset Products can contain more than one page type Manufacturer User Presets v Specify the type of project Album Sheet Specialty ProductLine D Digital and the name for your new product Product Custom bosk ssts S l l l At the top of the window the Project Type Manufacturer Crete Nei Make copys and Product name will be all specified automatically Under Page Descriptor click on 55 to adda Page Des rides releases A Rename Deletes page type For example add an album side and a double Spread page to a custom album project Page Type Album Side v 2 Complete the Page Type dimensions and printing zones a lt 10 imehes crm then Save the new preset Height A Paa jaan Add additional pages and if necessary rename or delete UAS existing presets from this window s e Ee s Bo oe e Your presets will now be available under User Presets to select for new or existing projects j J es 1 Cower Sheet Back Flap D Spine o Front Flap MULTIPAGE PROJECT MANAGEMENT Multipage projects are enabled in Extreme and YearbookFusion license types Hover over the Pag
297. rmation on the bottom right hand of the Create screen Most YearbookFusion users will not find premium content available as it has been blocked by your yearbook publishing company to avoid incurring additional charges for your yearbook Unpurchased content on your canvas will activate the shopping cart For example a premium template may cause z Aa to appear on the Create screen and a watermark will appear at the bottom of your canvas to ensure that you know that unpurchased material is active in your project Thie kayout Click on the shopping cart icon to BUY purchase the material you will Seren aada 1 Itemts be redirected to the LumaPix store to confirm and complete the 55 60 Credits 7 00 Credits purchase 138 GRAPHIC RESOURCES amp TEMPLATES Once purchased your items will appear under the Purchased tab in Search hovers and will be marked as You Own This in the Start Tab s templates or Bundled content area All purchased items are now part your permanent collection available for multiple reuse and will automatically be available if you reinstall FotoFusion on a new computer Credits New FotoFusion activations will have 20 free credits to use 1 credit is worth approximately 1 USD We chose credits to reflect FotoFusion s international user base After these are depleted you can choose to purchase additional credits by clicking on the shopping cart icon There is no obligation to purchase additional credits you c
298. roken Projects on Load e Missing Images Healing amp Reconnect e Disconnected Grey Images from RS e Disconnected Images loading from RS e Disconnected Images on Archive from RS Released March 15 28 2010 Version 4 6 build 64463 Features Added e Increased performance while editing All Panels 23600 e Improved DB integrity testing during Load amp Save 23618 e Saving to Remote Storage now creates local backup before uploading 23635 e Performance of saves to network drives improved 23700 Bugs Fixed e Fixed Missing Content Error when saving to Remote Storage 23209 e Should not see Missing Image warning when loading from Remote Storage 23559 e Should not occasionally see blank frames instead of images when loading projects 23571 e Projects no longer occasionally opening as blank pages after improper shutdown 23573 When offline files now reliably appear in the file open dialog 23611 e Panel labels should no longer occasionally disappear when saved loaded from a network drive 23612 e Student labels should no longer disappear after save as 23644 23672 e Project with in their name now handled more gracefully 23720 e Remote Storage Projects will no longer occasionally open empty after saving locally 23731 e Fixed crash when appending projects 23633 e Fixed crash when saving to Remote Storage 23617 e Fixed crash when repeatedly amp quickly moving pages drag amp drop 23685 Released March 10 2010 Version 4
299. row next to the page dimensions Hit OK to generate your fully populated album in seconds with the images flowing across the pages in order of the event Method 3 The From Scratch Approach 1 Organize your images Open the organizer and navigate to your images using the Source tab Select the images that you wish to use and assign them into buckets Assign categories and or keywords to your images This will allow you to easily find them again if you need to edit your album at a later time Example The Smith Brown wedding has been downloaded to C My Pictures June 2007 jobs SmithBrown In Organize click on this folder to display all the images and display them according to Photo Date Select ALL of the images and assign them a keyword of Smith Brown Then select some of the images and drop them according to the event theme into the buckets For Example Bucket 1 bridal party preparation Bucket 2 the groom s men at the church greeting guests Bucket 3 the bride s arrival and entry into the church Bucket 4 wedding ceremony Bucket 5 the bride amp groom s departure from the church Bucket 6 the formal shots of the wedding party outside the country club Bucket 7 the dinner including candid shots of the guests and the cake cutting Bucket 8 the dance and bouquet toss Create your album Create new pages and change the background be it a texture or change the background color You can also use images from the wedding as a ba
300. rs have access to buckets e Run As Extreme will display all Extreme interface components e Trial users running as Extreme can now resize store templates e Run As Selection remembered between sessions Released April 28 2008 Version 4 2 build 46555 FEATURES Export Print Improvements e Export cropping options expanded to canvas only canvas bleed canvas bleed overhang e User defined image information overlay now available as output option Enhanced Extreme e Zoom to fit preview of exported images e Album preview theme added to Email and Web options Extreme multi page e Drag amp Drop images into page thumbnails to auto collage them e Drag amp Drop multiple images into page thumbnail with frames to auto populate them Data Management e Buckets can now be renamed e Bucket icon indicates number of contained images e Bucket icon indicates most recently dropped image e Images imported from USB devices offer copy or refer option e Go to page where image is used option on image thumbnails dotScrap Marketplace e List of Bundled content now available in large clickable list Other Improvements e User defined canvas size presets e Control click on color chip sets it to black white e Single page layouts cameos excluded from page numbering e Snap image upright added to right mouse list e Exif tag list sorted by name with frequently used at top e Frame number not drawn over empty frames FIXED BUGS e Selection handles on multi selected imag
301. rt such as cartoon bubbles suns amp moons party decoration swirls and stickers e Interests amp Activities contains items that relate to study and clubs commonly found in school such as art science sports religion the environment etc e Objects has a vast array of items such as animals clothing av equipment nature and school supplies to name a few e People provides clip art mostly in cartoon style of adults and kids To see a complete list of this collection in PDF format visit this webpage The Covers folder contains double page sized backgrounds you can drop onto a cover page then add your own text The covers appear as a flattened page the back cover is on the left side the front on the right If applied to a cover sheet page type you ll see thin green lines in the middle of the page showing where the spine of the book will lay Tip There is no reason you can t use these items inside your book added as papers to the canvas background across album two page spreads LPCA_ 00118 en LPCA_00122 en LPCA_00127 en baby i LPCA_001 Ant A R W Showing 23 results Elementary a LPCA_02411 jpg m k LPCA_02422 jpg LPCA_02428 jpg To see a preview of all the covers in PDF format visit this webpage LPCA_02442 jpg LPCA_02443 jpg LPCA_02412 jpg LPCA_02416 jpg a a LPCA_02423 jpg LPCA_02427 jpg E LPCA_02444 jpg
302. s TO FILE Output to a file allows you to create a flat file type of output jpg tiff ong bmp gif formats This is a flat file because all the layers frames text backgrounds etc are all flattened into one image The resulting file is no longer editable in FotoFusion but can be transferred to other computers who do not have FotoFusion and to photo labs or printing service providers Extreme users and some YearbookFusion users can also create a multi page pdf document or export to a layered psd file useful for color correction or image editing in Photoshop Once you render your file the individual components of your project will no longer be editable Technically you can move the layers in the psd output but this is not recommended since the image s Shadow and other elements are related to each other and are on separate layers If you still need to edit your collage you should save it as scrap file not render it into a flat file Typical reasons for rendering your work include to give the work to a lab for printing to send good quality files to clients family or friends who do not own FotoFusion to use the files in another application to burn the files to a dvd to use the files in an online album uploader to print on a machine that does not have FotoFusion installed to upload an image permanently to a social media site or a blog
303. s E m Favorites ary oo B Links LEI My Documents jy ACT Free Sound Recorder di Lingobit Localizer Hunting Ridge LD Extreme show Lincoln Student Pages OktahaHSYB2011 en My Collages Project order form Project 2010 11 Project Project d Archive Photos gt E di Backup Templates 1 My Archived Collage di Project Backups b REE DS S first half Project LEESEURG2011 Little Blue Panel Pages missing images OktahaHSYB2011F1 J Templates Project 2010 2011 Project Project di Project Backups oe Saenee a Tr rg d Personal stuff Vik Ti ceed Ezma Fell A My Music ll hi 5 ie Cae ii E TPA mE My Pictures _ TEE maem j LB ae etna 3 _E My Videos Be Bat me iata iaaa EN sil cl i Saved Games JCS second half LEESBURG2011 fixed locate missing images MSAthesatrepage OLSH lice yearbook a m SETE Project Project Project duplicate collag 2010 Project a Libraries by LumaP px m i Network Hl Order Forms PSPA FotoFusion files are by default saved under My Projects or My Collages templates are under the Template folder Note Two people cannot work on the same file at the same time Individual projects can be combined via the Pages hover If another user is working on a project the project will show that it has been locked for editing Exception two projects both containing yearbook panel databases On rare occasion the lock may be present even if the project is n
304. s Confegur ation Send Wing tty Den 1 f Padl Settings Vou etre pet pees Bp bee gonsi panikai miender be chang yous fiers wah ert Yar E Mad Address Tour Fil Mpegs Sending an email Click on the r 2P tab to set up your email File Edit View Insert Selection Tools Help ics ET is fy LH w Create HE Organize ia 3 Share ry Output H Community Envelope Image Quality Watermark Banner Theme ISP Settings Recipients Message biz Id dg da lumapix com ldach lumapix com r New Subject F Denis denis gmail com gt i Everyone darkan travel net ed sympatico pdn e a a a y F GMZ mzeza yahoo com ae Message Jared jsavage persep com Lydia ydiagrieberg yahoo co uk mi 7 E m Ej Lynne darmon freepix com Lynne darmon yahoo com mwood monster com E NDeRepentigny nderepentigny iclouds com E Sharon sharon feely com T Include Scaled Down Original Images Preview Send J _ Overlay Image Info If you have never sent an email to the recipient you have in mind click on New to add them to the list OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING 123 Email Address Name optional Emilia Martin E Mail separated by s or on separate lines erilia uillingdon con The recipient s name and email address will be saved in the recipients
305. se the editor You will be prompted to save your file do so if you are satisfied with the results of the correction Please keep in mind this action will overwrite your original image file FotoFusion will then ask you if you would like to refresh the image on your canvas select YES to view the changes on your canvas The Matte Cutter tool allows you to contour a portion of an image frame and blot out the remaining areas The matte cutter does NOT affect your original image To use the matte cutter tool select an image frame which will expose the Image Toolbox Select the TOOL option then the Matte Cutter Tool A new window will appear with your image contained within it You can resize the window by pulling on its edges and zoom in and out of the photo using your mouse wheel or by tapping Ctrl or Ctrl on your keyboard Resizing the window will allow you to expose more ore less of the image 76 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT File Edit In this example we will be extracting the bouquet from the rest of the image To draw the matte simply click and draw around the edge of the area you wish to extract A red line will follow the cursor Do not worry if it is not perfect as you can go back and fix it afterwards Please note you are drawing freehand The line is not snapping to the image in any manner Image by David To restart hit the ESC key twice Ziser we When you have finished out
306. sing Remote Storage validation fixed Yearbook Gallery e 29802 Double click selects folder behind upload window fixed e 29804 Error message when uploading images with gray color space to gallery fixed e 30704 TIFs appear as blank thumbnails in Gallery fixed e 30935 Only publishers should be able to delete gallery content fixed e 30934 Thumbnails not generating for just uploaded images fixed e 30827 Upload to gallery failing fixed e 30867 Scalability of Gallery handle large number of schools fixed e 26038 Changing directory now disabled if Gallery upload is in progress e 30479 Error message and empty frame after dragging a new image to Gallery and then to canvas fixed Rendering 30709 30955 Error about clipped text when Rendering Uploading to publisher fixed e 30897 Double Click to Change for non edited text frames appears in rendered output fixed e 30794 Drag PDF to canvas render error about missing image fixed e 30992 Text from Remote Storage projects not appearing in rendered output fixed Adoption of HTML5 for internal dialogs e 30422 Names of large number of multi selected files truncated by Chromium path fixed e 29552 Upgrades page internals updated e 31018 Crash when playing Videos on MAC fixed Fixes for Crashes amp Freezes when e 30994 Opening a RS project e 30836 Migrating RS2011 Projects to RS2012 e 31005 Double clicking on Tags e 30822 Working with corrupted PDF DLL e 30975 30951 30971 Working with lar
307. sired Extreme users click on the Pages hover button and right mouse down on the page Select AUTODUPLICATE If you would like to retain the template for future use click on FILE gt gt Save as Template 178 PRO PROJECT TUTORIAL Bring your image set into the dropper via the Images hover or the Organizer Buckets feature or by clicking on the Browse for Images 2 button on the toolbar DO NOT Hit AutoPopulate I tid I 4 eet Bt i ft a 5 4 FotoFusion will fill your template with the image set and if AutoDuplicate is set create new template pages until no images remain Output the contact sheet s as desired Render to Option 3 Create an email or web m contact sheet using the contact eI a sheet theme If you like to quickly email or publish a contact sheet layout use the Contact sheet theme This is useful if you have created an album or would like to generate an instant contact sheet from a set of images through an AutoCollage Consult the email themes section for more details Ths tiis hitara Sadiho the Wyte thie by Wendi ny pdf or other format publish to web print or email Mae Vee PRO PROJECT TUTORIAL 179 PROOFING Showing customers previews of their orders is always a good policy as it allows their feedback before sending the job to press FotoFusion provides tools to make this process easier and improve communication between you and your clients Overlay Image
308. sists of a grid displaying portraits with names next to or under the photos YearbookFusion allows you to automate the production of the panel pages by importing the images with a database You can customize the panels and make changes to the data FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT A candid page resembles a scrapbook or photo book contains custom text and informal photos of people and events a7 y ft NOTRE DAME Candid pages can be created from scratch by dropping and dragging images and graphics onto the page or by using customizable templates 19 Complete details on creating Yearbook panels can be found in the YearbookFusion Panel Pages chapter of this manual Managing Your Yearbook Project The key to a successful yearbook project is organization of your team members and your photos A yearbook can be created by a single individual on one computer or by a group of people working in a shared computer lab or by a group of people working in various locations from home at work and at school Regardless of the number of people working on the book one person should be appointed the yearbook manager The yearbook manager will e act as the primary contact between the school and yearbook company determine page order sections committee members set deadlines to submit work e submit the book to the yearbook publisher The yearbook manager will often create the panel pages as well as s he is th
309. t adding a new font with color edge School Spirit and with Fill Effect Opaque Shaded Edge a new font and color with Edge Effect 50 transparency em School Spirit new font and oti with Skewing and poll Effect Opaque Shaded Bod 86 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT J The Matte tab allows to add gradient or texture effect to your text No special effect o Biur i Text without matte fave wiri nerele 02 HEH EWsaha FE Glew r 2 p Wefie Convert to matte transforms your text into a container to hold an image This works best by first dropping an image onto the canvas and adding a text frame attached to the image Choose a bold faced font or use a single letter at a time for best effects Sese the Convert to Matte button The text will now hold the image No No special efect 9 effect Amount o Blur Edge No special effect ia een o oe Enable o Invert Soften CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 87 OLR Rotation Area Type Text Directon Upright Left to Right Top to Bot Text Shaping E Kerning a Allow Line Breaks Skew controls will slant distort your text Click the button to restore to the default Sened it A FAeyad Ht 10K Skewed text right lantsy text right Lint LQ AY Offset works on a selected set of characters within a text frame It will move the selection up or down relative
310. t an enhanced thumbnail version of the image which is linked to the original image file Because of this feature it also allows you to change the resolution of the finished project at will eg make a low resolution proof and a high resolution final render and is non destructive to your source images Keep in mind that your images need to stay in the same place with the same name for the duration of the project If you rename or move your images after they have been dropped or relaunch a project with images pointing to an external memory device that is not available your project will report them as missing Missing Images If FotoFusion opens a project and reports that images are missing you will see one of these error messages Helpful Tip les Helpful Tip Some of the images files in this project seem to have been A An error has been detected moved or deleted The Frame ID for these images will be drawn in i Your project may not output correctly until it is fixed red Common causes include 1 An image referenced by the project have been renamed or moved and cannot be found by the application 2 A communications error prevented loading or saving your project to Remote Storage 3 A folder permissions or file space error occurred while using the local hard drive To avoid losing any part of your project it is recommended that you backup your projects regularly Common causes for the Missing Images Warning are e The i
311. t does not resize to fit when canvas is resized fixed e 29565 29573 Text not updating in response to color controls fixed e 29596 Odd warning when rendering about text not fitting within boundaries fixed Rendering 28278 Rendering can now proceed if fonts are missing for pages other than the one being rendered e 25148 Rendering doubles separately fails occasionally fixed e 26136 Rendering to PDF when offline produces stuck items pending overlay fixed e 26671 PDF rendering error in Portuguese version fixed e 26714 Render over open PDF detected earlier e 26743 Outline not drawn in PDF when text fill is transparent fixed e 27872 27972 Text rendering issues fixed Project storage 28627 Optimizations to persistence structure Raw Scraps removed e 29580 Unable to save to Remote Storage fixed e 23632 Appending projects with databases to projects with databases is now prevented e 29582 Issues when opening a project from Remote Storage and saving it locally fixed e 29598 Issues when restoring archive fixed e 25858 Password protection broken for RS projects fixed e 27263 Deleting local cache of Remote Storage folder produces blurry content fixed e 27295 ImageName Tag displays incorrect content after Archive amp ReStore fixed e 27659 Performance improvements in Undo related to serialization e 9356 29363 Occasional failure when archiving large RS projects fixed Form Factor e 26592 Form
312. t to resize to fit fixed e 30182 Page numbering showing on Cover after crash restore fixed e 30266 Extremely noisy fonts result in silent failure when rendering to PDF fixed e 30281 Memory usage rises when flipping through fonts in text editor fixed e 30198 Background image moves when zooming fixed e 28898 Text renders slightly differently in PDF than on screen when interline spacing changed fixed e 30279 Odd behavior when pressing undo after crash restore fixed Internal Tools e 30388 Improvements to Service Health monitoring 30228 30092 Very short userIDs handled more gracefully released Sept 21 2011 Version 5 0 build 77770 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac The official build for the start of the school year for YearbookFusion The most important thing about this build is how it talks to Remote Storage This is the day when Remote Storage users will get access to the newest version of RS it s faster working off caches Improved Remote Storage Performance e 30057 Go live with RS2011 12 e 29623 30017 Images not uploaded if already present in cloud e 29963 Amount of information sent to cloud reduced UPDATE HISTORY 191 considerably Features e 29959 Form factor for HP MagCloud added e 29962 29951 29743 Form factors updated for specific publishers Bug Fixes e 29937 Activation glitch related to trial YearbookFusion installations e 30015 Occasional crash when inserting appending project fixed e 29948 Activity when FotoFusion is minimized
313. ter restoring unsuccessful 24213 Occasional crash when opening specific projects 24106 Released April 21 2010 Version 4 6 build 65295 Features e Can now manually specify a new image for a panel frame 24053 24098 24100 24116 24117 24118 Bugs fixed e Deleting a candid page within a panel set no longer deletes the entire panel set 23593 23856 e Crash when moving chapters inside of the projects fixed 23641 e Crash when moving a candid page between panel pages fixed 23825 e Missing fonts no longer stop archiving process 23963 e Web access control application Lightspeed no longer destroying projects 24079 e Moving a group to the top of a panel set no longer breaks chapter structure 24081 e Changing a header s font no longer risks having it disappear 23823 e Errors causes by fonts in archives fixed 23824 23963 e Crash when changing back to create tab after major database changes in organizer fixed 24086 e Candids moved into panel set not longer become part of that chapter 24091 e Crash when closing project fixed 24092 e Images amp Elements from Gallery no longer go missing when dropped on to canvas 24094 e Deleted panel label text no longer reappears after save reload 24096 e Organizer now refreshing after 24098 e Add Student option back in organizer s source tab 24099 e Communications Errors when loading from Remote Storage fixed 24103 e Missing Images after archiving fixed 24105 e Problems setting text to bold or
314. text frame will follow it 82 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT Text frame selection Click once on a text frame the frame itself is selected You can move the frame on the canvas or resizetwith Double Click to Change Next double click on the selected text frame the entire contents of the text is selected If you type on your Dou ble C ICK keyboard all text will be replaced If you choose an t a _ attribute from the text editor O a nN Q eC eg a color bold a font the attribute will apply to all text Next single click inside the text frame a cursor straight line will appear in the location you selected E From this point you insert Dou ble typinClick or edit the text or use the keyboard arrow keys to to Change move around the text Highlight single word or character in the text to change attributes in the Text ae ans P Typing in the text frame Please note older templates may display a different text engine where text is not typed directly on the CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 83 canvas but in a box inside the text editor itself Text Features When a text frame is selected the text toolbox will appear This toolbox will let you apply features to all the text in your text frame Ctrl A to select the entire text or to a portion of it Click on the T to begin adding attributes to your text The Basics tab will be displayed first Any pr
315. that the office staff and custodians are not teachers and that YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES 149 teachers should be in front of their class panels followed by assistants then the students The Make into feature fills in this missing info by tagging individuals in your school Panels can then be generated quickly with everyone in the appropriate order divided into their respective roles To add this info go to the School tab in the Organize section For starters select all the teachers in your database you can select them all at once or in small batches or one at a time W Custom Attributes L In this example a single image has been selected Grade Staff Before we ve tagged it we have some info associate to the portrait we Teacher Mr Germain know that this photo refers to someone named Stephen Germain who Hema Pa seems to be a staff member in Mr Germain s class Is he a teacher An assistant teacher A special ed instructor What panels should he be in LastName Germain Just his class a staff page We can t tell right now FirstName Stephen The Exclude box tells us that he will be included in the panel If it were set ee to yes then that person wouldn t be included in the panels Volume Yearbook al Period i Track Department we Title Priority srOups Notes Salutation Exdude no Click on the Make into box over the preview area and choose TEACHER to assign a role
316. the drop box option You can RENDER CANVAS ONLY will cut away anything outside of the edges of your canvas leaving OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING 125 only the portion directly on the canvas This is useful to keep on in case you have dropped an image outside the canvas However leaving it off can create an interesting effect if you have elements hanging over the edge of the canvas You can also Render Canvas Bleed if one is specified Enhanced Extreme only or to display every part of every image on the Create screen canvas select Render Canvas Bleed Overhang Configuring an ISP Optional An ISP is an acronym for Internet Service Provider meaning the company which provides your internet access and often also provides you with an email address as well By default mails send from FotoFusion go through the LumaPix mail server the mails go from FotoFusion to www LumaPix com to the recipient instead of going via your regular email server This is done as a courtesy to our trial and paid customers to ensure that they have as smooth a demo of FotoFusion as possible the alternative having trial users configure their ISP settings would result in far fewer successful mails sent by trial users as ISP setups can be confusing Once users have upgraded from the trial version to a paid version of FotoFusion they have the option of continuing to go via the LumaPix server or using their own ISP The advantages of using your own ISP are
317. tice the clipboard icon This is the means to retrieve the address for the online chapter Wessage from tt Click on it the url website address has been copied Paste ctrl V the url into an email or text message to send it to the person who will be working on your project New Message amp Send Save as Draft Spell Check i Add Files ckingston crawford k12 edu Message from the Principal Page ge la Hi Principal Crawford Here s your yearbook page to edit online http books lumapix com edit p Cp5O0InnrdkCYfT CbmkF2zA amp 0 _UTn7jsirE JMgnmieQmAsu crawfordes Cheers Melissa Banks 34 FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT J Copying this url into a web browser will launch your project in an online version of FotoFusion FOS re rcistmapcomesivpaCsoimel P BE Brootsmarncom File Edit View Favorites Tools Help is S sugg gt E Slid E Abr Foto J admin GB RepA KS Supp FB GS sysr E Manual El pcs E Goog E SL E Mixe Bp loca KS Logs KJ Luma WF Time K Remo PRO Web v Poe oe oe 4 eee 7 l E 7 Poe ire ea Te ER ces oO ry a Dr ring Message from the Principal Drop Photo e DR CARLOS KINGSTON type your text here type your text here l text here Click to browse for images to add to your project File Edit View Favorites Tools Help W S Sugg gt E Slid B Abr
318. ting support Unique print pre visualization tool shows exactly what each page of a multi page poster size printout will look like CREDITS amp DEDICATION 199 CREDITS amp DEDICATION This software is dedicated to our spouses for their unfailing support and enthusiasm Thank you for making this possible We hope you enjoy using this application as much as we enjoyed building it Images in the user s manual kindly provided by David Ziser Kent Smith Stephen Eastwood Richard Esposito and the LumaPix Staff 200 LumaPix FotoFusion Version 5 Help Index 10 5 10 6 10 7 10 8 A activating 1 add image effects 54 add existing project to book manager 29 adding a chapter in book manager 29 adding empty frames 48 adding extrapages 45 adding images 48 adding images to the gallery 48 adding images to the panel 160 adding mattes 101 adding more panel frames 160 adding new pages 45 adding new staff 142 adding new students 142 adding pages 18 45 adding papers to the Paper hover 101 adding people to the database 142 adding portraits 142 adding projects 18 45 adding students 142 adding templates 45 adding text to a frame 80 adding text to the canvas 80 adding words 80 adding yearbook projects 18 additional pages 45 advanced mode 160 album 16 175 album production workflow 16 album side 45 h ee eee align 54 alignment 54 always copy images 36 angle 54 91 angledframes 54
319. tire project will resize automatically The Create Tab FotoFusion s main workspace is located under the 7 1s tab Click on 4 GETTING STARTED the image below to explore FotoFusion s interface File Edit View Selection Tools Help __ Mie C Wsets LD anooll Pictures Seniors Sort View Name X Thumbnail r lt Keyes_0068 jpg Kittel_0091 16x202 jpg 97 md Lary rchased homie SerentrsrpaTt ot ST hls A W Embellishments 162 items found ane Serera ites Fal Opacity 1 Angle Bright 0 Contrast Gamma 1 Bir B amp W 0 Sepia i Aquasphere 2e brown asparagus Kline_0033 jpg Kine_0057 ipg R iG t ne i O Drop Photo Here when empty Invert Avocado Beach Barcode tadu i LumaPix P Pamens ay Ripples bench p blue letters Blue Parchment J For Help select Help from the Help menu Online Carn Status Tabs run across the top the screen Click on one to toggle between functions H Start launches a new project loads an existing project shows templates and accesses learning info Creat peas is the editing screen where you work on your projects Organize i previews searches sorts and keywords your images and projects and for YearbookFusion users manages your PSPA database images Output l l renders your project to file eg jog uploads your projects to your website or asa web a
320. to Remote Storage fixed Crash Restore e If FotoFusion should crash while you are working crash restore attempts to reload the project when FotoFusion restarts released Sept 27 2011 Version 5 0 build 78252 YearbookFusion and v5 Mac Mac e 29613 30219 Confusing Y drive no longer exposed to user e 30078 Help files now working correctly on Mac e The return of edit in external tool e 27101 Re enable External Editor fixed e 24441 Re enable Red eye removal fixed e 25497 Re enable Matte cutter fixed e 25736 5503 16078 Support remote storage for External Editor Red Eye Removal and Matte cutter fixed e 6473 11103 21025 7249 Option added to red eye tool modify original create corrected copy e 28132 20162 25376 25498 25375 25038 6822 21812 21615 21617 Minor errors in Red Eye Matte Cutter External Editor revealed when re enabling them e 24463 Editing in external tool doesn t mark RS projects as modified fixed e 28128 28129 Options to Always prompt Always copy not working for RS files edited in external tool fixed e 25377 RS images become blocky after local editing fixed 30233 Icon for Edit in External tool added to toolbox alongside RedEye amp MatteCutter e 30235 30236 Page amp project thumbnails not updated after Editing in External tool fixed Fixes for Crashes e 30117 30227 30297 30323 Freeze when opening 2011 RS project in v5 fixed e 30277 Hidden dialog makes FotoFusion pr
321. to all text not just last paragraph when entire text frame is selected 26464 e Gallery thumbnails for headers recreated for legibility 26598 e Panels respond better to page resizing 26200 e Blank frame no longer appearing after mixing RS amp Archiving 26601 e Crash on print crash on share via email fixed 24217 Several crashes fixed 26481 26489 26548 26563 26567 26510 26599 26600 Released October 19 2010 Version 4 7 build 69686 This minor update fixes issues reported in the past few days e Crash when saving to Remote Storage 26482 e Issues when saving to nas1 network share 26503 e UNC paths are being interpreted as structured storage volumes 26514 e Issue when saving over older original file 26518 e Touching a candid image on any YB project page causes the entire project to become dirty 26519 e Crash caused by very large image 26520 e ICM profile management updated 26522 e Help Support Request Remote Assistance menu reinstated 26523 e Don t show downgrade message 26525 e Improvements in handling of USB drives 26526 e Panel style presets now loading correctly 26457 Released October 13 2010 Version 4 7 builds 69591 69643 Features Bulletproofing Considerable effort has gone into hardening the software to prevent bugs and to provide diagnostic tools to quickly track down problems if they should occur e Log report all transactions at the Amazon server to streamline debugging 22938 e Validate projects prio
322. to cut one frame into several equal sized frames Mouse down and drag to divide the frame into rows and columns click down to open the Splitter tool for finer control and to turn on the mosaic option 6 Text will add an attached text to the selected frame 7 Orient Spins and flips the frame 8 Tools accesses the Red Eye Removal tool and the Matte Cutter Tool CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT 57 Extreme only 9 Delete remove the currently selected frame The Image Editor enables o Image you to change the way image EAIC AE itself looks within the frame Select one or more frames on Bright the canvas and from the Toolbox click on the Image Editor Angle Contrast Opacity Blur 1 D 1 D B _ Drop Photo Here when empty _ Invert The General tab of the Image Editor contains controls for Opacity Will make your images more or less transparent see through Angle Images can be rotated inside their frames for example to correct for a tilted camera or reorienting an image within a gradient matte This effect can also be accomplished directly on the frame by spinning the image via the frame rotation handles while simultaneously holding the Ctrl key Brightness Make your image brighter or darker overall but be careful if you are not working ona calibrated monitor as your finished printed image will not match your on screen version Contrast Increasing the contrast will make the shadows
323. to the other Only the wor characters It is somewhat like Superscript has been meet in except you control how far up or down the thi ter text moves Click the button to restore IS Sentence to the default d offset Rotation controls allow you to spin the characters in place Click the 2 button to Non rotated text restore to the default Rolgled fart 25 88 CREATE ARRANGING IMAGES amp TEXT Area type can add a general shape to your T text this works best for a longer This is an el paragraph not a title code i example To use this feature ensure that the Resize trame with the following Rese i e t to fit is NOT selected on the Basic tab features it is set to lock square frame and clip and to justified 1 on the Basic tab On the Advance tab itis set to Area Type Circular As such the paragraph will fill a circular with the following features it is set to lack and clip and to justified 1 on the Basic tab On the Advance tab itis set to Area Type shape Half Diamond A Text direction can be changed as well C er ty eg Chinese Arabic Hebrew and other i iiare languages where the text does not flow Upright Left to Right n h fr ig ELE ET e t t i sie ag ole swe right to left top to bottom oa standard 5 X OG cibarA mottoB ot pol atin eri a werbeH i oO b t Mod le lt Text shaping also known as ligature is an option that will help users of non Western languages If a
324. ton to add the profile of your choice as viewed below When you export your collage your output will carry the color profile options you selected Resolution and Quality Dots Per Inch 260 Size 4064 by 2068 Quality 100 J Best quality very large size Pass through profiles unchanged and tag with selected profile Caw INDO Sisvstem32ispooll drivers colorikodak_de icm _ Once you have set these values you can PREVIEW your page This will allow you to examine your work at 100 detail Note you cannot zoom out but you can scroll the page to see it in detail PDF will show an option to choose Layers amp Vectors larger file sharper text or as Flattened Pages smaller file size Toggle between ACTUAL SIZE views 100 which can be panned or Zoom to Fit to display the entire page If you are satisfied you can RENDER the project to a file Local Viewer versus External Viewer or External Editor If you wish to automatically open your output files into a photo editing software change this option to External editor Local Viewer FotoFusion will display the processed image directly below in the preview window External Viewer or External Editor FotoFusion will open the tool you have selected to load the rendered output and display the results there Why the split between viewing and editing Most graphics users have multiple applications installed that can be grouped into two basic categories
325. tures e Rep output preferences watermark lowres full disabled now supported 16239 e Support start page number offset in page numbering options 18462 In Progress Features added e Detect when proxy requires a password and respond by showing login window we now support some proxy servers more to come 22661 Bugs fixed e Connection Timeouts when saving to Remote Storage fixed 23146 e Font Editor now displays font name correctly for projects from remote storage 20943 e Projects with unusual fonts once again loop through Remote Storage correctly 22284 23302 e Failure during load from Remote Storage no longer produces resizable blank project 23310 e Reloading the project you are currently editing in RS no longer fails oddly 23385 e Frames reporting missing images when loaded from Remote Storage fixed 23392 e Bucket contents once again survive save quit reload of project 23342 e Issue with broken installations after updates now fixed 23346 e Panels showing empty frames after changes in organizer fixed 23240 e Issue with images on network drives going blurry now fixed 23416 e Projects with names containing unusual characters now appear correctly under File gt Open 22635 e Empty Gallery for some publishers fixed 23070 e Print options now appear correctly according to rep preferences 23253 e Shortcuts to folders amp network paths now available from file dialogs 23354 e Clicking preview in email tab now works error free from all subtabs not just envelope
326. uickly scrolling through Asian font in text editor Optimization for poor network connections e 30434 28631 28431 working with Remote Storage e 28632 saving locally e 12196 general use e 30496 Flipping pages in Remote Storage projects quickly Mac e 29969 USB devices not shown on Leopard fixed e 30477 Edit in External Tool causes error fixed e 30270 Rep specific demo download link not working from a mac Bug Fixes e 30319 Two scrollbars when opening from 2010 11 Remote Storage fixed e 30285 Gallery s Add Images button non functional on XP fixed e 30268 Error reported when dropping image from gallery fixed e 30311 Restoring archived project fails on Mac fixed e 30301 Image flips when zooming into red eye removal fixed e 30425 zoom pan not working correctly in matte cutter fixed e 30214 Cancelling Save Page as template produces warning that save failed fixed e 30201 Save page as template doesn t seem to save page fixed e 29898 Save large project as template with photos removed does not remove all photos fixed e 29020 Startup fails with file permissions warnings fixed e 30289 Page Numbering in page thumbnails not correct fixed e 30288 Page numbering not redrawn correctly after changing page type fixed e 30314 Page numbering not redrawn correctly after disabling enabling fixed e 30245 30294 Project remains modified after SaveAs fixed e 30330 Text converted to matte not showing in the matte list fixed e 30438 Matte list empty fixed
327. ult editor preferences If you want to set preference for editing with an external tool choose Edit on the menu then User Preferences Under the Advanced tab select your options for Image editing User Preferences Location of Books Store all changes to projects Temporary files folder C ProgramData LumaPix Aop Data Temp Folder for copied images C ProgramData LumaPix App Data PhotoCache Image Editing Copy Images to Source folder _ Specific folder C ProgramData LumaPix App Data PhotoCach Default editor Ahvays Prompt Remote Storage temporary files 216 59 MB Copy Images when editing FotoFusion can either prompt you each time you choose to make a duplicate copy of your image each time you edit it in an external tool or you can set a general rule to always copy or never copy You would choose to copy your images if you did not want the original to be overwritten Copy Images to FotoFusion will place copies of the images next to the original image unless you point it to a specific folder on your system 38 FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT Default editor You can be always prompted to choose to edit your images in an external tool if for instance you have more than one editor you use To set a permanent editor change the Default editor dropdown to Manage The Manage External Programs window will appear Manage External Programs Current Editor Programs Add ven
328. und delete clone or add new pages Enhanced users can add their own images and text and render the projects as is Albums can be purchased by launching them on the Create screen then clicking on the Shopping Cart Once purchased the albums will be added to your permanent collection for repeated use Method 2 The AutoCollage Album The AutoCollage Album method provides a very quick way to start a custom job Start a new project from the Start Zone and choose the Autocollage option EJ lt Home New Project Blank Yearbook A great starting point FotoFusion will sutomstically ceste a layout from your photos Close Run through the AutoCollage Wizard Select as many or all images in your event and add them to the dropper On the Creative Options tab be sure to specify the following e Multi page Set the IMAGES PER PAGE option to the total number of pages you will require in your album minus the front and back pages e Timeline Sorting Sort by EXIF Date Time Providing that the date amp time on your cameras are set correctly this will order the wedding to the flow of the event On the Canvas Size Options tab set your page size eg a 10x10 album will be 10x20 and set the page to ALBUM TWO PAGE SPREAD 18 FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT You may wish to Respect Center Line so no image straddles the gutter and add Safe or Bleeds You can also use the Album Manufacturer Presets click on the ar
329. up or down one step in the frame order stack Note Reordering your frames can be done interactively directly through the Toolbox s Arrange icon Drag on the icon up and down to move your selected frame to the top or to the bottom of frame order Stack Resizing options include applying the size of the last selected frame to apply its attributes as specified to other selected frames matching the reference frame s width matching the reference frame s height matching the reference frames total dimensions resizing selected frame to the full width or height of the canvas or to the safe guidelines Please note if you have your canvas set to double page spread the alignment tools will respect the center line For instance a group of images aligned to center will either align to the left page or right page but not the gutter Orienting Rotating amp Flipping Images Images can be flipped left right and top bottom via the Image toolbox Click on a frame to select it then from the toolbox select the rotate option to open the Orient tools to rotate or flip your images Rotate Lett Rotate Right Flip Left Fight Flip Top Bottorm Splitting amp Merging Frames covered by U S Patent 7 403 211 Other patents pending Frames can be split into two or more smaller frames Any new or existing frame on your canvas into a grid by selecting an existing frame or by drawing an empty frame With the splitter you can create
330. ustom attributes now available from Text tag menu 17461 e Overlay image info now available for panel images 17594 e Publisher build includes Admin tab giving access to rep admin web page 18671 18645 e YearbookFusion trial now accessible from Run As dialog 17417 17685 FIXED BUGS Editing e Matte cutter once again available to Enhanced users 17382 18017 e Edge Gutter safe zones now swapping correctly on left right album sides 16849 e Dropper order now respected when images added to canvas 17434 e Snapping to grid line now works with all units of measure 16493 e Smart frame dropped on top of regular frame now consistently displays as expected 16528 17227 e Z order of selected frames now preserved after grouping 16575 e Mattes now auto detect alpha rgb settings 17040 17056 e Cover sheet now draws gutter line even when spine width zero 17114 e Mattes now correctly applied to existing frames when dropped on them instead of creating new frame 17387 e Background canvas frame now cannot be split 13444 e Mattes can now be applied to canvas correctly 17010 e Jpg file can now be dropped as canvas background if png graphic already on same layer 17370 Output e Several PSD export issues resolved 14861 14915 16413 16971 17058 17866 18058 e Occasional mismatch between render size reported on output tab and actual file now resolved 17705 e Tag with sRGB now works as expected 18501 e Several issues with Page numbering at render time
331. ustom Attributes Attribute Make Into Value Volume Name Grade Last Name First Name Home Room House Period Teacher Salutation Add your custom info then choose ok 159 160 YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES Make Into Title Custom Attributes Custom Attribute Options Undefined Attribute Make Into Value Teacher Student House Value for Attribute Department Non teaching faculty Administration Period Teacher Track Department Staff Title Salutation Notes T Middle Name Aup eog Priority 4 Groups StafPages Exclude Add Make Into Remove Make Into The value will be updated In this case any portrait which is Made into Support staff will have Non teaching faculty assigned as their Department MAKING A PANEL Before you can make a panel populated with your portrait images you need to import your portrait database Panels are populated using the information and images in the database Add a Blank Panel Add an album side type page to your project via the Pages hover you can have a color or a paper on the background of this page if you wish Click on the Ee icon in the Yearbook section of Toolbar over your canvas to add an empty panel grid If your project does not have an imported database you will be prompted to import one A blank grid will appear on your page and the Panel Hover will appear in Simple mode YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES 161
332. version 1 1 One click AutoCollage Produce amazing results effortlessly o Drop Shadows and Frame borders Set the thickness color and transparency for borders o Interactive Color Correction Fix gamma brightness and contrast problems smoothly and intuitively o Final Resolution Preview Preview of the final results at full resolution at any time o Fast Photo Swapping Switch pairs of images fast o Improved Printing Margins can be set directly o Completely Revamped UI Gorgeous new look o Previewing tool Zoom in on pictures in the image palette image organizer AutoCollage wizard and the collage itself o Pixel dimension collages supported Web Designers can work natively at the final resolution o Version 1 1 Version 1 1 provided significant upgrades to the output options in version 1 0 including pg Comprehensive support for sharing collages by e mail Collages embedded directly inside the e mail message rather than as an attachment o Original photos can be attached automatically resized and compressed o Completely new tool sets Ability to publish collages as HTML web pages Integrated FTP client to upload collages directly to a web server can also save collages as a set of local HTML files for further editing using FrontPage or Dreamweaver Descriptive text for each photo which appears in e mail or web page output Hyperlinks from each collage photo enabling viewers of e mail or web based collages to click on photos and follow links o Improved prin
333. ves background image Hovers can now move to second monitor e Dual monitor to single monitor setup does not leave hovers orphaned e Tutorial video icon replaced with clapboard icon e 20x10 and 24x12 presets set to be double spreads e No double scroll bars in Embellishments hover e Images in Smart Frame will undo Render Output Waiting for download at render error resolved e Render preview can be panned e Exported files only use lower case file names Archive Restore Project Management e Locate missing images applies to duplicates of images e Locate missing images cancel shuts down the search e Locate missing images includes mattes e Locate missing images updates every page simultaneously e Marketplace based projects are moved to Backup Projects e Recently opened projects list removed from file menu e Un installation removes more info from system Marketplace Smart frames behave as expected when canvas size changed edotScrap purchasing issues resolved UK users anon logins e Issue with Download Accelerator Pro resolved Released January 26 2008 Version 4 1 build 43992 Features Easier faster and friendlier than ever without watering down the power e FotoFusion s completely redesigned user interface reflects months of user feedback and refinement e Zoom to open hovers bring tools and content to your work e Floating controls can be pinned up or docked neatly against the canvas e A new Start Zone
334. web publishing and is independent of emailing It does not require any specific tags and only needs various tokens to render correctly Please reference the sample page htm to see this file s recommended structure photo htm This is used strictly for web publishing and is independent of emailing It does not require any specific tags and only needs various tokens to render correctly Please reference the sample photo htm to see this file s recommended structure Tokens The meanings of the various tokens which can be used in your designs are detailed below As always it is best to refer to the sample templates to see how these are best used FF_EMAIL_SUBJECT Email subject FF_EMAIL_MESSAGE Email message FF_EMAIL_BANNER LumaPix email banner required in email htm for trial and Essential users OUTPUT FINALIZING amp SHARING 129 FF_PROJECT_MAX_WIDTH The value of the widest element in the project FF_PAGE_NO Page number FF_NB_ PAGES Total page count FF_TO_PREVIOUS_PAGE Link to previous page FF_TO_FIRST_PAGE Link to index page FF_TO_NEXT_PAGE Link to next page FF_PAGE_ DIRECTORY Directory of the image representing the page FF_PAGE_FILENAME Filename of the image representing the page FF_PAGE_THUMBNAIL Filename of the thumbnail image representing the page FF_PAGE_THUMBNAIL_INFO Textual information about a page thumbnail FF_LINK_TO_PAGE_ FF_PAGE_NO Link to current page FF_LINK_TO_INDEX Lin
335. xed e 31217 Panel reports error after crash restore fixed e 31152 Mattes not available for panel pages fixed e 31195 Changes to PSPA database not marking project as modified fixed e 31257 Panel images have improper aspect ratio after loading from RS on a mac fixed e 31101 Fields from old database visible after new PSPA project started fixed Stabilization Fixes for freezes and crashes when e 31185 31155 Opening a project e 31173 Saving a project e 31251 Existing after editing a large project e 31203 Editing a panel e 31162 Launching FF by double clicking on local project when crash restore presente 31197 Switching to manual mode on panels e 31194 Opening the gallery hover e 31090 Appending a project e 31256 Loading project from Remote Storage and changing panel row column count e 31260 Populating panels e 31071 Loading from RS e 31273 Drop a smart frame on a panel e 31306 Flipping between pages in large network drive based project e 31136 Adding a page then hitting undo General Bug Fixes e 31201 31202 MultiSelection in File gt Open and File gt Append now disabled e 30805 30961 Rendering prevented due to clipped text fixed e 31181 Number of backup versions in project files clamped to prevent bloat e 31326 Javascript error on Homezone startup with ctrl or shift key held down fixed e 31093 DoubleClick to change appearing in rendered output fixed e 31151 Support specific contextual menu not opening correctly fixed e 31094 Updates
336. xt choose a font from the drop down change the font size etc The dropbox next to the font size tells the label how to behave relative to the space allowed for the label and the length of the label Do Not Exceed tells the label that it can go up to a maximum specified size and shrink labels that are too long to be show at the maximum size recommended Bold italic superscript and underline are available as options followed by alignment options Show Not Available will display placeholder text in labels that have blank fields Eg if a person is missing their last name it will show not available in the label The Allow Line Break box is useful when you have labels under the frames eg on the Admin page a persons name would be followed by their title underneath Appearance contains controls for the color and opacity of the text and allows you to add an outline solid or dashed Matte is disabled for panel labels O06 AS UserCustom attribut es school firstname O08 AS UserCustom attribut es school lastname 3i Tags gt SpellCheck Layout Appearance Matie Layout Appearance Matie Arial Size 12 Do not Exceed gt alle aea Elie ela a v Show Not Available x Allow Line Breaks YEARBOOKFUSION PANEL PAGES 173 Customizing Your Panel Headers ABCDEF fon il T foe lee i Pe L i A fot im Few L rr _ Form
337. y Highly blurred images now exhibit less aliasing Released March 11 2006 Version 3 7 build 28175 has three significant changes Features Color profiles can be set on processed output STUDIO only Free Trial functionality Emails can be sent without watermarks from trial version Compositions can be sent to participating labs for processing from trial version Released January 18 2006 Version 3 6 build 27059 Features o Polaroid matte added o Improved text rendering quality Fixed Bugs o Instability caused by Matrox PowerDesk fixed Released December 2 2005 Version 3 6 build 26688 Fixed Bugs o Certain text fonts were not properly sized o Default file type when importing images was incorrect o Minor issue when printing certain sized projects released November 17 2005 Version 3 6 build 26468 Features o Images used in current project now highlighted in organizer o Added new 2006 Calendar mattes o Text frames can be hyperlinks o Info bar displayed while dropping images Fixed Bugs o Quality of canvas image during editing improved o Sepiatone color improved to match customer feedback o EMF WMF added to list of file types shown while browsing o Acting on images in organizer switches to Images tab released November 8 2005 Version 3 5 Version 3 5 marked the renaming of our top end product from PRINT to STUDIO reflecting this version s focus on Professional photographers studios producing albums and large format output who ca
338. y Denis 134 F ro m th e Sea rch h ove rs EEE v a Options T Options add keywords Create 40 On the a tab you can use E cre 11 Daa B pantei preset hovers such as P ana _ hovers A eI E to look at available graphic content Beveled Frame Beveled Frame Beveled Frame Beveled Frame 01 LumaPix 02 LumaPix 03 LumaPix 04 LumaPix Notice the FREE PREMIUM PURCHASED and MINE tabs at the top of the hovers Beveled Frame Beveled Frame Beveled Frame Beveled Frame 05 LumaPix O6 LumaPx O7 LumaPx 08 LumaPix Aquasphere argyle brown LumaPx and gray L Free content is part of your bundled collection Premium content requires a purchase to unlock A g E EF 2 ve itl Ww it Purchased content displays content you have 05 Lumar 10 lumapa Luapan Canvas OO zeme ee ee ee unlocked and can reuse i E ea Mine refers to content that has been tagged in the Organizer from your personal collection ae De iiie blue eters Blue Parchment Bees iru ee ee ee R TLbreskfast at the breakfast at the breakfast at the brown paper The 2 hover allows you to look for material emir by type or by keyword Try searching using Rating OGOOGO keywords such as color an event holiday or ia activity and or use the TYPE box to specify the lt Oke type of graphic content you would like to find Decorations such as templates or embellishments Fre
339. y from YearbookFusion now available in the FotoFusion product released July 22 2011 PRE V5 UPDATES Version 4 7 build 74706 Bug fixes e Flattened projects uploaded ignoring publisher s render double pages separate preference Fixed 28563 e Rendered output contains pages that do not conform to Form Factor Fixed 28491 e Appending projects with a different form factor now correctly conforms the appended project 28573 28583 28564 e Some Page Descriptors not available to users under certain circumstances Fixed 28560 e Occasional blurry content in renders Fixed 26355 26651 e Fonts refresh on canvas Fixed 28582 e Preferences in RepAdmin occasionally not reflected in client software Fixed 28588 released May 11 2011 Version 4 7 build 74560 Bug fixes e Under certain conditions panel header shows Con t in first panel Fixed 28498 28499 Optimization of panel updates 28503 e Rendering project from Remote Storage produces incorrect warning about missing images Fixed 28525 e Publisher s preference for crop marks in rendered output ignored Fixed 25938 released May 5 2011 Version 4 7 build 74519 Bug fixes e Invalid Hierarchy or Structural Error reported to user when saving RS project Fixed 26784 28516 28520 released May 3 2011 Version 4 7 build 74417 Bug Fixes Extremely slow loads from Remote Storage Fixed 28487 2841 e Random crash Fixed 28483 e Text occasionally m
340. y matches Under 1 Choose the method click on FIND MISSING Any page containing missing images will appear in thumbnail Click on the SELECT ALL button to the right to select the pages Image Locator O O O OSSO Ma hu fas teil waa Page 1 1 1 Choose the method FILE amp PROJECT MANAGEMENT 13 All missing images will be displayed in the 2nd panel with a no match next to them Fotolia 18339 NoMatch PNG Fotolia 36840 NoMatch PNG Fotolia 22296 NoMatch PNG Fotolia_94773 Scrap Scrap Scrap Scrap Fotolia_73346 NoMatch PNG Fotolia_31264 NoMatch PNG Fotolia_85563 NoMatch PNG Fotolia 97738 Scrap Scrap Scrap Scrap Click on 2 Browse for sources to point to the folder where the missing images are located Use File Size f Use Image Match Ej Use File Name A file browse window will appear you need to navigate to the folder containing the images If there are multiple folders you ll need to repeat the steps from this point after matching some of the images When you have selected the folder click on the 2nd Select all button at the bottom to choose all the images in the preview panel 2 Browse for sources _ Use File Size Minum eet Browse for match Clear Selection N a Use Image Match 10 KE nance ee ae 3 Match Find image mismatches Before matching the images decide the best criteria for searching for the images If the f

1 - LumaPix

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents